The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPermit D07-444 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - AT&T MOBILITY - TENANT IMPROVEMENTAT &T MOBILITY 344 SOUTHCENTER MAIL D07 -444 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tulcwila.wa.us CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY This certificate is issued pursuant to the requirements of Section 110.2 of the 2006 edition of the International Building Code. At the time of issuance, this structure or portion thereof has been inspected for compliance with the requirements of this code for the occupancy and division of occupancy and the use for which the proposed occupancy is classified. Building Permit No.: D07 -444 Occupant/Tenant: AT &T MOBILITY Building Address: 344 SOUTHCENTER MALL, SUITE NO. Parcel No.: 6364200010 Property Owner: WEA SOUTHCENTER LW 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD , LOS ANGELES CA 90025 Use: RETAIL Occupancy Group/Division: M Type of Construction: II -B Automatic Sprinkler System: Provided: Y Required: Y Design Occupant Load: 98 BUILDIN OFFICIAL D A E THIS CERTIFICATE TO BE CONSPICUOUSLY POSTED ON THE PREMISES Parcel No.: Address: Suite No: Tenant: Name: Address: Owner: Name: Address: Phone: Cityf Tukwila 6364200010 344 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW AT &T MOBILITY 344 SOUTHCENTER MALL , TUKWILA WA WEA SOUTHCENTER LLC 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD , LOS ANGELES CA 90025 Contact Person: Name: HIEP NGUYEN Address: 4 HUTTON CENTRE DR #800 , SANTA ANA CA 92707 Phone: 714 327 -4054 Contractor: Name: C B BOVENICAMP Address: 9002 SW 152ND ST , MIAMI FL 331157 Phone: Contractor License No: CBBOVI *006D8 Value of Construction: Type of Fire Protection: Type of Construction: Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us $200,000.00 SPRINKLERS /AFA IIB DEVELOPMENT PERMIT * *continued on next page ** Permit Number: Issue Date: Permit Expires On: Expiration Date: 08/30/2009 D07 -444 04/03/2008 09/30/2008 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT: NON - STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS, FREE STANDING FIXTURE, NEW GLASS STORE FRONT AND NEW RESTROOMS. Fees Collected: International Building Code Edition: Occupancy per IBC: $3,542.37 2006 0019 doc: IBC -10/06 D07 -444 Printed: 04 -03 -2008 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Public: Permit Center Authorized Signature: 7 /1.V 7 `f Date: 1 Y - 11 2b 1 OS Water Main Extension: Private: Water Meter: doc: IBC -10/06 City oTukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us N The granting of this permit does not presum Permit Number: D07 -444 Issue Date: 04/03/2008 Permit Expires On: 09/30/2008 I hereby certify that I have read and u\ apined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complie vin , whether specified herein or not. ve authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating constructio - perform. • , f work. I ' orized to sign and obtain this development permit. Signa Date: (7 3/d 8 Print Name: /7 M ' i /9. .'AEI C a Jew This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. D07 -444 Printed: 04 -03 -2008 Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: Suite No: Tenant: AT &T MOBILITY 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 344 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUB:W PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: D07 -444 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 12/05/2007 Issue Date: 04/03/2008 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 8: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 9: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 10: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 11: A Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued for this building upon final inspection approval by Tukwila building inspector. 12: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. 13: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206 - 431- 3670). 14: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -444 Printed: 04 -03 -2008 doc: Cond -10/06 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 15: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 16: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 17: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 18: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 19: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 20: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 21: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4-3, 4 -4) 22: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 23: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 24: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 25: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 26: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 27: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire D07 -444 Printed: 04 -03 -2008 Via►` �'' City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 28: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 29: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space sewed by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot -candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 30: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 31: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 32: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 33: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers Kemper or any other representative designated and/or recognized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #2050) 34: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 35: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 36: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 37: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 38: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206 - 431 -3670) is required for this project. 39: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 40: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 41: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -444 Printed: 04 -03 -2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 42: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 43: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 44: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 45: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. * *continued on next page ** doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -444 Printed: 04 -03 -2008 I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. Signature: -� Print Name: doc: Cond -10/06 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us /rJ c fm / e-oe0 Date: D07 - 444 Printed: 04 -03 -2008 CITY OF TUKWIL Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://wwwatukwila.wa.us Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** King Co Assessor's Tax No.: VA/ - 00 (ti Site Address: 771 6-6 - 1€4 vv Suite Number: Tenant Name: 47--,e r / New Tenant: Property Owners Name: T p/ 51i, c,r{,�p,9 T /t/ Mailing Address: E -Mail Address: GI.,ty GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION - (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) Company Name: Mailing Address: City Floor: .... Yes State CONTACT PERSON who ` to we contact when your permit is ready to be issued Name: # /6I 6 ✓r Day Telephone: - 1/y- 51 7 " S Mailing Address: 7 11/4t/!t N dEi - nz6 Qr i 8ErD ,41 - qz 7c 7 City State Zip Fax Number: 7t -- .52.7 /( 6 / j ,0-z)1 g, £4) , / S2 a'I2 /464/f, r L- City State s/7ks4J /A3/ (4 67V Day Telephone: S E4 3 Sf/,� -�j✓ G� G6 f t, (•t_ Fax Number: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: 0 6 0 /1 ‘.p g Expiration Date: t / 3� /0 Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contact Person: Steer. {�d E -Mail Address: mi . ✓.2 ..No Zip /S2__ Zip /4 7 ARCHITECT OF RECORD All plans must be wet stamped by Architect of Recor 4 A -7 p ',-' C)7TX 'Red - . - C- X 7.7 " /u6 G N Day Telephone: 1ly - ?27 - s- City State Zip Q - - ce ., 1 Fax Number: 7ly - 9 Z /44 OF RECORD - All plans must be wet stamped by Engineer of Record Company Name: Mailin Address: 1,/.17671) C / J � t 9L) 560. 44* 0 1 7 6? City State Zi Day Telephone: f ( - 9 1 V 7 1 .6 Fax Number: 711- 547 G / Page 1 of 6 Q: Applications Worms-Applications On Line13 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 - 2006 bh Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 2.00 ( "VC, Existing Building Valuation: $ APLci Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): 'AJA. i tffAccl/FjGct -- loo flLc )11 /ATa. A rt - 4.) crit. P 3r ; ARS Will there be new rack storage? ❑.... Yes rovide All Building Areas; in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: .... Sprinklers 451. Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safe Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Q:\Applications\Forms- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doe Revised: 9 -2006 bh o If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Page 2 of 6 Fixture Type: " Qty " Fixture Type: Qty " Fixture Type: "" Qty • :Fixture Type :, Q ty . Bathtub or combination bath/shower Drinking fountain or water cooler (per head) i Wash fountain Gas piping outlets Bidet Food -waste grinder, commercial Receptor, indirect waste Clothes washer, domestic Floor drain Sinks 4/ Dental unit, cuspidor Shower, single head trap Urinals Dishwasher, domestic, with independent drain Lavatory Water Closet �J , !/ Building sewer or trailer park sewer Rain water system — per drain (inside building) Water heater and/or vent Additional medical gas inlets/outlets — six or more Industrial waste pretreatment interceptor, including its trap and vent, except for kitchen type grease interceptors Repair or alteration of water piping and/or water treating equipment Repair or alteration of drainage or vent piping Medical gas piping system serving one to five inlets/outlets for specific gas PLUMBING AND GAS PIPI 'ERMIT INFORMATION - 206- 43670 PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Plumbing work (contractor's bid price): $ S +661::) Valuation of Gas Piping work (contractor's bid price): $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information):_ _ (J 6G Six MI rft wf 5 ce i oe_- 4 oto Building Use (per Int'l Building Code): ( 1 A t V Occupancy (per Int'l Building Code): I-A Utility Purveyor: Water: i Q:\Applicationsuorms- Applications On Lined -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Sewer: 11A Lp Indicate type of plumbing fixtures and/or gas piping outlets being installed and the quantity below: Page 5 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION- NOT Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OW R 14 . THORIZED AGENT: / Signature: Date: / / V°I ° 7 Print Name: , Day Telephone: 74' — ? i 7 Mailing Address: ( 7f q °'J �- rte /1— if 9si'& ,4 J - - q A p o/ ity State c ` Date Application Expires: aelulaa Date Application. Accepted: 1 ‘/.1 o f °1- Q:\Applications\Forms- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh .Applicable to all permits in this a` cation ''. Staff Initials: Page 6 of 6 Receipt No.: R08 -01018 Payee: CECIL MCKEAN ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description PLAN CHECK - NONRES City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Payment Cash 360.00 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount RECEIPT Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D07 -444 Address: 344 SOUTBCENTER MALL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 12/05/2007 Applicant: AT &T MOBILITY Issue Date: Initials: JEM Payment Date: 04/03/2008 11:10 AM User ID: 1165 Balance: $0.00 Account Code Current Pmts 000/345.830 360.00 Total: $360.00 Payment Amount: $360.00 0739 4/03 9711 TOTAL 360.00 doc: Receipt -06 Printed: 04 -03 -2008 Receipt No.: R08 -01017 Payee: CB BOVENKAMP, INC. City of Tukwila ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 41513 1,930.48 BUILDING - NONRES 000/322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000/386.904 RECEIPT Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D07 -444 Address: 344 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUICW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 12/05/2007 Applicant: AT &T MOBILITY Issue Date: Payment Amount: $1,930.48 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 04/03/2008 11:09 AM User ID: 1165 Balance: $360.00 Account Code Current Pmts 1,925.98 4.50 Total: $1,930.48 0740 04/03 71 f 1. TM !lli ri:_ doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 04 -03 -2008 RECEIPT NO: R07 -02665 Initials: JEM User D): 1165 Payee: HIEP KHA NGUYEN City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us SET ID: S000000906 SET NAME: 'I'mp set/Initialized Activities SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member Amount D07 -444 1,251.89 EL07 -747 184.50 M07 -265 157.65 PG07 -329 16.97 TOTAL: 1,611.01 Payment Check 306 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description ELECTRICAL PLAN - NONRES PLAN CHECK - NONRES SET RECEIPT TOTAL: Payment Date: 12/05/2007 Total Payment: 1,611.01 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount 1,611.01 1,611.01 Account Code Current Pmts 000.345.832.00.0 184.50 000/345.830 1,426.51 TOTAL: 1,611.01 5709 12/05 9710 TOTAL 1611.01 Project: /4T 4'7- Type of Inspection: i TtJ RL Address: 3 y `-/ 1,1 1411 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7 -ZL -ate a.m Requester: Phone No: i 2 -- INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit iha7 _14L-1 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION P- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431- n 'Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Pev r ;-(- �0vt1DLf - iC FI n�q I oi2 A Ivey pPQaVF,') Date) 0 $60 i'' REINSPECTION FEE R QUIRED.f' to inspection, fee must be pa* • at 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: Pro' ct AII o i �'1obi 1 Pm Type of Inspection: ( . Address: ( I Y1 A ( Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: /� 7 1 1 -ao m. P.m. Requester: P neN INSPECTION RECORD to � ( Retain a copy with permit 7 L 1. INSPE ION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION K- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: D/4 'Inspector: ❑ P IDat 7// ' REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: 4 'f' it - Type of Inspections) 1 `yt9 Address: 3441-1 ni It L-L Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 1//41/0g a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: 3 05 775- 0 9 i f t } 10 17oi . f`)Lf INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION VI- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 gl Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 'Inspecto (Date: 7/ 0 g. El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: r = - 1 Project: 4 rr rroi - ;,.'/ , Type of Inspection: 5,1> 6e, - IN S Address: 3kg /14 ii Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: -23 f m` Requester: Phone No: 375 775_ o''H /?07- 4 i y`/ INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 112 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: < sl!,1-e 4 i, Cwt, CO UL& 'Inspector: NS a 0 0 Southcenter $58.00 PECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: (Date: COMMENTS: Type Inspection: . ?1 Al 1 / i / / /er� eet- ( ,�a�i -ft'/ hier,%4.(4 /e' re u• rc -/ o' 119 e ,ccii,4,/ l S er9, r cGi /i K /t7 �J 1 Date Wanted: —2D -0 e �• p.m. Requester: Phone N ,_-96 -- 6f 1 (� ,‘ . . Proje t: 41 a.6, /, fL. ,: ; Type Inspection: . ?1 Al 1 / i Ad 7 V ' - /� Date Calle / Special Instructions: Date Wanted: —2D -0 e �• p.m. Requester: Phone N ,_-96 -- 6f 1 (� INSPECTION RECORD — ,l� Retain a copy with permit /)o J - INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 I MS pproved per applicable codes. (Inspector: D s58. INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid' at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: I?G Corrections required prior to approval. Date: Project: r1 .L # i ild . 4 T ype of Inspectio n Address: 3W /lad % Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: �+� 4 U 2s a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: 7 INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 X Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: re 40 VI + SO 4 4 S58. REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Project Type of Inspection: Address: -3 9 1 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: .,— /G -4 b / ` .s p.m. Requester: Phone No: h INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit J7 9 y/ INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 I Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Add ; pseud /- ha o fl;nksAeg � 7e r � wtc c ra s s 7L L am / *A 44 2 Weer/ .. � �� 1 • (Date: $ 7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be p at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. (Receipt Nb:: 'Date: Project: TT 1 (; fy Type of Inectio .-- Address i �� Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: L Ca.m7 Requester: Phone No: -- ) OS - 77...x' - US 'IL! It` INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Do - �f� INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION • 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Ej Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1 spect r• 1 Recet$t No.. t kid Lit S Date: I 0 REINSPECTION FE REQUIRED Prior to inspection. fee must be at 6300 Southcenter vd., Suite 00. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Date: Project; / ") % 8 % mO/ i /ilii` y z Type of Inspection: F A! 4 /7 , Address: 3 y4/ 7 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date a ted: a.m Requester: Phone No: 3 oS- 775 -694' / INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. COMMENT • nn ( A A A - / / I 2 9 m i n / 0 711°i-ere AIM P4-s -r � /t1 pis PAiF,P —694P4/_) 8.00 REINSPECTIO p' EE REQU, ED. Prior to inspection, fee must be aid at 6300 Southcent, Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: Dat : A �,. � 25 - eZ Corrections required prior to approval. 'Date: COMMENTS: P 4, 0 A /St /-4i/ F5'e Lgii✓ 45$60/b /4al• / � c TA 7& / hi )4 S/ Ye S 4 A•1 // 7 /— hi AddS�ss: � 47 1 ` Date ailed: Special ns ructions: Date Want d: a.aa- 7 / 0 e__, Project: Type of Ins ectionr AddS�ss: � 47 1 ` Date ailed: Special ns ructions: Date Want d: a.aa- 7 / 0 e__, Requester( Phone No: _ -?( J� / ?2S -65 '` - / INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPEu •N NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. 6R4I /I f x A��C EINSPECTIO N FEE QUIRED. nor to inspection, fee must be t 6300 Southcenter Blv • Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Corrections required prior to app val. Date: 7 'Date: ) Probe _ Project; /7 Type of -- n: v!� Address: .2 yi myth (i.tit4 /J1W Date Called: -W/ Special Instructions: Date Waite �/ 4/ D � < , �.m. Requester: Phone No: /).67 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPE N NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION IL 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: j n -- peovi f REINSPECTION �' ,� E R v' � 0 UIRED. Prior to inspection. fee must be 6300 Southcente _Blv id at Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. ReJ'eipt No.: Date: Project: '/9 rer /2t/7 1 j Type of Inspection: 1" 0 /A v 6 Address: 3W 5i,/, (1f4/k'fiA'( Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wap j !te� � �C.� am. . p.m. Requester: S I 1 I INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit A7- O PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION" 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Ei Approved per applicable codes. Ei Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS:p L r lI I C on � rU � .i klOkr'.■0 D0 5 f «r 5 ; ri Gub Inspector: Date: ED $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Date: Receipt No.: Project: .A., ---f- -, ---- Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: Address: 3 Li S c Suite #: ! t A, -tic, Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT proved per applicable codes. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 1/13/06 - 1)c.) 7 q PERMIT NUMBERS Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 CO MENTS: C.:a r4-t - O K- I 1 Corrections required prior to approval. Date: U a, Hrs.: 1 Inspector: # /2 , � 1//1 1 ) 111 I $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from a City of Tukwila Finance Department Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: k ------ Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: EM Qr .o / cy L. 5 A ij �'/-y Address 3yLi Suite #: S.C. �(�L L ContaersorS: 0.45_ L Imc / Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: - Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: 9 INSPECTION NUMBER ver Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 pproved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT PERMIT NUMBERS I I Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: OK s C.k Inspector: f y I Date: -- 7// 1 //68 Hrs.: n $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: ,t - rr Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: F4 /S oie i,veLt Address: ?y if S. P, Suite #: M4 CorAact Person: CfiiL. Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: 305 - 7 .7 s- 65 Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: _ Hood & Duct: Monitor: . Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: e INSPECTION NUMBER proved per applicable codes. Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF T`UKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 1/13/06 te7 -4/y ! ; -- L 'f g oe-s - /oo PERMIT NUMBERS ver Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 - `" 206 -575 -4407 ri Corrections required prior to approval. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 COMMENTS: See'Aaer Ems- / It1-i. - Inspector: alit-4/51a Date: /,6 b Ua Hrs.: $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Project: F- -1--- Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: FA /M ck4 Address: 3t L∎ S,C. Suite #: MAL._ Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: ;Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER ri Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 ici I44 o9 - I4Q, MM01 - 21p5 PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 - "Z orrecdons required prior to approval. COMMENTS: - . C N a N Tt EJ 2 uo MS to 15 C� ME( A c — OK- Inspector: IiVaJP,4 /5/2 Date: 6 /zs Hrs.: rs.. j $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: SP1eIn,1L i2_ Hood & Duct: Address: 3-I 4I S . e . Suite #: iM A Lk _ Contact Person: ( H > - 1iv ' e - , - 7\-_ - 1--M S; 5 Special Instructions: Phone No.: CI � (??-o STT 2 -r Q: 101) ( z 2- Z Psi , ( V.lr s-t L-1 - SO - 1170, R.14, crl t) ! Ob 3 -. 72-7 1_ 17 Project: A -rt Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: SP1eIn,1L i2_ Hood & Duct: Address: 3-I 4I S . e . Suite #: iM A Lk _ Contact Person: ( H > - 1iv ' e - , - 7\-_ - 1--M S; 5 Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: 2-- INSPECTION NUMBER ... Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206- 575 -4407 Date: `/ /23100c, . 2_ rs.. Inspector: (L /z 1 Z 0 n $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 -YUy - loo PERMIT NUMBERS Corrections required prior to approval. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: A Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: S i 2,,.4 !L14, Hood & Duct: Monitor: Address: 3yt/ .5, ( . Suite #: /114 L Con ct Person: �j� (i �h - UV _ 5T7 ,1( c s> Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 - Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit O� -S- 100 PERMIT NUMBERS ri Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: N < Inspector: (� t / Z (f Date: L / /`/ e Hrs.: / $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from e City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 I(r azari &ASSOCIATES, INC. April 21, 2008 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Mr. Shawn Wilson C.B. Bovenkamp, Inc. 9002 SW 152nd St Miami, FL 33157 RE: Special Inspection AT &T Store Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Wilson, In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above - referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors on March 28, 2008. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC x £6,74„ Kathryn E. Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila Offices Serving The Western United States KA No. 066 -08057 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253)939-2556 S7DFR Te APR 30,2008 DEVE E DEV ELO P M E NT I(r' a .Z uT1 & Associates, Inc. To the best of my knowledge, the above GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: S 2 "'' PROJECT #: CAA ` MC .3 PROJECT Ai 4T 3 LOCATION: 3Alk SCA \CIAc KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: Equipment/Asset Number(s): 11 ` 1ov1) A t iP - r te Q c-c Superintendent/Representative: 1501 Field Report.doc Serving the Western United States FIELD REPORT NO: 7 9 7 6 3 CONTRACTOR: ()Ut4_ :kv4 "AC • JURISDICTION: JU YvL)3 I PERMIT #: AR:M IN S: INSPECTOR: Jv WEATHER: 0114 TEM P: e WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requiremit$. Revision r Effective Date: 5/25/05 . February 13, 2008 Hiep Nguyen 4 Hutton Centre Drive, #8000 Santa Ana, CA 92707 RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Permit Application Number D07 -444 AT &T Mobility — 344 Southcenter Mall Dear Mr. Nguyen, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit(s) can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Allen Johannessen at 206 433 -7163 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. Sincerely, 41414 Brenda Holt Permit Coordinator encl File No. D07 -444 Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director P:1Pennit Center\Correction Letters\20071007 -444 Correction Ltr #1.DOC Jcm Jim Haggerton, Mayor 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 r Building Division Review Memo Date: February 12, 2008 Project Name: AT &T Mobility Permit #: D07 -444 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). Of applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Please provide a means of egress plan. Means of egress shall be provided with emergency illumination along the means of egress path. Egress illumination shall not be less than 1 foot -candle at the walking level. (IBC 1006.1 & 1006.2) 2. Please clarify the reference keys shown on A -201, detail A & B where the key references Al, A3, A5 on sheet A -801. A5 can not be located. 3. The one hour wall specifies outdated UBC. Revise plan to show one hour walls shall meet the listed UL No U465 adjacent to tenants or mall corridors. Plan design shall be consistent with that listing. 4. Provide details for the storefront glazing. Details shall show how glazing shall be firmly supported. (IBC 2403 & 2404) 5. Specify ASCE standards for suspended ceilings identifying type of perimeter supporting enclosure angle (typically 2 "). (ASCE Standards 9.6.2.6.2.2.) Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. December 11, 2007 Hiep Nguyen 4 Hutton Centre Dr #800 Santa Ana, CA 92707 City of Tukwila Steven M Mullet, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director RE: Incomplete Letter #1 Development Permit Application Number D07 -444 AT &T Mobility — 344 Southcenter Mall Dear Applicant, This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on December 5, 2007 is determined to be incomplete. Before your application can continue the plan review process the following items from the following department need to be addressed: Plannint Department: Moira Carr Bradshaw at 206 431 -3651 if you have any questions concerning the attached comments. Please address the comment above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at the Permit Center at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, arshall nit Technician Enclosures File: D07 -444 P:\Permit Center\Incomplete Letters \2007\DO7 -444 Incomplete Ltr #1.DOC jem 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Interdepartmental Memorandum From: Moira Carr Bradshaw, Senior Planner Department of Community Development Planning Division 206 431 3651; mbradshaw @ci.tukwila.wa.us \ \Tuk2 \vo13\HOME\MOIRA\mall\D07 -444 AT &T Mobility.doc Date: 10 December 2007 Subject: Incomplete - D07 -444 AT &T Mobility The project application is subject to "Southcenter Expansion Tenant Exterior Storefront Criteria" The project submittal does not address the following criterion: "The exterior design shall include a landscaping element to provide transitions between building and pedestrian areas soften building edges provide focal points and create interest and detail." In addition, the column at the southwest corner of the space is tenant's column and must be treated by tenant and incorporated into design. See drawing detail in Criteria A discrepancy seems to exist between Sheet A802 — detail All and A1O3. What is the proposed soffit depth from window? For your future use and information — Temporary and permanent signage visible from any street must receive a sign permit. The City's sign code and handouts are available at: www.ci.tukwila.wa.us March 21, 2008 Dear Mr. Benedicto: Mr. Robert Benedicto Building Official City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, WA 98188 -2544 RE: Request for Overtime Plan Review AT &T Mobility, 344 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila, WA 98188 To expedite the plan review process, please use this letter as my formal request to utilize the overtime plan review procedure at the City of Tukwila. I understand that the cost of this service is 1.5 times the standard hourly rate and I will be billed for a minimum of four hours. I agree to review and respond to any and all plan comments in an expeditious manner in order to keep the plan review process moving quickly. I will assume all payment for the overtime plan review. Said cost will be accumulated during the plan review process and when the plans are approved, the City of Tukwila will require that the overtime cost be paid on or before the building permit and approved plans are picked up. I request that this overtime review process be initiated immediately for this set of plans only. Sincerely, Samson Hu Arehiect; Carter Burgess Architects f-11NAT1 Cc: Tenant file Josh Kimmel Southcenter Field Tenant Coordination RECEIVED MAR 212008 PERMIT CENTER [Date] e at &t Tukwila Building Division/Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Bl, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Tenant improvement permit for [tenant name], Tukwila Permit No. . J 0 7 -- 4 is issued subject to the following condition: Final inspection approval of this permit and approval of occupancy (i.e. Open for Business) for the herein named tenant space will not be issued until the "shell" Building Permit No. D06- 147 has received final inspection approval from the Building Division. This condition is hereby acknowledged by: AT &T Mobility 19801 SW 72nd Ave. Suite 200 Tualatin, OR 97062 Mike Maxwell T: 503.691.5000 Vice President, General Manager F: 503.691.5003 Pacific Northwest Market M: 503.807.1414 mike.maxwell @att.com l) $ A Proud Sponsor of the www.att.com /wireless f[]JC]CCT1 U.S . Olympic Team Tenant Acknowledgment Letter Title': RECENED CM' OF rtn cwiLA APR 03 2008 PERI. cENTE Tenant Name: /f �� t�/ 1 Note that the letter is to be signed by the responsible officer of the tenant (ie business manager, business president, vice president, CEO etc). The contractor, contact person for the project nor the architect will not be acceptable. [Date] Tukwila Building Division/Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Bl, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Tenant Acknowledgment Letter Tenant improvement permit for [tenant name], Tukwila Permit No. pOF t is issued subject to the following condition: Final inspection approval of this permit and approval of occupancy (i.e. Open for Business) for the herein named tenant space will not be issued until the "shell" Building Permit No. D06 -147 has received final inspection approval from the Building Division. This condition is hereby acknowledged by: DIRECTOR ao n o ATE Title': Tenant Name: tAcb L' RECEIVED CITY OF TUIM►ILA DEC 0 5 2007 PEHivIIT CtN I ER 1 Note that the letter is to be signed by the responsible officer of the tenant (ie business manager, business president, vice president, CEO etc). The contractor, contact person for the project nor the architect will not be acceptable. ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -444 DATE: 03-21-08 PROJECT NAME: AT &T MOBILITY SITE ADDRESS: 344 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPART ENTS: 4 . • 4 t Bin 'hg Public Works DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 03 -25 -08 Complete PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator X Fire Prevention Incomplete Planning Division Not Applicable Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE: 04 -22 -08 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: `PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -444 DATE: 01 -31 -08 PROJECT NAME: AT &T MOBILITY SITE ADDRESS: 344 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # X Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 . Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Bui • g Public Works ❑ Complete Comments: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete ❑ TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: PI nni g o Permit Coordinator ❑ DUE DATE: 02-5-08 Not Applicable ❑ Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE: 03-04-08 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions El Not Approved (attach comments) 'l Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: 2 . (1) '06 Departments issued corrections: Bldg g Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -444 PROJECT NAME: AT &T MOBILITY SITE ADDRESS: 344 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DATE: 12 -05 -07 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division I/A1 Public Works DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete n Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: °PERMIT COORD COPY ` PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP tdraoi- Structural Incomplete Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route ❑ Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved n Approved with Conditions ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Ping? PW ❑ Staff Initials: f dtG( ki ID-69 Pla ning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator n DUE DATE: 12-06-07 Not Applicable ❑ ❑ No further Review Required DATE: n DUE DATE: 01 -03-08 Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206- 431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mai4 fax; etc. Date: 2 2 I 21 te 0 ' Plan Check/Permit Number `7 67 - 4d4 1 • Of Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # t ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: QT 9_, T. Project Address: 2'i - 1h /. 441 2— MALL, _ Contact Person: 4 34MrS/N1 01A. Phone Number: c 7 /4 2'7 1 -11/6 Summary of Revision: 1) ffiv l l • ter' kilVA -J .-1 E Fr N. - 41 Uz SI � f . . A-1 z� e I J . r7J Aar G ICI 1 tvf.41 /./9P I cWW4 4 -,W . LU Lt rvevirt otr Litt.taieD, 4'4Li �. T A701 n • if I Sheet Number(s): 1! - I t „ A ZO I . 4717, "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of r Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: 1� Entered in Permits Plus on 3 k Steven M Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director RECENED • VILA BAR 21 2008 PFRM T CcryT =Q 9- City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail; fad etc. Date: et " " " Plan Check/Permit Number: D07 -444 ® Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 ❑ Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: AT &T Mobility Project Address: 344 Southcenter Mall *Net Mak Contact Person: Steven M. Mullee; Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director RECEIVED Cllr OF Tonvii JAN 3 ? cos PERMIT CENTER Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: [ Entered in Permits Plus on I �J \applicationslforms- applications an line revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Interdepartmental Memorandum From: Moira Carr Bradshaw, Senior Planner Department of Community Development Planning Division 206 431 3651; mbradshaw a@ci.tukwila.wa.us Date: 10 December 2007 Subject: Incomplete - DO7 -444 AT &T Mobility The project application is subject to "Southcenter Expansion Tenant Exterior Storefront Criteria" The project submittal does not address the following criterion: "The exterior design shall include a landscaping element to provide transitions between building and pedestrian areas soften building edges provide focal points and create interest and detail." In addition, the column at the southwest corner of the space is and incorporated into design. See drawing detail in Criteria A discrepancy seems to exist between Sheet A802 —,detail All and A1O Wha is the proposed soffit depth from window' t , "�' 1 I TO MO For your future use and information — Temporary and permanent signage visible from any street ust receive a sign permit. The City's sign code and handouts are available at: www.ci.tukwila.wa.us \ Tuk2 \vo13\H0MEWOIRA\mall1D07-444 AT &T Mobility.doc and must be treated by tenant Moira Bradshaw - FW: Arch Clarification "52 - exterior column enclosure at grid 2.5 8 ''. 10 Page 1 Nowei 'Now From: "Josh Kimmel" <JKIMMEL @us.westfield.com> To: "Moira Bradshaw" <mbradshaw @ci.tukwila.wa.us> Date: 01/30/2008 4:20 pm Subject: FW: Arch Clarification 152 - exterior column enclosure at grid 2.5 & M.10 CC: "Marcia Peddicord" <mpeddicord@us.westfield.com> Moira, Per our discussion today regarding the column cover in front of AT &T, see attached sketch from Ray. This column will be clad by the base building. Also, the landscape in front will be part of the base building site amenities plan. Please call with any questions. Josh From: Ray Marter Sent: Monday, December 17, 2007 6:54 PM To: Michael Williams; Joe Mclnelly; Jeremy Baird; Jeff Olson Cc: Patrick Burns; Thad Miguez; Wayne Johnson; Paul Clark; Stephen Hamilton; Mehran Mashayekh; Ashley Park; Josh Kimmel; Erik Barth; Marcia Peddicord; Bryan Low; Nicholas Lee; Richard Chung Subject: Arch Clarification 152 - exterior column enclosure at grid 2.5 & M.10 AC 152 is attached. Thanks, Ray Kind of Fixture Fixture Units - No. of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 Dishwasher 2 2 Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 J Hose bibb (interior) 2.5 2.5 Clotheswasher or laundry tub 4 2 Sink, bar or lavatory 2 1 ?/ i Sink, Clinic flushing 8 8 Sink, kitchen 3 2 Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 1 I Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF 6 2 Urinal, waterless 0 0 Water closet, tank or valve, 1.6 GPF 6 3 1 /1i Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification • To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. • This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections within five years of disconnect. Please Print or Type S-cgrf ah /44 1 4i Property Street Address 7 / 1./0 City State ZIP 1-0(--114;;6-0, f�p�i�b 7 cshr.J Owner's Name Subdivision Name 47 Lot if Subdiv. # Building Name J (it app b l6) ' ne Number with Area Code) Property Contact Phone Number (with Area Code) os / 3 $4y Owner's Mailing Address Z7u46X, _ j A- !/S4- -! S 3 6 / A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units Total Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units _ 20 t 0 Block # RCE Signature of Owner /Representative � dti/G Print Name of Owner /Representative GL #v 1058 (Rev. 11/05) White - King Co my /Fr I r fre.00/wy Estimated Wastewater Discharge: Gallons/days Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gal /day) _ 187 C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) A B Date Yellow - Local Sewer Agency Pink - Sewer Customer King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks For King County Use Only Account # Monthly Rate 6 Month Rate Property Tax ID # Party to be Billed (if different from owner) City or Sewer District Date of Connection Side Sewer Permit # Demolition of pre- existing building? El Yes ❑ No Type of building demolished Sewer disconnect date B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /Process: RCE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA 0 EHI VIITC 51001 Nf ✓ Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for new sewer customers. The charge is collected semi- annually. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at 206 -684 -1740. I certify that the information given is correct. I understand that the capacity charge levied will be based on this information and any deviation will require resubmission of cam, ed data for determination of a revised capacity charge. /k/ -(/ 7 License Information License CBBOVI *006D8 Licensee Name C B BOVENKAMP INC Licensee Type CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR UBI 601998279 Ind. Ins. Account Id #2 Business Type CORPORATION Address 1 9002 SW 152ND ST Address 2 City MIAMI County OUT OF STATE State FL Zip 33157 Phone 3052334438 Status ACTIVE Specialty 1 GENERAL Specialty 2 UNUSED Effective Date 3/28/2000 Expiration Date 8/30/2009 Suspend Date Separation Date Parent Company Previous License Next License Associated License Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date BOVENKAMP, ESTHER Cancel Date 01/01/1980 Bond Amount BOVENKAMP, GERALD #2 01/01/1980 08473969 Bond Information Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date #2 FIDELITY & DEPOSIT CO OF MD 08473969 08/30/2001 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 08/30/2001 Look Up a Contractor, Electrir;an or Plumber License Detail Page 1 of 2 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries General/Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip /printer.aspx ?License= CBBOVI *006D8 04/03/2008 FILE COPY Permit No. Plar review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code o si . mance. Receipt of approv field Copy and condi§ acknowledged: By Date: City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: Mechanical Electrical lumbing [ Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REVISIONS 1 No changes shall be made to the scnrn of work without prior approvni of Tukwila Building Division NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan suhrnfttll and may include additional plan revinVT fees REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR 2 C` 2008 �i Of Tukwila B ILD . N DIVISION MAR 212808 PEP: LINTER "COPYRIGHT 0 2008 CARTER & 9URGESS, INC. at CarteraBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 5027 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON X8 ISSUES /REVISIONS 11-30-07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COVER SHEET APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 NONE -000 ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOLS VENDOR DISTRIBUTION /CONTACT LIST LIGHTING LEGEND GENERAL NOTES AC ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ID INSIDE DIAMETER ACC ACCESSIBLE INCL INCLUDE, INCLUDING ACOUS ACOUSTICAL INFO INFORMATION ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE INSUL INSULATE, INSULATION AD AREA DRAIN INT INTERIOR ADDM ADDENDUM ADJ ADJUSTABLE JAN JANITOR AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR JS JANITOR SINK AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT JT JOINT ALT ALTERNATE ALUM ALUMINUM KR KITCHEN ANOD ANODIZED APPROX APPROXIMATE L LONG APT APARTMENT LAM LAMINATE, LAMINATED ARCH ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL LAU LAUNDRY AUTO AUTOMATIC LAV LAVATORY AV AUDIO VISUAL LT LIGHT LTG LIGHTING BB BULLETIN BOARD BD BOARD MAS MASONRY BLDG BUILDING MATS MATERIAL BLKG BLOCKING MAX MAXIMUM BO BOTTOM OF MECH MECHANICAL BOT BOTTOM MED MEDIUM BRG BEARING MEMB MEMBRANE BRZ BRONZE MTZ MEZZANINE BSMT BASEMENT MGT MANAGEMENT BUR BUILT UP ROOFING MFR MANUFACTURE MH MANHOLE CAB CABINET MIN MINIMUM, MINUTE CB CATCH BASIN MISC MISCELLANEOUS CEM CEMENT, CEMENTITIOUS MO MASONRY OPENING CER CERAMIC MS MOP SINK CFLG COUNTERFLASHING MTD MOUNTED CG CORNER GUARD MTL METAL CH COAT HOOK MVBL MOVABLE CI CAST IRON CIP CAST -IN -PLACE N NORTH CL CENTERLINE NIC NOT IN CONTACT CLG CEILING NO NUMBER CLO CLOSET NOM NOMINAL CLR CLEAR NTS NOT TO SCALE CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CO CLEAN OUT, CASED OPENING OC ON CENTER COL COLUMN OH OVERHEAD COMM COMMUNICATION OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER CONC CONCRETE OPNG OPENING CONN CONNECTION, CONNECT OPP OPPOSITE CONSTR CONSTRUCTION ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN CONT CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE CORR CORRIDOR CPT CARPET PBD PARTICLEBOARD CSWK CASEWORK PC PRECAST CT CERAMIC TILE PD PLANTER DRAIN C CENTER PERP PERPENDICULAR CU CUBIC PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PEAS PLASTER D DEEP PLYWD PLYWOOD DOUBLE DOUBLE PNL PANEL DEMO DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION PL PROPERTY LINE DET DETAIL PR PAIR DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN PRK PARKING DIA DIAMETER PROP PROPERTY DIAL DIAGONAL, DIAGRAM PT PAINT, POINT, DIM DIMENSION PRESSURE TREATED DN DMDE, DMSION PIN PAR11110N DMPF DAMPPROOF, DAMPPROOFING ON DOWN QT QUARRY TILE DR DOOR, DRESSING ROOM DS DOWNSPOUT R RADIUS, RISER DW DISHWASHER RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DWG DRAWING RD ROOF DRAIN, ROAD DWR DRAWER REF REFER TO REFERENCE REFR REFRIGERATOR E EAST REINF REINFORCED, REINFORCING EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION AND REQD REQUIRED FINISH SYSTEM REV REVISED, REVISION EJ EXPANSION JOINT RFG ROOFING EL ELEVATION RM ROOM ELEC ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL RO ROUGH OPENING ELEV ELEVATOR RT RIGHT ENCL ENCLOSE, ENCLOSURE EP ELECTRIC PANEL S SOUTH EQ EQUAL 5C SOLID CORE EQUIP EQUIPMENT SCHED SCHEDULE ESCAL ESCALATOR SD STORM DRAIN EXH EXHAUST SECT SECTION EXP EXPANSION, EXPOSED SGL SINGLE EXIST EXISTING SHT SHEET EXT EXTERIOR SHTHG SHEATHING SIM SIMILAR FA FIRE ALARM SPEC SPECIFICATION FCIC FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR/ SPKLR SPRINKLER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR SPKR SPEAKER FD FLOOR DRAIN SQ SQUARE FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT SS SERVICE SINK CONNECTION SST STAINLESS STEEL FDTN FOUNDATION STC SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER STD STANDARD FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER 5TL STEEL CABINET STOR STORAGE FH FIRE HYDRANT STRUCT STRUCTURAL FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET SUSP SUSPENDED FIG FIGURE FIN FINISH, FINISHED T TREAD FLEX FLEXIBLE T &G TONGUE AND GROOVE FLR FLOOR TEL TELEPHONE FLUOR FLUORESCENT TEMP TEMPERATURE, TEMPORARY FO FACE OF, FINISHED OPENING TER TERRAllO FOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER/ THK THINK, THICKNESS INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR TMPD TEMPERED TOP OF FON INSTALLED VENDOR TO THERMOSTAT FP FIRE PROTECTION TV TELEVISION FR FRAME FIRE RATED TYP TYPICAL FRMG FRAMING FRPF FIREPROOF, FIREPROOFING UGND UNDERGROUND FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED UNFIN UNFINISHED FS FLOOR SINK UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FT FOOT, FEET FTG FOOTING VERT VERTICAL FUT FUTURE VEST VESTIBULE FVC FIRE HOSE VALVE CABINET VNR VENEER RC FABRIC WALL COVERING VR VAPOR RETARDER VWC VINYL WALLCOVERING GA GAGE GALV GALVANIZED W WEST, WIDE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR W WITH GEN GENERAL, GENERATOR WITHOUT GFRC GLASS -FIBER WC WATER CLOSET, WALLCOVERING REINFORCED CONCRETE WD WOOD - WH WALL HYDRANT GFRG GLASS-FIBER FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM WP WEATHERPROOF, WATERPROOF, GFRP GLASS --FIBER WATERPROOFING WORK POINT REINFORCED PLASTIC WR WATER RESISTANT GL GLASS WT WEIGHT GYP GYPSUM WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD XMFR TRANSFORMER H HIGH HB HOSE BIBB YD YARD HC HOLLOW CORE HD HAND DRYER HDBD HARDBOARD HDW HARDWARE HDWD HARDWOOD HORIZONTAL HOUR HEIGHT HEATING, VENTILATING, L :: AND AIR CONDITIONING SYMBOL AND DESCRIPTION XX XX XX COMPANY NAME: GRAINGER CONTACT PERSON: BOYD WAISATH /JASON JONES CONTACT PHONE: 404- 234 -1425 E -MAIL ADDRESS bo d_waisath ®rain er.com, jason Jones ®rain er.com y g g g g PRODUCT /MATERIALS: LIGHTING PACKAGE, RESTROOM FIXTURES, FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, ECT., AND ANY FACILITY EQUIPMENTS. COMPANY NAME: SHAW CARPET ADDRESS: 1485 BRAWLEY CIRCLE, ATLANTA, GA 30319 CONTACT PERSON: MARK LAW CONTACT PHONE 770 - 729 -2765, CELL 770 - 241 -1345, FAX 678 - 935 -4488 E -MAIL ADDRESS mark.law@shawinc.com PRODUCT /MATERIALS: CARPET / HARDWOOD FLOORING COMPANY NAME: MIDWEST CUSTOM CASE ADDRESS: 24 E. 36TH PLACE, STEGER, IL 60475 CONTACT PERSON: MIKE LINDGREN CONTACT PHONE 708 - 333 -5600, CELL 708 -906 -0341 E -MAIL ADDRESS mlind 9 renOmidwestcase.com PRODUCT /MATERIALS: STORE FIXTURES COMPANY NAME: RCS RETAIL INTERIORS ADDRESS: 7075 WEST PARKLAND CT., MILWAUKEE, WS 53223 CONTACT PERSON: TROY DECKER CONTACT PHONE 414 - 354 -6900, CELL 847 -612 -3930, FAX 414 - 354 -6930 E -MAIL ADDRESS troyOresretail.com PRODUCT /MATERIALS: STORE FIXTURES COMPANY NAME: TRANE NATIONAL ACCOUNTS ADDRESS: 2677 BUFORD HIGHWAY ATLANTA, GA 30324 CONTACT PERSON: ED METZGER CONTACT PHONE: 404- 836 -2106, CELL 404 -281 -2041, FAX 404- 636 -5204 E -MAIL ADDRESS ehmetzgerOtrane.com PRODUCT /MATERIALS: HVAC EQUIPMENT COMPANY NAME: EPS SPECIALTIES LTD., INC. CONTACT PERSON: LEE WILKINSON CONTACT PHONE: 800- 422 -3556 E -MAIL ADDRESS lee ®lamlite.com PRODUCT /MATERIALS: COMPASSO RADIUS SOFFIT SYMBOL FIXTURE TYPE REMARKS 1. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE AS BINDING AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. ALL DIMENSIONS SPECIFIED SHALL GOVERN. 3. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE STRUCTURAL GRID OR TO FINISH SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 4. THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THESE DOCUMENTS AND ANY APPLICABLE CODES BY THE AGENT INVOLVED WITH THE GOVERNING AGENCY HAVING JURIDICTION. R IS UNDERSTOOD THAT THE "FIELD INSPECTOR FOR SUCH AGENCY HAS FINAL AUTHORITY TO APPROVE DISAPPROVE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION AND CORRECTNESS OF ALL CODE RELATED ITEMS. 5. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR IS CONSIDERD A SPECIALIST IN THEIR RESPECTIVE FIELD OR TRADE AND SHALL NOTIFY, PRIOR TO PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE ARCHITECT OF ANY WORK CALLED OUT IN THE DRAWINGS WHICH CANNOT BE FULLY GUARANTEED OR CONSTRUCTED AS DESIGNED OR DETAILED. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSION AND LOCATIONS OF ALL OPENINGS, BASES, AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT, DUCTS, PIPING, CONDUITS, FINISH HARDWARE, ECT., AND IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 7. WHERE CONTRUCTION DETAILS ARE NOT SHOWN OR NOTED FOR ANY PART OF WORK, DETAILING SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR OTHER SIMILAR FIRST CLASS WORK FOR THE TRADE INVOLVED. THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY OF ANY ALTERNATE NON- STANDARD OR UNTESTED METTiOD S METHOD( S) PROPOSED. 8. THE AUTOMATIC ARE SPRINKLERS AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN A SEPARATE PERMITS. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO SUBMIT A COMPLETE DESIGN TO MEET ARE DEPARTMENT'S STANDARD CODE AND APPROVAL 9. DRAWINGS & CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SUMBMIT1ED TO BUILDING AND ARE DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION FOR ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. 10. ENSURE THAT ANY AREA. BUILDING MATERIAL OR ASSEMBLY, WffHIN THE BUILDING ENVELOPE, 15 THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND DRY BEFORE COVERED OR CONCEALED BY CONSTRUCTION. ANY MOLD, MILDEW OR OTHER MOISTURE CNDFI1ON DEVELOPED WITHIN THE SCOPE OF WORK OF THIS CONTRACT (DEMOLITION OR NEW CONSTRUCTION) SHALL BE CORRECTED AND/OR MITIGATED BY THE CONTRACTOR. / AND A 1. COOPER 2. EP3GX232S181 UNVEB81; MANUFACTURER: COOPER. 3. 1X4 8 CELL PARABOLIC LAY -IN FLOURESCENT. I I A A -XXX A -XXX A -XXX BUILDING SECTION INDICATOR WALL SECTION INDICATOR g L__ A B 1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO COORDINATE VOLTAGES AND EMERGENCY BALLAST OPTIONS B A -XXX A -XXX B1 1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO COORDINATE VOLTAGES AND EMERGENCY BALLAST OPTIONS o i 1 B1 BERT B1 B2 1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO COORDINATE VOLTAGES AND EMERGENCY BALLAST OPTIONS 2. LIGHT FIXTURE SHOWN ABOVE "WALL MERCHANDISE UNIT" ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND I5 PART OF "WALL MERCHANDISE UNIT" WHICH SHALL BE PROVIDED BY FURNITURE VENDOR. 3. LIGHT FIXTURE SHOWN ABOVE "WALL MERCHANDISE UNIT" AT WINDOW LOCATION SHALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED IN RECESSED SOFFIT AND LIGHTING CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH FURNITURE VENDOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DETAIL INDICATOR B2 XX A -XXX A -XXX SMALL CONDITION DETAIL SECTION DETAIL INDICATOR INDICATOR O C C 1. COOPER. 2 . 07042E - C7400LI 3. FIXED 7" COMPACT FLOURESCENT DOWNLIGHT. A O C1 1. COOPER. 2. L530039ESCPL /L250/L2R09P 3. FIXED ACCENT LIGHT WITH MINI - SPREAD LENS AND ROUND CANOPY COVER - WHITE FINISH. -X ( X -XXX EXTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR INTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR ■� , 0 C2 C2 1. LIGHTOLIER (OR SIMIALAR). 2. 1127CD/1102 3. FIXED 7" COMPACT FLOURESCENT DOWNLIGHT. 91/ X DATUM INDICATOR REVISION INDICATOR Fl CK F 1. COOPER- L530034ESCMBL /L250 2. TRACK MOUNTED ACCENT LIGHT MINI SPREAD LENS - BLACK FINISH SUPPLY TRACK WITH ALL NECESSARY FEEDS, JOINERS AND CAPS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. DRAWING INDEX EXISTING COLUMN GRID INDICATOR AND GRID LINES ® NEW COLUMN GRID INDICATOR AND GRID LINES F F F1 1. COOPER 2. HALO POWER -TRACK 3. SINGLE CIRCUIT SURFACE MOUNTED BLACK TRACK - SUPPLY TRACK W/ ALL NECESSARY FEEDS JOINERS AND CAPS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION ARCHITECTURAL A-000 A -000 COVER SHEET A -001 GENERAL INFORMATION A -100 SITE PLAN & ENLARGED PLAN A -101 EXISTING FLOOR PLAN A -102 FLOOR PLAN A -103 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A -104 FINISH PLAN AND FINISH LEGENDS A -105 FURNITURE AND FIXTURING PLAN A -201 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS A -202 DETAILS A -301 SECTIONS AND DETAILS FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR 2 6 2008 ROOM NAME H L 8201WH; MANUFACTURER: UGHTOLIER (OR SIMILAR) 2. 79 WATT HALOGEN WITH 8247WH -BI2EL SHADE SOP OF HANDLE H1 TRACK + • H H I XXX I AT 4 -0 AFF ROOM NAME & NUMBER FIRE EXTINGUISHER H 1 1. LIGHTOLIER (OR SIMILAR) 2. LIGHTOLIER TRACK 3. SINGLE CIRCUIT SURFACE MOUNTED WHITE TRACK - SUPPLY TRACK W/ ALL NECESSARY FEEDS JOINERS AND CAPS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION City Of Tukwila `e B .. ILDIN ., DIV XXX DOOR NUM EE1 1. LOCATION AND LOCAL REQUIREMENT TO BE DETERMINED BY ELECTRICAL ENGINEER. BATTERY BACK -UP ON "A" FIXTURES APPROVED ALTERNATE. 01 SEE SHEET A - IECLLI EE1 I A I 1 l a I FOR PARTITIONS � A -501 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A -502 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A--503 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A -801 PARTITION DETAILS, RESPONSIBILITY CHART A -802 DETAILS CASEWORK DETAIL -804 SALES FLOOR FlXURING & DOOR SCHEDULE ELECTRICAL E.001 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS E.002 LIGHTING COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE E.003 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E.004 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E.101 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN E.102 ELECTRICAL POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN E.103 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES, DETAILS AND SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM HARDWARE GROUP DOOR TYPE WALL/ PARTITION TYPE INDICATOR SEE SHEET A -802 FOR DOOR INFORMATION DOOR INDICATOR K 1. LIGHTOLIER (OR SIMILAR) 2. DPA2G18LS332UNV -CI 3. 2X4 18 CELL /UNIVERS BALLAST, INCLUDING BULB K DEFERRED SUBMITTALS 1. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 2. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 3. SECURITY DOORS & GRILLES 4. EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SHOP DRAWINGS BUILDING INFORMATION L2, 3 1. LfTHONIA 1. 20T8 3 32 Al2 MVOLT ) GEB1 OIS 3. 7X4 LAY -IN FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE W/ ACRYLIC LENS. L BUILDING USE: EXISTING RETAIL OCCUPANCY GROUP: EXISTING M- MERCANTILE CONSTRUCTION TYPE: II -B FULLY FIRE SPRINKLER APPLICABLE CODE 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODES (IBC) 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE (IMO 2006 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE (UPC) 2005 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENT . M - -- SEPARATE PERMS AK9n oti M SCOPE O F WORK TENANT EXPANDS WORK ON IN A NEW RETAIL SHOPPING CENTER. THE WORK INCLUDES INSTALLATION OF NON- STRUCTURAL PARTTTTONS, NEW EXTERIOR STOREFRONT GLAZING AND DOORS, NEW RESTROOMS, NEW FREE STANDING AND WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES, NEW FLOORING WITH ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK. P APPROVAL _ = REQUIRED ''' - -- E104 ELECTRICAL DETAILS MECHANICAL M-001 MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING LEGEND, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS M -002 MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS M -003 MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS M -004 MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS M -200 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN M -201 PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS M -400 MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DETAILS M_J00 MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SCHEDULES I I P EXIT EXIT ;AL ENGINEER TO LOCATE ALL EXIT SIGNS AND POWER/SELF POWER, LETTER AND FIELD COLOR, CONFIGURATION (WALL OR GEEING), ETC. 2. EDG 1 120 ELN; MANUFACTURER: LITHONIA 3. LITHONIA LIGHTING EDGE LIT EXIT LIGHT, SINGLE FACE VICINITY MAP CODE ANALYSIS ,,.,.s° PROJECT INFORMATION , OWNER. AT &T MOBILITY 209- 631 -3344 PH NE ) 1920 CUSTOMER CARE WAY 209 -381 -7180 FAX ATWATER, CA 95301 CONTACT: PELTO f F R A CARTER & BURGESS ARCH/ 714 - 328 -6309 PH N 4 HUTTON CENTRE DRIVE STE. BOO 714 -327 -1601 FAX ANA, FAX SANTA CA 92707 CONTACT: HONG AC ELECTRICAL - - NE) CARTER & INC. 714 327 1600 (PH STE. 800 - - 4 HUTTON CENTRE DRIVE 714 327 1601 (FAX SANTA ANA, CA 92707 CONTACT: ROSAN RY MECHANICAL CARTER & BURGESS INC. 714-327-1600 PH NE PLUMBING: 4 HUTTON CENTRE ISRIVE STE. BOO 714- 327 -1601 FAX) SANTA ANA, CA 92707 CONTACT: MIKE V CONTRACTOR: CB BOVENKAMP, INC 305- 233 -4438 PHONE ) 9002 S.W. 2nd STREET 305 -254 -1098 (FAX) MIAM FL 33157 CONTACT: SHAWN WILSON ii---/ : ` !IAN 6 1 2008 11 I 6 �.k .5 hl "k.!'3w � � Etl OCCUPANT LOAD I PROJECT LOCATION `r ` f ..,. l °ar ,s ,�:Lr J' i' AREA CALCULATION'S 1 _ •� ,. '! , n ',. __.. 1� s ,, � . : < = �i, ::.. ` J.r . i '��' 1,. ,. IT ii Lo :. • 0 1 : I. 4 I( I 'Ir; >! e ; i �'75 c L L E.• � f � � �1 +,. 11' 1 u . 4 { - :. .1 1 p., -rg �E :' is ! . d c.rLJti �•; I !It1 1 1' L ' � �y` �k :.. fl , ic; : I ..'.'� , 5� �r � ��r I� , :, � .. I .. , � a �.4, ti l ls. Ii,1Vr i. kIL�Kr� r,ti !�i�I I I�I Gt ��tl rf,.a, I' '... '.r. a : _ �. �' f'� ; 1 G, " ay . =- r1� �'` - §.^E�r� I ,.:. ,.. 3+ o � ..... "r � a� � � k - -u ' . 5 .:: ,,. ,. x • • - .°��` ,', I :,1 r . }.. .. :� ® , ' .��J 1 , 'I. :! • ;° 1 �i,i: .;� �_ V., ::a�. +-. ,.�� ,.m ,-_�t.. - - .� . N h : _ � t .; 7 ' E j ,,, � ; ��5 4a '. ° , *;11 , h .1J1 w .. ':.. ^ , q .:,: �w :.�.: �, :,: .: • � � i .. •0 ,• �b� ....: '. :. .. �a� r 1 :, .. • e ',, ;. . +„ � � Y.��, y: � ; 1 F1 ?1> = y .: , :I F_ 'P1 oTi o r w„ ' ,' :, '.,.V : .....:......... .. I ' I �'; - �. � ". , n : . a� . .: """ ' sue � : m� �� r` ' : . ? :�1 ''•y `:.. ^�;' :5 Y, a •. � if ��. =s��r� - s .: , .� az,i.•�:,5,&I: � , �' ra y E rtl "'" � ' .„ `': I I I I, SALES AREA: 2,F MANAGER'S OFFICE. INVENTORY\MDF ROOM: 1 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE: 1 RESTROOMS: STORAGES: 1 ELECTRICAL R ROOM: TOTAL 3.5 /30 / /100 /300 N/A A N/A / /300 / 300 D01., / 14446 d . .-- r p p `" — rn rn II 1 5 I �,�,� r '. r t ` ' • '^ k . ' ? Cl all I hl r 1., ;. g t 4 .. a n : : � � �`��,F/ F . t J e <, . • - i *ly :' � , ca r OCCUPANT LOAD = 98 REQUIRED. 2 EXITS IF OVER 50 w i :: �;: '�^ • . � : I ll' 1 1 r z. .i "`s I, • u F ': • � 5, y " t 1 a F 1 f ��,: � { � : � i � � p �I : � c1J... it � � Ii ��r�i 4 s r 1 ' :.: I' ,: .• a .� 1 r z r : I ° 1 11 �r ,,; r, z :• ,l�r�: �.5 r' p µ. .... i .' ; �I,: I; . T''� � ��4 r : � : i: l .. ,_ : _ = -_ , �� . � �.� � : � �._:: • _.: I � 5.: j �� : 5 5= T x � : •• ° i t . ; .. .�5� ; , , .��.. • �y • : �IJ . •�� " .:,�: w •I'x= ... ''•:� :I s ��• • T 5r= �;� • ' •;� �� _� ; • � .. . ' . J • r I A . • .: � 3t . • .. _ . .a l �� -:. I I I I� � 'p ' ; Eak 1 ' EI 4d ' [ '' L • r1 q „r I! i ; I r a all n :. . °. :' � .• � . � y $. 5 F .. „. ,• 11 l l h l l l.. , 4 + n ul l. +.r 'II I., v 1 r r_ I f '+ y �,p]f'a ' [ I ��4' . h . ,1.l.rc III;. v ,�", ., ', �. j ,p' r L . I .... w a „� : m,l Jllldh �a �' + � i .. ' +:..,. iu YII rll! . 1 r ,. i y r ,i,, ::r i�.:.� �� ", � I /Y�� yr,7J �p�d ��ryy�q��{ � 1 ,. 'r ,4 -.. Y 3 } , 'k+'�' :i =i' '+ & .�w '�:5 - SS?Y:i� S ., ?�S'k P =�"' T'�d'i�' FY'E l: ".� G. �' Ian a Bilid d '. • ,V.. : 4 .r' ., F.., � .......r..- w.�. i -�- -:r r-"..:" W..." ." m�+S .,..�..a..nw,,,a..�..� c o marr C zaoa WIRIER & BURGESS, arc. at Ccirter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON 5027 o DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: ISSUES /REVISIONS - 11 - 30 - 07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: GENERAL INFORMATION 441805.011.039.0001 NONE A -001 11r POST OFFICE ([) BAHAMA PREEZ \ -\ \\ ,max„ NOR OSTROM 3 LEVELS rJ M n Hon In s A A n a e n I' m u o I{ rr ii , is f ! V. ~� m pm f i IP (_ pti it 611 .._ .f STRANDER BOULEVARD iE) OLIVE GARDEN 1L111 I I I L1J.l.i 1111I1 11 INTERSECTION ROUTE OF ACCESSIBLILITY AKA rftervyirs 2 LEVELS SITE PLAN (REFERENCE ONLY) AT&T STORE 1111 1 IW SIGMLIZED INTERSECTHIN nRESTOKIE JCPENN:Y I.R.A. LEASE PARCEL t -02 ACRES 38 CARS — LOOM 114MI ANI ) r. U . I 14 its 41 i a s ENLARGED PLAN (REFERENCE ONLY) SCALE: N.T.S. 1 SCALE: REVIEWED POP' CODE COMPLIANCE E APPROVED MAR 2 B MAR 21 2008 FE .. N.T.S. NORTH DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COPYRIGHT 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 ISSUES /REVISIONS 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SITE PLAN & ENLARGED PLAN APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED A -100 c I 0 N1 LU w H w LU cn J w U U (E) COLUMN, TYP. H ENTRY WAY TO (E) di MALL'S ENTRANCE 0 0 H f f (E) COLUMN, TYP. Q H \_. (E) MALL COLUMN LEASE LINE TO (E) MALL'S MAIN PARKING EXISTING FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1. THESE DEMOLITION PLAN DRAWINGS WERE CREATED FROM EXISTING WORKING DRAWINGS AND ARE INTENDED TO SHOW THE GENERAL CONDITIONS WHICH ARE EXPECTED TO OCCUR. VERIFY ALL CONDMONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE DEMOLITION WORK IN ANY AREA. DEMOLITION OF DOORS, WINDOWS, CABINETRY, FINISHES, PARTITIONS, OR ANY OTHER NON — STRUCTURAL ITEMS MAY PROCEED AS INDICATED. WHERE DISCREPANCIES INVOLVE STRUCTURAL ITEMS, REPORT SUCH DIFFERENCES TO THE ARCHITECT AND SECURE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING IN THE AFFECTED AREA. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO SALVAGE OF LIGHT FIXTURES, FURNISHING, DOORS, AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING WALLS AND OTHER ASSOCIATED CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED ON THE DEMOLITION PLANS WITH DASHED LINES. 4. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDED DEMOLITION NOTES AND INFORMATION. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BARRICADES AND OTHER FORMS OF PROTECTION AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT THE OWNER'S PERSONNEL, OTHER TENANTS AND GENERAL PUBLIC FROM INJURY DUE TO DEMOLITION WORK. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT DEMOLITION WORK DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH OR PROHIBIT THE CONTINUING OCCUPATION OF ADJACENT OPERATIONS WITHIN THE STRUCTURE. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OF PARTITIONS, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE OWNER OF A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS BEFORE DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES THAT WILL AFFECT THE NORMAL OPERATION OF BUILDING. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR DAMAGES CAUSED TO ADJACENT FACILITIES BY DEMOLI11ON WORK. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND RETURN TO OWNER ALL SHELVING BRACKETS WHERE THEY INTERFERE WITH NEW WORK. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE TEMPORARY VERTICAL AND LATERAL BRACING AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND UNTIL STRUCTURE COMPLETELY TIED TOGETHER. 10. ALL RUBBISH AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION AND /OR NEW WORK SHALL BE RECYCLED AND /OR DISPOSED OF OFF —SITE AND SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE. SHEET SYMBOLS: EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING TO REMAIN (ER) EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED (E) EXISTING RE COMPLIANCE CODE APPROVE LIAR 2 r; 2rillti Cif Tuic_. BUILDING orz51.o a .. MAR 21 2U08 PE :G'+i lt% I�3 E SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" CarternBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON :I DRAWN BY: 5027 NO. DATE COPYRIGHT ® 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. ISSUES /REVISIONS — 11 - 30 - 07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: NORTH DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: EXISTING FLOOR PLAN APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED A -101 N Q LaJ (E) ±16' -2" ©151 II Maim • I .I ■ 1 I ■ I I ■ I i I ■ I • I • - J ■ ■ ■ • • I I C---_=—=-11 11 III III III III ELECTRICAL ROOM 007 -I- L , L ± 4' -2" i 2' -2" STORAGE 006 Lill 006 _ M • I1 II III III IIII IIII IIII IIII IIII Ill! i . 1 L J 001 I L_ 1 L a, —802 I I 28' -1 a) N � -3 5/8" I TT. II I� 4 J L- I I I r1 J J I I I I I I I I I I I I (E) COLUMN • e 11,Ffilr r l tl OF GR I- - - T III III I I I M A -301 D1 001 Art F Q IUI III IEL H li Adir ■ rr�rr�rr�r�rr�r ►�rr►rrrrrrrr�rr►rlrrrrr�rrw�r' 0) C, N.I.C. (E) 4' -10" V.I.F. (E) 9' -2" MANAGER OFFICE 1 002 A WOMEN 005 A (E) COLUMN 11 ii I I II LJ r J M \ A . — ' 301 \A3B/ \ Q 60" CLR. 1 :f'+`i''r''Fs'iw",idkek4l; a a I y W 1 � ,1 __ I V 1111 UPPER CABINET I 1 II IP � MEN i 6 C a__ ,J 005 1005 BI I I MOP SINK iii. � A -804 IIII V.I.F. INVENTORY\MDF ROOM (SEE NOTE #7) 002 I004I I I 18" CLR. • ��1_ — • , — J 003 12" CLR. EMPLOYEE LOUNGE I 003 N.I.C. M 5' 004 H/C SIGN, SEE B9 /A -301. P V ERIFY IN FIELD IF REQUIRED, DRINKINd WATER PROVIDE MARLITED ON WALL UP TO 48" A.F.F. AND ENTIRE WALL EACH SIDE, I • I I I TYP. I I I I L— — L _ t _ H/C SIGN, SEE 7 B9 /A -301. ©ll b C 9 I tl In I I LD- _ =- =lilll 1!III IIIII IIIII IIIII Iii . 1 IIII IIIII I II I _JIII IIII 1 i I p 1111 1 ALIGN 4' -0" ENTRY WAY TO (E) MALL'S ENTRANCE y•sg.5T f!4�. E -a l_._.... ..._.._.. ..._ _ _1._ _ _l .._ . L. L J L J 6'-7 �I At r -1 r I1 I I I1 J1 I L - - -Ji 15' —O" Rif L__21 L__J L__J L__J L__ J I1 1 r l n11 11 I F -1 r-1 I r r � 1 r r _ l 1 Il tl L,i L „� 1 L L B LJ L LB IID 008 f , I I II II II 11 I I I II II II II 'I.i•IN' ■ Ir PROVIDE TACTILE 11111 SIGNAGE, SEE DETAIL oI _ J J ' L _ J L _ J jl 07/A -301 L — -- - - - -6 -- - - - -— — ALIGN PROVIDE ISA LOGO 60” ,A.F.F SEE D El 6' -7 " 2 ©o a El IIIL 9" 1 F � " Li (E) COLUMN r 7 r I Lr -.- -- .- . ._ J L SALES AREA „ ; �� p�PGo 9' = / EQ. mir mEm s ✓ I III ll I I III I L_____1L_ -__J F I I L J I I I II I III I 11J6- -JLUI r 7 F I I E U 1 - -- - -- - {3._._.1 __....I LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE, PROVIDE TACTILE NAGE, SEE DETAIL' I. A -301 .., . ■ I F 1 • N.I.C. 6' -0" EQ. AT AIL C7 /A - 301 SEE NOTES 8 ON THIS SHEET FLOOR PLAN H 12' -5" N COLUMN WALLS PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT — EXISTING WALLS AND MALL REQUIREMENTS. G.C. TO PROVIDE BACKING PLATE INSIDE SOFFIT & HOOK ANCHOR INTO CONCRETE FLOOR FOR DURATRAN BOX SUPPORT. ALSO, COORDINATE WITH AT &T PROJECT MANAGER FOR MANUFACTURER'S AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 14 \— (E) MALL COLUMN 009 NOTE: —ALL SLAB —ON —GRADE CONCRETE TRENCH POUR—BACKS SHALL CONSIST OF A MINIMUM 6" 3,000 PSI CONCRETE OVER 15MIL VISQUEEN OVER 4" CAPILLARY BREAK GRAVEL OVER COMPACTED FILL. STEEL REINFORCEMENT SHALL CONSIST OF 24" 14 REBAR DOWELS SET IN PLACE WITH HIGH STRENGTH EPDXY AT A 5" EMBEB, SPACED 18" O.C. EACH WAY. PROVIDE ISA LOGO AT 60" A.F.F SEE DETAIL C7 /A -301 SEE NOTES #8 ON THIS SHEET GENERAL NOTES: EX DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. H PLAN SHEET, A -104, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON FINISHES. 3. S "' EET A -801 FOR PARTITION TYPES. SHEET SYMBOLS: EXISTING WALL FE REViEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED mAR ?DM City Of Tukwila RI III nINir; nIVIcION 4. AU_ EXISTING FIRE RATING OF DEMISING WALLS TO MAINTAIN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY. 5. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE DEMISING WALL PROVIDE FURRING AND DRYWALL ON BOTH SIDE TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE IF REQUIRED. 6. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH at&t'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR TO (E) MAL_'S . LOCATIGN OF SECURITY GRILLE LOCATION IF ANY. MAIN PARK! gri, CEILING UNDER GYP. BD. INSIDE INVENTORY ROOM, TYP., U.N.0.. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 3/4" RATED PLYWOOD ON ALL WALLS AND 8. ADD SIGN OVER ENTRY DOOR "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS". USE 1 INCH HIGH LETTERS WITH CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. 9. PROVIDE 180* PEEP HOLE IN BACK EMERGENCY DOOR, NOT USED 10. DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS INDICATED NEARBY WALL INTERSECTIONS, SHALL BE LOCATED SO 11-IAT THE EDGE OF THE FINISH OPENING IS FOUR INCHES FROM THE FACE OF THE NEARBY WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALL OTHER DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN ADJACENT WALL INTERSECTIONS. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR ALL CASEWORK, SHELVING, COUNTERTOPS & OTHER OWNER PROVIDED EQUIPMENT. 12. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 13. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. NEW INTERIOR PARTITIONS. SEE SHEET A-801 ALL WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL IN COMPUANCE WITH UFC STANDARD (E) ONE—HOUR RATED WALL MAR 2 1 2008 COPYRIGHT 0 2008 CARTER Se EIHRGESS. INC. Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON NO. DATE DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: NORTH ISSUES/REVISIONS — 11-30-07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT FLOOR PLAN DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 44180 5.01 1.039.0001 AS NOTED A-1 0 LIGHT CEILIN FIXTURE 11LE, 0 BE CENTERED N SOFFIT PLAN RADIUS IUS, A9 A -802 A -802 MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION IBC 1006.1 Illumination required. The means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. IBC 1006.2 Illumination level. The means of egress shall not be less than 1 foot - candle at the walking level. IBC 1006.3 Illumination emergency power. The power supply for means of egress shall illuminate the following areas: 1. Aisles and unenclosed stairways of rooms that require two or more means of egress. 2. Corridors, exit enclosures and exit passageways.. 3. Exterior egress components... 4. Interior exit discharge elements... 5. Exterior landings...for exit discharge doorways... 2x4 RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP. STORAGE ACT -2 CEILING 0 10' - AFF. 2x4 SUFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP. 10041 INVENTORY\MDF ROOM G.B. CEILING © 10' -0" AFF. OQ2 MANAGER OFFICE ACT -2 CEILING ® 1O' -0" AFF. WOMEN 1005 A G.B. CEILING CO 8' -0 AFF. 003 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE ACT -2 CEILING @ 1O' -0" AFF. MEN QO5 -B G.B. CEILING @ 8' -0 AFF. GRID START POINT I ELECTRICAL ROOM OPEN CEILING TO STRUCTURE CASHWRAP POWER & DATA POLE, TYP. 13' -2 SOFFIT RADIUS TO MATCH FINISH PLAN RADIUS, TYP. ( I P -5 ) ACT -3 CEILING 0 9' -4 AFF, TYP. 8" USG COMPASSO EDGE TRIM PRE - FORMED TYP. ( -I P -1 ) G.B. CEILING 0 15' -O AFF. TYP. ( P -1 ) G.B. CEILING © 10' -0" AFF. TYP -I P -1 ) SOFFIT AT 10' -0 AFF, TYP. P -5 SOFFIT AT 8' -0 AFF, TYP. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LIGHTED DURATRANS BOX (E) COLUMN Fl (TRACK) DO1- SALES AREA ACT -1 CEILING @ 10' -0 AFF WINDOW BANNER, TY G.B. CEILING @ 15' -0 AFF. TYP. G.B. CEILING 1O' -Q° AFF. TYP. GENERAL NOTES: REVIEWED F�62 C ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR � MAR 2 i; 2lll l City Of Tukwif F.i B ILDI DIVISION .. 1. SEE SHEET A -001 FOR LIGHTING LEGEND AND FIXTURE SYMBOLS. 2. LIGHT SWITCHES TO BE MOUNTED AT 42" A.F.F., U.O.N. 3. SEE SHEET A -104 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE 4 . SEE DETAIL E1/A -8O2 FOR A.C.T. SUPPORT INFORMATION. 5. NOT ALL FIXTURES SHOWN IN THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE MAY BE USED IN THIS PROJECT - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITIES PRIOR TO ORDERING. 6. GRID, GRILLES AND TYPE ° A ° FIXTURES TRIM TO BE PAINTED P -6 AT SALES AREA, ALL CLOUD ELEMENTS TO REMAIN WHITE. 7. PROVIDE WALL ANGLE AT ALL CEILING TO WALL/SOFFIT CONNECTION POINTS INCLUDING ° FLEX' ANGLE AT THE RADIUS SOFFITS. 8. GRID TO BE FRAMED OUT TO ACCEPT "A LIGHT FIXTURES. 9. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 3/4 RATED PLYWOOD ON ALL WALLS AND CEILING UNDER GYP. BD. INSIDE INVENTORY ROOM, TYP., U.N.O.. 10. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDF11ONAL INFORMATION. 11. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SCALE: 1/4 = 1' -0 COPYRIGHT ® 2008 CARTER & OURGESS, INC. at &t Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 502 REGISTERED ARCHITECT S BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: ISSUES /REVISIONS MAR 21 2003 PE • .'4dEH NORTH DESCRIPTION DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED REFLECTED CEILING PLAN -103 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE: ACT -1 USG FROST SIZE: T X 2' NUMBER: *414 EDGE: SLB COLOR: CHARCOAL *534 GRID: DONN DX 15/16" PAINT GRID TO 800 -950 -3839 MATCH: P -6 ACT -2 USG RADAR CLIMAPLUS SIZE: 2' X 4' NUMBER: *2420 EDGE: SQ COLOR: WHITE GRID: DONN DX 15/16" 800- 950 -3839 ACT -3 USG MARS CLIMAPLUS SIZE: 2' X 2' EDGE: SQ COLOR: WHITE GRID: FINE LINE A" TED KELLUM 312 -436 -4428 CPT -1 SHAW *4248V EXPERIENCE SQUARE COLOR: BELL BLUE *L010B CONSTRUCTION: MULTI - SCROLL PATTERN: NO REPEAT MARK LAW, 800 -424 -7429 X5396 CPT -2 SHAW STYLE: C0149 CINGULAR ENTRY COLOR: JET BLACK JB21O 24 "X24" MULTILEVEL LOOP QUARTER TURN INSTALL MARK LAW, 800 -424 -7429 X5396 WF -1 SHAW STYLE: ATT PCF WOOD COLOR: BELL GRAY *00400 FINISH: HEAVY TEXTURE INSTALL: GLUELESS, FLOAT, TONGUE & GROOVE MARK LAW: 770- 241 -1345 REQUIRE EXPANSION STRIP AT EVERY 1,064 S.F. MAXIMUM AREA. FRP USG INTERIORS CLASS "C" TUFLINER *8101 WHITE (RR WAINSCOT) RB -1 JOHNSONITE SIZE 4" *82 BLACK PEARL P -1 BENJAMIN MOORE "SHADOW GRAY" *2125 -40 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH P -2 BENJAMIN MOORE "WEDDING VEIL" *2125 -70 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH P -3 BENJAMIN MOORE P -3 FROM COUNTER "ORANGE BURST" HEIGHT UP & P -5 *2015 -20 FROM COUNTER SEMI -GLOSS FINISH HEIGHT DOWN P -4 BENJAMIN MOORE "STONE BROWN" *2112-30 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH P -5 BENJAMIN MOORE "ICE MIST" *2123 -70 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH P -513 BENJAMIN MOORE "ICE MIST" *2123 -70 FLAT FINISH P -6 BENJAMIN MOORE "IRON MOUNTAIN" *2134 -30 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH P -7 JOHNSONITE SIZE: 4" *178 COLOR: IRON STONE VCT -1 ARMSTRONG - IMPERIAL TEXTURE *51904 COLOR: STERLING 12 "X12 "X1/8" ANTHONY LAWSON: 513 -398 -9448 X8943 SV ARMSTRONG - SHEET VINYL *88477 LIATRIS COOL GRAY ST -1 GLOBAL GRANITE & MARBLE 3/8" X 12" X 12" SLATE TILE BLACK NATURAL SAM KOONTZ: 314 - 392 -1961 INTERIOR CASEWORK M -1 POWDER COAT ALUMINUM *PE9 -6875G "ALUMINUM" BONDED BASE COAT M -2 POWDER COAT POLYCHEM 8 1 3 -BR/773 LOT: *P -4653 "NEW CHAIR BRONZE" 760 -868 -5282 PL -1 WILSONART MONTANA WALNUT *7110T -60 PL -2 LAMINART PEARLESENCE *2300T PLATINUM TEXTURED PL -3 LAMINART PEARLESENCE *2418T GRAPHITE TEXTURED PL -4 FORMICA WHITE *949-58 MATTE FINISH SS -1 SOLID SURFACE DOVIAN (CAPRI CONCRETE) LEE GARZA 206 -226 -9111 FLOOR VCT -1 BASE RB -1 WALL PAINT P -5 FLOOR CPT -1 BASE RB -1 WALL PAINT P -5 FLOOR SV BASE SV -6" WALL 48" MARLITE AFF. PAINT P -5 ABOVE FLOOR VCT -1 BASE RB -1 WALL PAINT P -5 ELECTRICAL ROOM 1 007 STORAGE 1 006 I H FLOOR VCT -1 BASE RB -1 WALL PAINT P -5 MANAGER OFFICE • 1 002 WOMEN 1005 -A MEN 1 005 -B I INVENTORY \MDF ROOM I 004 V CPT -1 1J FLOOR BOX BY G.C. (TYP.) EMPLOYEE LOUNGE I003I FLOOR VCT -1 BASE RB -1 WALL PAINT P -5 SEE NOTE #7 IN THIS SHEET (TYP.) U R ai 7' -5" (E) COLUMN 10' -6" G.C. PROVIDE TILE AT ENTRY DOORS TO MATCH WITH MALL REQUIREMENTS. EQ. ■ ■ CPT -1 1 BASE: RB -1 WALL: P -2 TO 8' -0" AFF. P -1 ABOVE SALES AREA 1 001 WF -1 EQ. 3' -3" Lf n ( E ) COLUMN 3' -3" 11' -6" SEE NOTE #8 N a SEE NOTE #7 IN THIS SHEET (TYP.) GENERAL NOTES: FLOOR BASE WALL CPT,VCT,WF,L,WM RB,SV P INDICATES TYPICAL FINISHES 2. FOR ALL FINISHES OF MILLWORK /CABINETRY ITEMS, REFER TO ELEVATIONS, SHEET A -301. 3. FOR ALL WALLS WHERE NO FINISH OR BASE IS INDICATED, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET, A -301 4. ALL WALLS, SOFFITS AND DOORS /FRAMES TO BE BRUSH & ROLL ONLY. 5. ALL PAINT SURFACE TO BE PRIMED AND 2 FINISH COATS. 6. MOISTURE TEST SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF WOOD FLOORING. 7. PROVIDE EXPANSION TRIM FLOORING. STOREFRONT MULLION FOR WOOD 8. FLOOR BOXES FOR EXPERIENCE TABLES SHOULD BE WIREMOLD BRAND (OR APPROVED SIMILAR) 881 RC4ATCBK. FOR ASSISRANCE PLEASE CALL ED COMMINS WITH WIREMOLD AT 800- -338 -1315 EX. 3210. 9. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. H r----9•VIENNED FOR CODE. COMPLIPNCE IWPRO 'FA" ' 1/4' 111 I .. G.C. PROVIDE TILE AT ENTRY DOORS TO MATCH WITH MALL REQUIREMENTS. DM ' hAI- 2 'I `zuu6 PilzE ER FINISH LEGEND FINISH PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" COPYRIG ® 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. at Cartereurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. DATE DRAWN BY: ERB AIMPREM IERNAR ' S. KLEIN ITATE OF WASHINGTON PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: ISSUES /REVISIONS - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 NORTH DESCRIPTION FINISH PLAN FINISH LEGENDS DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED A -104 FIXTURE LEGEND CODE NAME QTY. RSF -001 CASHWRAP - 5 POS (ACCESSIBLE INCLUDED) 2 RSF -001A CASH WRAP LAMP 4 RSF -0018 CASH WRAP PROMO PANEL 4 RSF -002 BACKWRAP CABINETS 2 RSF -002A BACKWRAP GRAPHICS 3 RSF -003 'PHONE FIXTURE 1 RSF -004 MECHANDISE WALL UNIT 9 RSF-005 PROMO TABLE 2 RSF -006 EXPERIENCE TABLE 2 RSF -007 MANAGER MOBILE POS 1 RSF-008 REV RACK 1 RSF -009 GONDOLA 1 RSF -010 SELF-SERVICE PAYMENT KIOSK 1 RSF -011 GUIDED SELLING KIOSK 1 RSF -012 WINDOW BANNER 2 RSF -013 PRINTER 0 BACKWRAP 3 RSF -014 'PHONE ACCESSORY GONDOLA 1 RSF -015 LOCKER - THREE SECTIONS 3 RSF -016 WATER COOLER 1 RSF -017 REFRIGERATOR 1 RSF -018 MICROWAVE 1 RSF -019 3 -IN -1 PRINTER 1 RSF -020 CCTV 1 RSF -021 BACKBOARD 1 RSF -022 iPHONE CABINET 1 RSF -023 SAFE 1 RSF -024 DURATRANS 1 RSF -025 CASHWRAP - 3 POS 1 RSF -026 BACKWRAP CABINETS - SHORT 1 rr w 1- z 0 0 4'-O" L _ I007I IHl ELECTRICAL ROOM ( B\ —89 TYP. SEE NOTE #7 2" BLACK GROMMET, TYP G.C. PROVIDE - UPPER CABINETS STORAGE o L ct 1 006 O L- I J RSF -021 K INVENTORY /MDF ROOM 0 a In Ie 0 0 In D- 0 I w U) WOMEN I 005-A I 2 rn r MEN 1005 -BI 3'_4" MANAGER OFFICE I002I a I 004 a 0 COUNTER 000 00 0 5 ' -0 " Agri) C C RSF -004 ED E[D C RSF -020 ,-- r In 0 1' -6" CLR. EMPLOYEE LOUNGE I003I RSF -005 I 1 I RSF-001A RSF-0018 RSF -001A RSF -0018 / n z 0 U 0 9 TJ RSF -004 RSF -005 RSF -012 • r I i it 9 f� EQ / RSF -006 (EXIT RSF RSF 013 002A RSF -002 RSF-001 SALES AREA 10011 H n 9" // -/ EQ RSF -004 RSF -025 RSF -026 RSF -0113 RSF -0012A 9" RSF -009 H C RSF -004 RSF -006 RSF 011 EQ EQ / / / / o `1' / �SF� RSF -004 FURNITURE AND FIXTURING PLAN 9 RSF -014 H CO. CON0.9Sa. PROL 311.0 GENERAL NOTES: 1) FURNITURE IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS FOIC UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE SHEETS A -803 AND A -804. 2) BACKWRAP GRAPHIC BOARD BY FIXTURE VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL HALO LIGHTING. ATTACH DIRECTLY TO BACKGARP GRAPHIC BOARD. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH FIXTURE VENDOR. 3) FEATURE WALL GRAPHIC BOARD BY FIXTURE VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL HALO LIGHTING. ATTACH DIRECTLY TO BACKGARP GRAPHIC BOARD. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH FIXTURE VENDOR. 4) GC TO PROVIDE 1 ROW OF WHITE MELAMINE SHELVING ABOVE ALL COUNTER. 5) FURNITURE BY OWNER. 6) FOR ACCESSIBILITY SERVICE COUNTER, SEE D3 ON SHEET A -803. 7) GC TO PROVIDE 24 "X30" SHELF AT 4' -6" AFF WITH DOG -EAR IN MANAGER OFFICE. 8) EXACT PLACEMENT OF FREESTANDING FIXTURES TO BE DETERMINED OWNER, TYP. 9) PROVIDE 3/4 "x6'x8' FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARD. 10) GC TO INSTALL 4X8 PEGBOARD ON 2X2 FRAME. 11) SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" COPYRIGHT ® 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. at& Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 ISSUES /REVISIONS - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 LIAR 2 1 2008 NORTH DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: FURNITURE AND FIXTURING PLAN APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED A -105 INSIDE OF STORE HORIZONTAL MULLION OUTSIDE OF STORE 1" INSULATED GLASS MULLION 1" INSULATED GLASS SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" INSIDE OF STORE 0 STOREFRONT SILL FACE OF STOREFRONT 1" INSULATED GLASS CONT. CAULKING SEALANT OF OUTSIDE 0 STORE SCALE: 3" = 1 STOREFRONT CORN VERTICAL MULLION ER VERTICAL JAMB AL.UIMINIJM BREAK METAL METAL POST STOREFRONT VERTICAL N ULl_.ION VERTICAL MULLION 4 C 6 ) STOREFRONT AT DOOR II`, AII.IMINIAI ',I RUC JIJ AL 51Llcc!v!. (;t A7 NC TAPE, 1Yh. WEATHERSEAL 1" INSULATED GLASS SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" VERTICAL END Mlii I ION END CLOSURE TYPICAL JAMB STEEL STIFFENER VERTICAL MULLION SPACER STRUCTURAL SILICONE 1" INSULATED GLASS WEATHERSEAL SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" ii SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" nlrw r'Ell iN INSIDE OF STORE C STOREFRONT HEAD 4" METAL TRACK STOREFRONT HEAD FXIST!NC CFII..INL CON!. CAU LKING SEALANT MULLION PROVIDE FRAMING TO ANCHOR TO EXISTING STRUCTURE ABOVE. FIELD VERIFY 1" INSULATED GLASS OUTSIDE OF STORE SCALE: 3" = 1 FACE OF STOREFRONT 1" INSULATED GLASS 10'-0" AFF STEEL TUBE HEADER /BEAM ALUMINUM BREAK METAL TO MATCH STOREFRONT SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" O' 0" 10'0" 1 h , U „ 0.0. CANUP' T,:).K(' U' - (.1 F NISF- FLOOR �ELEVATIC Iii 0" !NU ;FV : I . U . V N I U W I 1 ,1 1 - 1 1)0(il' I LC:OR ELEVATI =1\ EQ. EQ. t19'- V.I.F. (E) UPPER LEVEL DECK (N.I.C.) 2 1/2" GLASS VERTICAL SUPPORT FINS EQ. EQ. r EQ. EQ. ± 11' -U" (ANGLE) V.I.F. 15' -0" AFF MAL.L'S OPENING 10' -0" AFF (iit) T.O. DOOR LIGHTED INDIVIDUAL SIGNAGE CLEAR 1/2" GLASS SOFFIT BEYOND WHERE OCCUR G.B. SOFFIT AND SIGNAGE WALL - PAINTED P -1 1/2" GLASS STOREFRONT TILE FLOORING TO MATCH AT &T'S STANDARD. MALL'S FLOORING - REPAIR AND REPLACE IF REQUIRED F.F. 6' -5" EQ. 19' -3" V.I.F. EQ. EQ. 6' -5" EQ. EQ. ± 28'- V.LF. NOTE: STOREFRONT CONSULTANT /CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN, FABRICATE, AND INSTALL STOREFRONT GLAZING AND DOORS IN COMPLIANCE TO LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENT AND ALSO MEET ALL STATE MANDATED STRUCTURAL, SEISMIC, AND WIND LOAD. r r 1 EQ. EQ. EQ. ± 17' -0" (AN ANGLE) V.I.F. LIGHTED SIGNAGE BEHIND CLEAR GLASS STOREFRONT. :. ................. 1 z = - • . = — = r =��l —ter —r rrr— '�r—s - - "'"�: =sue. �—�� ■ ..... :■fi - ■- I - ■ ■ _ — =- :777:07.- - -,- -ter �rr - -- e rr. -�� ■ �■ Th. =i,...4T.l� rri efirlIKIPMEISMI EillaglififfliMilliMEMIMil I LIGHTED 'I'A' HI L (�H EU 5 (�N [,E BEHIND CL �' STOREFRONT. �`� :44 �� 3y . 1! E) UPPER LEVEL DECK (N.I.C.) 15' -0" AFF SECT IC 28' -6 5' - 4 7 2 " ANGLE V.I.F. V.I.F. 1/2" GLASS VERTICAL SUPPORT FINS 1C-0" AFF SCALE: 118 " = 1/2" GLASS DOOR WOOD FLOORING PER AT&T'S STANDARD. TILE FLOORING PER MALL'S STANDARD. D' -0° F.F. SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" ;CALL: 1!8' (1 „ MALL 'S OPENING T.O. DOOR LIGHTED INDIVIDUAL SIGNAGE CLEAR 1/2" GLASS SOFFIT G.B. SOFFIT AND SIGNAGE WALL - PAINTED P -1 ''. 1 111iF'1i 1 aar'i1 111. 'Ppi[RT4i! 5.]gg1.'. :P: Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) .327-1600 TAY.: (%1 4) 327-1601 In :,: aTESE:` FAIII#i : ii':1:121:;ii�, =Arta BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHING 5027 it I 1 rli. , Irr I hl; 1143 II rliil ia'Ti - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE . ; • € +5,1;4 1 Fi_'r •1 4 , ; ;r :Ir ;i 1V-r'] F4' ', ,4 , 14-7 1 -. !'P°v T4,>1 ^1 t' .4,1 WESTFIEL.D SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mal Seattle, WA 98188 111 1Iral!1:!1'11',i§ irlalj'".! :4p MAR 21 2063 DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COPYRIGHT (} 200B CARTER & BURGESS. INC. at t ISSUES /REVISIONS 1 .1.PV I I =`:Tarr DESIGNED BY: t' ; , ' 1 1 ' :��. & .1 ' 1- ' .. 11 �- : y� .F141 t11. '.: .. T n AVM' ��yy y: i:l,i'.k'�AW�iuS. �_.•-- !sc... �� . , j?(C ri} .i#:.'.�:�_Fi:�S "�:�I1. �...:.`hF; a.:1�i:L.if� �.�'�f7:.lit `f� .. :'}f;:: : :' CHECKED BY: DESCRIPTION IHEMEM APPROVED BY: 441805.01 1.039.0001 f CEILING SYSTEM SECTION © RESTRAINED PERINETER t S SS S S S S S S S S S S S SS S SS S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S ... ►S SS S i S S S S S S ti S S S S S S S S S S S S SS S S S S S S 5. S S S S S S S S S S S S S S ti S S S S S S S S S S S S TYPICAL CROSS RUNNERS AT 2' -0" O.C. #12 GAUGE 4 WAY DIAGONAL TIES TO UNISTRUT OR CAVITY SHAFT FRAMING #12 GAUGE HANGER WIRE @ EACH LIGHT FIXTURE CORNER. ATTACH TO PERMANENT STRUCTURE TYPICAL PAINT RED PER SECTION 300 -11 NEC TYP. VERTICAL HANGER: 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED WIRE HANGER WIRE AT 4' -0" O.C. MINIMUM 3 FULL TURNS IN 1 1/2" AT EACH END CEILING SYSTEV SECTION TYPICAL VIDDLE AREA ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN PANELS TYPICAL MAIN RUNNERS CROSS TEE 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED WIRE HANGERS AT 4' -O" O.C. „....... MINIMUM 3 FULL TURNS IN 1 1/2° AT EACH END. FOR ANCHORAGE TO STRUCT. S 15ti S S S S ti 1 S S S S S S S! L S S S ti S S S S S S 1 S S 1 S S S ti S S 11 S S S t S 1 ti S S S S S i S 1 S S 1 S S S 5 S S S ti S 1 S S S S S 2 MIN. E S ANDARD (ASCE S • DARD 9.6.2.6.2.2 . 8" MAXIMUM OR 1/4 THE LENGTH OF THE END RUNNERS, WHICHEVER IS LEAST, TYP. MAIN RUNNERS AT 4' -0 O.C. OR CROSS RUNNERS AT 2' -0' O.C., 1YP. ACOUSTICAL LAY --IN PANELS, TIP. 16 GAUGE CONTINUOUS ANGLE BY CEILING GRID INSTALLER. ANCHOR TO WALL STUDS WITH #10 SELF TAPPING SCREWS. POP RIVET TO CEILING RUNNERS. FIN H ANGL AN I TO MATCH E NG SYSTEM. TYPICAL GYPSUM BOARD & METAL STUD WALL REFER ALL TYPES FOR EXACT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION. LATERAL BRACING: (4) #12 GAUGE GALV. WIRES AT 90" TO EACH OTHER. SECURE TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF CROSS RUNNER. MIN. 4 FULL TURNS IN 1 1/2" AT EA. END. MAX. SPACING OF 8 FT. x 12 FT. O.C. FOR ANCHORAGE TO STRUCTURAL. ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN PANELS, TIP. MAIN RUNNERS AT 4'--0" O.C. RUNNER \ (\LIGHTING _ FIXTURE CONNECTION SEISMIC 3 " =1' -0" 3 =1 - O " SCREW INTO T -BAR (2) PLACES OPPOSITE CORNERS SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM 3 SEISvIC 3 5/8" STRUT #12 GAUGE VERTICAL HANGER WIRE ON MAIN RUNNER 3" FROM 4 CORNERS OF LIGHT FIXTURE, TYPICAL. MAIN RUNNER OF SUSPENDED CEILING. 1/ " = - 0 " 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED WIRE HANGERS - SEE DESCRIPTION IN DETAIL 2/A -3.2 ADD ONE PAIR LATERAL BRACE WIRES SIMILAR TO DETAIL 3/A -3.2 AT 8' -0" O.C. RUNNING PARALLEL TO WALL AT 45' TO CEILING PLANE. CONCEALED METAL STRUT OR 16 GA. WIRE INTERLOCK BY CEILING GRID INSTALLER. TIE TO ENDS OF RUNNERS. 16 GAUGE CONTINUOUS ANGLE BY CEILING GRID INSTALLER. ANCHOR TO WALL STUDS WITH #10 SELF TAPPING SCREWS. POP RIVET TO CEILING RUNNERS. Fl IS. AN I r 136 TO CH SYSTEM. ASCE STANDARD ( ASCE STANDARD 9.6.2.6.2.2.). N.T.S. 111llllll111111lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll11111111 !1`1111 !1 (2) #8 SCREWS 8" (MAX.) COMPRESSION STRUTS: WITH L/R RATIO OF 200 MAXIMUM, 3 5/8 X 20 GA. UNPUNCHED METAL STUD ATTACHED TO MAIN RUNNERS WITH (4) #8 SCREWS TO STRUCTURE. COMPRESSION STRUT SHALL NOT REPLACE HANGER WIRE. LATERAL BRACING: (4)fl12 GA. GALVANIZED WIRES AT 90' TO EACH OTHER. SECURE TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2 OF CROSS RUNNER. MINIMUM 4 FULL TURNS IN 1 1/2" AT EACH END. MAXIMUM SPACING OF 8 FT. x 12 FT. 0.C. TYPICAL CROSS RUNNERS CEILING SYSTEv SECTION © UNRESTRAINED PERIVETER 7/8" TYPICAL GYP. BD. & METAL STUD WALL REFER ALL TYPES FOR EXACT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION. ti 3 " =1' -O" DUAL HEIGHT DRINKING FOUNTAIN * 27" MIN. CLR. (ADULT) ** 36 MAX. TO BUBBLER (ADULT) �FF ACCESSIBLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN N.T.S. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE AppR VEV MR l• 6 f* 1 NO. DATE tI M 21 2003 PL.,x DRAWN BY: COPYRIGHT ® 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: DETAILS at t Cartereurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1 600 FAX: (714) 327 -1 601 REGISTER I ARCHITECT BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON ISSUES /REVISIONS /I\ 03 -12 -08 PLAN CHECK CORRECTION - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED A -202 CEILING TIES SPACING SIZE MAXIMUM SPAN MAXIMUM SPAN SPACING SPAN SPACING SPAN 4' -0" 362S125 -18 16" 8' -9" 24" 7' -9" 3' -6" 362S125 -30 16" 10' -2" 24" 9' -2" 3' -6" 6005125 -30 16" 11' - 9 " 24" 10' -7" GENERAL NOTE: FIXTURES FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER'S FIXTURE VENDOR, SHOWN IN ELEVATIONS FOR COORDINATION ONLY. SEE SHEET A--105 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DATA EQUIPMENT BY AT &T IT, RACK BY GC. GC TO PROVIDE 6'X8'XXq." FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD FOR TENANT'S TELCO EQUIPMENT - PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS. DISPLAY CONDITIONS ■M1 1■ME••■ ••1 .i•••••• 1� ■• ■ii■ .■ '■ ■1■■ Wr I.' '111 AM AM 11 •••■••k \P \ 1••■•/ \. \, '._► AL►.d INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY ACT0,_J AFF ACT4 -9' -4" AFF G.B 8 - YO" AVE SOFFIT G.B. 1 50" AFF SOF ACT10'_0 "AFF ACT 9'� .f- ��-- - - - - -- G.B, 8'--0 AFF__ -.____ SOF 4 ' SEE R.C. PLAN SHELVE 4" BACKSPLASH, PL -1 PL -1 COUNTERTO 3/4" SUPPORT, PL -6 IF REQUIRED FILE CABINETS BOX /BOX /FILE STORAGE CONFIGURATION, PL-6 BY G.C. EL. +O' - O" I r y FINISHED FLOOR 4 3 SEE R.C. PLAN SHELVES 4" BACKSPLASH, PL -1 PL -1 COUNTERTOP FILE CABINETS BOX /BOX /FILE STORAGE CONFIGURATION, PL -1 BY G.C. 6 ,6 EL +0' -0" Y FINISHED FLOOR Y SEE R.C.P. MARLITE J U 6" SHEET VINYL BASE, TYP. EMPLOYEE LOUNGE D ELEVATION -LOGO /BACK -WRAP WALL -I P_1 ) P -3 (FROM 3' -0" AFF. UP) & P -5 (FROM 3' -0' AFF. DOWN) TYP. ( -I P - 3 INVENTORY /MDF RM ELEV. UPPER CABINET D2 ELEVATION -LOGO /BACK -WRAP WALL 1/4" - 1 - O " RB -1� cV N cV c V 1/4" - 1' - O' 18" VERTICAL GRA BAR IF REQUIRED MARLITE L. 6 SHEET VINYL BASE, TYP. SCALE: 1/4 [[ SCALE: 1/4"=1 SEE R.C. PLAN SHELF 4' BACKSPLASH, PL -1 PL -1 COUNTERTOP FILE CABINETS BOX /BOX /FILE STORAGE CONFIGURATION, PL -1 BY G.C. , EL +O' -0" FINISHED FLOOR P -3 (FROM 3' -O" AFF. UP) & P -5 (FROM 3' -0' AFF. DOWN) TYP. ( P -3 )\ RB -1 iPHONE CABINET \\ / I I I /X \ I EL +0'-0" y-- �� °m�., a��.r�u, � /SAFE \ f PI' FINISHED FLOOR UPPER CABINET NOTE: ELEVATION SHOWN WITHOUT CASHWRAP FIXTURE MARLITE RSF -013 TYP. MANAGER OFF. ELEV. 1/4" - 1 -O SHELVES INVENTORY /MDF RM ELEV. 1/4' - 1' -O' 6" SHEET VINYL BASE, TYP. NOTE: ELEVATION SHOWN WITHOUT CASHWRAP FIXTURE A SEE R.C. PLAN SHELVES 4" BACKSPLASH, PL--1 PL -1 COUNTERTOP 3/4" SUPPORT, PL -6 IF REQUIRED FILE CABINETS BOX /BOX /FILE STORAGE CONFIGURATION, PL -6 BY G.C. A EL +O' -O" 'Y FINISHED FLOOR WOMEN'S RESTROOM ELEVATIONS - MEN'S RESTROOM ELEVATION (OPPOSITE) 1/4" - P -2 0.8. 10' -0" AFF G.B. 8' -0" AFF SOFFIT EL. +O - O n FINISHED FL OR SEE R.C.P. RB -1 4c r-o° STORAGE ELEV. ELEVATION -LOGO /BACK -WRAP WALL EL +0' -O" . FINISHED FLOOR I 6" SHEET VINYL BASE, TYP. 4 4, -I P -3 ) f PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND CABINET AND IN WALL AS REQUIRED, TYP. 3/4" ADJUSTABLE SHELF ON 2 O.C. SHELF CLIPS 3" WIRE PULLS UPPER CABINET ELEV. 1/4" - 1' -0' ARIJTE Al A -803 l/4° - 1' -0" INSULATED DRAIN PIPE AND TRAP W /SLIP JOINT FITTING "TRUEBRO" MODEL NO. LAV -GUARD Soo 340 -5969 R PROVED EQUAL. arm P -3 (FROM 3'--O" AFF. UP) & P-5 (FROM 3' -O' AFF. DOWN) TYP. RESTROOM 0 UNISEX SCALE: 1/4 " =1 WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE (0) MOUNTING FOR SIGNAGE r �A 36" S.M. 18" 'C.. Al 42 S.M. /6" /3fin J rrn TOILET GRAB BAR N NO SCALE 2" MIN. TYP. CEILING WHERE OCCURS 4 - #8 SCREWS METAL STUDS SEE SCHEDULE E 3 \ MAX \ \ GRAB BAR, TOILET PAPER, DISPENSER CONT. TRACK CEILING DETAIL 1/4' =1' -O' J DOOR MOUNTED SIGNAGE 18" VERTICAL GRAB BAR IF REQUIRED STUD CEILING FLAT CONTINUOS JOIST WITH JOIST 1 6 O.C. #8 © EACH C.J. 0 6' -0" O.C. SEE TABLE BELOW METAL STUD BLOCKING �J O RECESSED WASTE RECEPTACLE TWIN JUMBO -ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER 1 DOOR MOUNTED SIGNAGE ALL SIGNS SHALL HAVE GRADE II BRAILLE. CEILING JOISTS OUNTING HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ACCESSORIES & FLU 1 ALL THE METAL STUDS USED SHALL BE "S" STUD MEMBER WITH ICBO APPROVE NUMBER 4943P OR APPROVED EQUAL PER SSMA 2. WHERE CEILING SUPPORT TOILET PARTITIONS OCCUR, USE 6005200 -43 © 16 O.C. UP TO 16' -0" MAXIMUM SPAN 3. SPANS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS LATERAL SUPPORT OF THE COMPRESSION FLANGE. 4. WEB CRIPPLING SHALL HAVE 3Y BEARING LENGTH © EACH END. 5. JOIST SHALL BE BRACED AGAINST ROTATION AT ALL SUPPORT BY TRACK OR BLOCKING. 6. PROVIDE 4 - #8 SCREWS AT EACH JOIST CROSSING, UNO. 7. BRIDGING RECOMMENDATIONS: SPAN (FT) MINIMUM NUMBER OF ROWS UP TO 14 FT 14 FT TO 20 FT 20 FT TO 26 FT 1 ROW AT MID -SPAN 2 ROWS AT POINTS Y4 3 ROWS AT 4 POINTS NOTES: 1. ALL NON GLARE FINISHES. 2. CHARARCTERS ON CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. 3. USE CONTRACTED 2 BRAILLE. 4. BRAILLE: GRADE II, DOTS = O.C. IN EACH CELL WITH i SPACE BETWEEN CELLS, RAISED e . TACTILE EGRESS SIGNAGE FIELD VERIFY ELEV. UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE di REFER TO RCP FOR HEIGHT PARTITION WALL, SEE SCHEDULE SALES AREA $ EL +o' -o" FINISH FLOOR DETAIL NTS UNISEX -12" DIAMETER CIRCLE 1/4" THK. W/1/4" THICK TRIANGLE SUPER IMPOSED WITHIN THE CIRCLE. THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE SIGN SHALL DISTINCTIVELY CONTRAST WITH THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE DOOR. SIGNS ARE CENTERED ON THE DOOR 60" FROM THE FLOOR. WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY IS INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. THE BORDER DIMENSION OF THIS PICTOGRAM SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF fi IN HEIGHT. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, INCLUDING AT DOUBLE LEAF DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. A VERBAL DESCRIPTION AS TO THE USE OF THE FACILITY (SUCH AS "MENS ") SHALL BE PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY. THE CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUND OF THE SIGN IS EGGSHELL, MATTE, OR OTHER NON -GLARE FINISH AND THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE SIGN DISTINCTIVELY CONTRASTS WITH THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE WALL. THE COLOR OF THE SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY CONSISTS OF A WHITE FIGURE ON A BLUE BACKGROUND. V TYP.lA1,A3,A 5/8" TYPE X DRYWALL TAPE FLOAT & PAINT INVENTORY ROOM mOE. CO MPLI APPROVEL MAR 2 r "a utv LIMPING DIVISDILJ • BING FIXTURES A -801 1 [1 1 g \ N \ \ MIRROR 4 /ALL MOUNTED 1K TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER Q El LIGHT SWITCH Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. DRAWN BY: COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DATE WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 MAR 21 2008 FER DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: SECTIONS AND DETAILS ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED A -301 Part 1 Bidding and Contract Requirements 00700 General Conditions A. The AIA A201 "General Conditions for Construction," 1987 edition shall govern the work. B. The following supplements the AIA A201 "General Conditions for Construction ", 1987 edition. All unaltered provisions shall remain in effect. 1. Delete subparagraph 3.7.1, and substitute the following: a. "3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner will pay for the general plan check fee. The Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and for all other permits, governmental fees, licenses, and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work," 2. Add the following new subparagraph to 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES: a. "3.12.12 If the Contractor fails to review Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples to determine their responsiveness to the Contract Documents, or fails to substantially respond to Architect's review comments prior to resubmittal, or if he makes submittals which substantially alter the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Architect for extra services required to review such submittals." Part 2 Technical Specifications Division 1 General Requirements 01100 Summary A. This specification includes the requirements for several Cingular Wireless LLC Projects; consequently this specification may contain additional elements that do not apply to this particular project. Where noted in the specifications, please refer to the Drawings to determine if the specified element applies to this Project. B. Special Work Requirements: 1. Work shall be phased such that each specific area shall be protected, demolished and complete in least amount of time possible. 2. Daily activities must be respected by the Contractor with the least amount of disturbance to Cingular Wireless LLC and other building occupants. 3. Use of Premises: a. Conform to the requirements of the building owner. C. Separate Work: 1. Items noted "NIC" (Not In Contract) or .FO10. (Furnished by Owner; installed by Owner) will be furnished and installed by others 2. Perform work so as to allow the performance of work by other contractors. 3. The following will be furnished and installed by others: a. Cingular Graphics (other than hard signage installed by the GC, or as required by local code) b. Bill Payment Machine (G.C. to provide and coordinate electrical and data requirements). D. Products Furnished by Owner for Installation by the Contractor (FOIC): 1. Coordinate work to facilitate installation of products furnished by the Owner for Installation by the Contractor. 2. The following are elements which are furnished by Cingular Wireless LLC Wireless for Installation by the Contractor: a. Wall Units. b. Live Bar c. Modular SSA Desks d. Cash Wrap Fixtures e. Others as indicated on Drawings 3. Cingular Wireless LLC Wireless Responsibilities: a. Arrange and pay for owner supplied fixture(s) and product deliveries to the contractor on site. b. Upon delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. c. Submit claims for transportation damage. d. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items. e. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service where required. 4. Contractor's Responsibilities: a. Review shop drawings, product data, and samples. b. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness, for damage, jointly with Cingular Wireless LLC. GC to coordinate and provide forklift and all labor as required for offloading of owner provided fixtures on site. Coordinate deliveries with FTC. c. Handle, store, coordinate, install, and provide all labor and material to finish product installation. d. Repair or replace items damaged by Work of this Contract. e. Coordinate and provide for the installation of all fixture requirements including power and data, within all new or renovated areas. 5. The following are elements which are to be both provided and installed by the general contractor (FCIC). a. All carpet and VCT (all flooring unless otherwise noted) b. All wood flooring (if applicable) c. All light fixtures d. All signage (other than store graphics provided by Cingular) e. Drop box to be furnished and installed by G.C. (when indicated on plans) Installation includes all modification of Storefront as required. f. Microwave and Refrigerator as specified in section 11450 - B E. Applications f r Payment: Submit applications for Payment in accordance with the General o t pp y t t t e Ge l e a Conditions F. Coordination: 1. Coordinate work to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction with provisions f r mm in i m installed later. t o accommodating oat g to s sta ed ate r. 2. Coordinate space requirements for mechanical and electrical Systems. Make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently, and maximize accessibility for maintenance, repair, other and installations. p , n 3. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of the Work. Remove ill -timed and defective work and replace with new work conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Uncover defective and nonconforming work and furnish samples as required for testing. 5. Seal penetrations through floors, walls, and ceilings. 01312 Project Meetings A. Preconstruction Meeting(s): Prior to the start of work, Contractor and Cingular Wireless LLC shall have a preconstruction meeting to determine the exact sequencing and phasing of construction. GC shall also schedule a preconstruction meeting with FTC. B. Progress Meetings: Attend progress meetings called by Cingular Wireless LLC or Architect throughout the progress of the work. C. Pre - installation Meeting: Convene a pre - installation meeting when it is specified for a certain portion of the Work. Require attendance of entities directly affecting, or affected by, the work of the Section. 01330 Submittal Procedures A. Submittal Procedure: 1. Identify deviations from Contract Documents. Leave space for Contractor and Cingular Wireless LLC review stamps. 2. Review and sign each submittal prior to submittal to Cingular Wireless LLC. Unsigned submittals may be returned without review. 3. Unless specified otherwise, submit the number of submittals the Contractor requires, plus one that will be retained by Cingular Wireless LLC. 4. Transmit each item to Cingular Wireless LLC, unless directed otherwise. Include project name, Contractor name, subcontractor or supplier name, and drawing sheet, detail number, or specification section number corresponding to the submittal as appropriate. 5. Make submittals as required to cause no delay in the Work. Allow sufficient time for possible revision and resubmittal of rejected submittals. Coordinate submittal of related items. 6. Revise and resubmit rejected submittals as required to obtain approval, identifying changes made since previous submittal. B. Progress and Value Schedules: Submit the following to Cingular Wireless LLC. 1. Progress Schedule: Submit horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major trade or operation, identifying first workday of each week. 2. Schedule of Values: a. Submit typed schedule on form provided by Cingular Wireless LLC. b. Subdivide into each major trade or category of work. c. Include a line item amount for each Allowance if applicable. d. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. 3. Submit progress and value schedules in duplicate within 5 business days after Notice to Proceed. 4. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment; revised schedules shall reflect changes, including change orders, since previous submittal. C. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Submit shop drawings in the form of one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. b. Unless specified otherwise, shop drawings shall show quantities, materials, methods of assembly, adjacent construction, dimensions, and all other appropriate information to fully illustrate the work. 2. Product Data: a. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options and other data; supplement manufacture's standard data to provide information unique to the work. b. Submit the number of copies that Contractor requires, plus 2 copies that will be retained by Cingular Wireless LLC. 3. Samples: a. Submit samples as specified in the technical sections. b. Include identification on each sample giving full information. c. Submit three samples, one of which will be retained by Cingular Wireless LLC, unless indicated otherwise in the technical section. D. Certificates: Submit the original signed version to Cingular Wireless LLC. 01450 Quality Control A. Standards: Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Perform all work to meet or exceed the requirements of all applicable codes, ordinances, laws, regulations, safety orders, and directives from authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 2. Accessibility: All equipment, accessories and work shall be in accordance with all Federal, State and local codes with respect to handicap accessibility, and with The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and/or the .Texas Accessibility Standards. as required. The more restrictive code shall apply. C. Perform work with persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. D. Install products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Where conflict exists between manufacturer's recommendations and the specified requirements, notify the Architect immediately. E. Examination Prior to Installation: 1, Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 2. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions, 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls A. Temporary Utilities: Provide temporary utilities, services, and construction as required to perform the work. Coordinate all temporary facilities and controls with Cingular Wireless LLC and the building owner. 1. Electricity and Gas; Connect to existing service. Cingular Wireless LLC will pay costs of energy used. Take measures to conserve energy. 2. Lighting: Permanent lighting may be used during construction. Provide additional temporary lighting as required. Maintain lighting and make routine repairs. 3. Heating and Ventilation: Permanent system may be used. Cingular Wireless LLC will pay for the cost of energy used. Maintain system during operation. 4. Telephone. 5. Water: Utilize existing facilities. Cingular Wireless LLC will pay for water used. B. Controls: 1. Dust Control: Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from construction operations, and provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into the atmosphere. 2. Water Control: Comply with applicable jurisdictional requirements regarding water usage, conservation, detention, pollution, and permits. C. Maintain pedestrian and vehicular access to site and within site to provide uninterrupted access: 1. To temporary construction facilities, storage and work areas. 2. For use by persons and equipment involved in construction of Project. 3. For use by emergency vehicles. 4. To minimize impact on adjacent operations. D. Fire Safety: Comply with applicable provisions of UFC Article 87 for fire safety during demolition and construction operations. E. Temporary Construction: 1. Obtain approval from Cingular Wireless LLC for all modifications to existing systems or facilities not indicated. 2. Remove temporary systems or facilities when use is no longer required. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary systems or facilities. F. Construction Cleaning: 1. Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish. Periodically dispose of off -site. 2. Maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. 3. Sweep & clean site daily 01600 Product Requirements A. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: 1. Transport and handle products by methods to avoid product damage. 2. Manufactured products shall remain in manufacturer's containers or packaging, until ready for installation. 3. Unless specified otherwise, store manufactured products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Product Options and Substitutions: 1. Furnish products specified, except where "or approved" is used, substitute products may be submitted to the Architect, through Cingular Wireless LLC for approval. 2. Substitutions will be considered only for the following reasons: a. A product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor. b. Subsequent information or changes indicate that the specified product will not perform as intended. C. A substitute product will be in Cingular Wireless LLC's best interest. 3. Document each substitution request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with contract documents. 4. A substitution request constitutes a representation that Contractor: a. Has investigated proposed product and has determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects, the specified product b. Shall provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product. 0. Will coordinate installation and make other changes that may be required for work to be complete in all respects. d. Waives claims for additional costs that may subsequently become apparent. e. Agrees to pay all costs of redesign related to the substitution. 5. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals. 6. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitution, and will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection within a reasonable time. 01735 Patching and Repair A. Repair existing surfaces and construction as necessary to make Work complete, with all components matching and consistent. B. Provide a smooth, even, and invisible transition to new construction. When finished surfaces are cut so that an invisible transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along the nearest break line, joint, or corner. 01770 Closeout Procedures A. Final Cleaning: 1. Thoroughly clean all surfaces prior to final acceptance. 2. Remove waste and ac' surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. B. Closeout Procedures: 1. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions of the Contract for Substantial and Final Completion. 2. Submit all certificates of approval issued by the governing authorities, including, without limitation, the following: a. Certificate of occupancy. 3. Prior to final payment, submit the following affidavits using the forms listed below: a. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims AIA Document 0706. b. Consent of Surety to Final Payment AIA Document G707. c. Contractor's lien release, and lien releases from each subcontractor; Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens AIA Document G706A 4. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted contract sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. C. Project Record Documents: 1. Maintain a complete set of record drawings that clearly and neatly indicate exact installed locations of items that will be concealed in the work such as conduit, piping, ducts, reinforcing, mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar items. Show all changes from the contract documents, and all uncovered existing conditions that will be subsequently concealed. 2. Record drawings shall be used for no other purpose and shall be stored separately from those used for construction. 3. Documents shall be in same format as the Construction Documents. 4. Keep documents current; do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. 5. At Contract Closeout, submit documents with transmittal letter containing date, Project title, Contractor's name and address, list of documents, and signature of Contractor. D. Submittals: In addition to submittals required by the Conditions of the Contract, and submittals required by Section 01330, furnish submittals required by governing authorities, and submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit complete data for each piece of equipment and component used in the work. 2. Submit operation and maintenance data for mechanical and electrical systems. 3. Arrange in a binder with a section for each system. F. Warranties, Guarantees and Bonds: 1. Submit all manufacturer warranties. 2. Furnish written guarantee, from each subcontractor performing work covered by the additional guarantee requirements specified in the technical sections. Unless specified or approved otherwise, the guarantee shall commence on the date of the Certificate of Occupancy. 3. Each guarantee shall be signed, and shall state that the work under guarantee was installed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and that the work will be free from defects in workmanship and material for the period of time specified, and that all defects will be promptly repaired without additional cost to Cingular Wireless LLC. G. Spare Parts and Maintenance Manuals: Furnish products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each Section, in addition to that used for construction of Work. Coordinate with Cingular Wireless LLC; deliver to Project Site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. Division 2 Site Work 02225 Selective Demolition A. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner as required to accommodate the work. Where demolition exceeds that indicated, verify such demolition with the Architect prior to proceeding. B. Protect existing structural members. Contact the Architect prior to modifying structural members beyond the extent indicated. Cease operations and notify the Architect immediately if continued demolition operations might endanger the existing structure. C. During demolition operations, notify the Architect of all conditions that differ substantially from those indicated, specified, or expected. Notify the Architect if previously unknown operational, or potentially operational elements, are uncovered during demolition operations. Perform no demolition in such areas, unless approved by the Architect. D. Provide temporary shoring as required to support existing construction against movement or overload during demolition operations, until permanent supports are in place. E. Except where noted or specified otherwise, take possession of materials being demolished, and immediately remove from site. Do not overload existing construction to remain with demolished materials. F. Carefully remove, store, and protect all materials and components to be reused. Y � P P G. Where possible without damage, remove, store, and protect existing materials and components not noted for removal, which if removed, would facilitate the new construction and reconditioning. H. Carefully remove, protect, and turn over as directed, materials and components claimed by Cingular Wireless LLC or the building owner for salvage. Prior to demolition, contact Cingular Wireless LLC to determine which items will be claimed. I. Where cut edges of the existing construction will be visible in the completed work, cut in uniform straight lines. Concrete and masonry shall be saw cut or core drilled. J. Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required, at no additional cost to the Cingular Wireless LLC. Division 3 Concrete 03547 Cementitious Underlayment A. Summary: 1. Leveling of existing cast -in -place concrete slabs. 2. Ramps and tapers to align finish materials. B. Unit Price: 1, Item: State the price for leveling and filling existing exposed floor substrate to specified tolerance. Price shall include all labor materials and equipment necessary to recondition the floor including preparation, priming and filling as specified. 2. Unit Measure: a. Per square foot to a depth of % inch. C. Submittals: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data and installation instructions. D. Materials: 1. Fast - Setting Self Leveling Underlayment System: Self- leveling, pourable, cement based material, minimum 28 day compressive strength 4,500 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM C109; minimum bond strength 200 psi; one of the following. a. "Ultra /Plan" by Mapei Corporation.; 800 -42- MAPEI b. "SDL" Self - Leveling Underlayment Concrete by Ardex Inc.; 412 - 264 -4240. c. "Level -Right FS -10" by Maxxon; 800- 356 -7887. 2. Fast - Setting Trowelable Underlayment System: a. "Quickcem Top 102" or "Novo /Plan 1" by Mapei Corporation; 800 -42- MAPEI. b. "SD -P" Fast - Setting Underlayment. by Ardex Inc.; 412 - 264 -4240. c. "Euco- Speed" by Euclid Chemical Company; 800- 321 -7628, 3, Accessories: Furnish primers, patching compounds, and sand fillers as recommended by the Underlayment manufacturer for the conditions of the project. E. Mixing 1. Thoroughly mix underlayment materials for each type of product in proper proportions to achieve smooth homogeneous mix, free of lumps. F. Preparation: 1. Ensure that subfloor is clean, dry, hard, sound, and free of oils, or other substance that would affect proper bonding and curing. Shotblast surface as necessary to achieve clean surface. 2. Verify that all areas to be leveled are at or below final design elevation. G. Application: 1. Install trowelable underlayment at locations where slopes are indicated and at other locations as appropriate to installation conditions. Install self - leveling underlayment at other locations as necessary to correct slab flatness and levelness. 2. Set screeds, markers, and reference blocks. Set screeds at all construction and control joints to establish weakened plane joints in underlayment. 3. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Where subsequent finishing of the material is required, float to level surface. Do not over trowel. 4. Apply primer to all areas to receive underlayment; repeat application if necessary to achieve proper build. 5. Mix materials and pour or pump and squeegee into place to achieve appropriate thickness. At areas to receive epoxy terrazzo flooring, provide fill thickness as necessary to align epoxy terrazzo flooring with crush line of adjacent carpet surfaces. 6. Cure in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Use no curing compounds that would affect the bond of subsequent finish materials. 7. Tolerances: 'Very flat"; level to within 1/8" in 10 feet. FF 50, FL 30, over test area; FF 25, FL 15, local minimum. Division 4 Masonry Not used Division 5 Metals 05500 Metal Fabrications* A. Summary: Steel fabrications indicated on the Architectural Drawings and not specified in other sections. B. Materials: 1. Steel Plate, Bars, Shapes: ASTM A36. 2, Tubes: ASTM A500 or A501. 3. Pipe: ASTM A53, seamless, Type 5, plain end; schedule 40 unless indicated otherwise. 4. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307 C. General Fabrication Requirements: Fabricate as follows, unless specified or indicated otherwise. 1. Verify all dimensions and fabricate to detail with accurate sizes and shapes, straight lines, smooth curves, and sharp angles. 2. Welds shall have sufficient strength to withstand the loads applied. D. Installation: 1. Install metal fabrications in accurate locations shown. Unless indicated otherwise, fabrications shall be installed plumb and level. 2. Provide all anchorage devices as indicated and required for a secure installation. 05700 Ornamental Metal* A. Summary: Poster frame and support indicated on the Drawings. B. Materials: 1. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221. 2. Sheet: ASTM B209. 3. Aircraft Cable: 3/16 inch diameter, plain galvanized steel strand; vinyl covered strand is not acceptable. 4. Ferrules: Aluminum; crimpable; size to match aircraft diameter. t a aftcabeda I i ete r. p C. General Fabrication Requirements: Fabricate as follows, unless specified or indicated otherwise. 1. Verify dimensions, and fabricate to detail with accurate sizes and shapes, straight lines, smooth curves, and sharp angles. 2. Fabricate end caps from aluminum sheet; grind and polish caps to low lustre finish. D. Installation: 1. Install poster frames in accurate locations indicated, plumb and level. 2. Cut aircraft cable to appropriate lengths to result in posters provided by others hanging in appropriate positions. Apply ferrules to aircraft cable by crimping once the final position is obtained. 3. Trim cable so as to eliminate unraveling during handling; leave no exposed frayed ends in the finished installation, and with no kinks or twists. 4. Remove and replace any aircraft cable assembly that does not result in a proper finished installation per these conditions. 5. Provide all anchorage devices as indicated and required for a secure installation. Division 6 Woods and Plastics 06100 Rough Carpentry A. Summary: 1. Blocking and nailers. 2. Terminal backboards. B. Dimension Lumber; 1. Lumber shall be manufactured in accordance with PS 20, and shall be stamped and graded in accordance with WWPA, WCLIB, or NLGA grading rules, 2. Moisture Content: Kiln dried to 19% maximum moisture content, except for material whose least dimension is 4 inches thick or greater. 3. Species: Hem -Fir, Spruce -Pine -Fir (SPF), or Douglas Fir Larch, unless indicated or specified otherwise. 4. Architectural Lumber Grades: Unexposed non- structural wood framing and blocking indicated on the Architectural Drawings shall be graded as follows: a. (2" to 4" thick, 2" to 4" wide): "No 2 - Structural Light Framing," or better; "Stud" grade may be used at stud applications. b. (2" to 4" thick, 5" and wider): "No. 2 - Structural Joists and Planks," or better. 5. Treated Wood Blocking a. Provide alkaline copper quaternary (ACQ) treated wood blocking in dimensions noted on the Drawings for all blocking, nailers, etc. called out as treated. Products shall be arsenic - and chromium -free pressure - treated wood produced in accordance with Quality Control Standard ACQ -94. C. Panel Materials: 1. Terminal Backboards: APA AC grade exterior; fire retardant treated. D. Accessories: 1, Fasteners: a. Hot- dipped galvanized or copolymer coated steel for treated wood locations. 2. Treated Wood Fasteners a. Hot -Dip Galvanized conforming to ASTM -A153 (for Hot -Dip fastener products) and ASTM -A653 (Coating Designation G -185 for Hot -Dip connector and sheet products). b. Other fasteners and hardware as recommended by the manufacturer. E. Blocking and Nailers: 1. Wood Blocking: Install wood blocking to receive mechanical fasteners for support of plumbing and electrical fixtures and equipment, cabinets, doorstop plates, toilet and bath accessories, and all other wall and ceiling mounted components. Metal backing may be substituted as specified n Section 09111. F. Interior Plywood: 1. Provide a fire retardant treated plywood terminal backboard for systems where indicated on the drawings. 06400 Architectural Woodwork A. Summary: 1. Plastic laminate casework. 2. Custom display casework 3. Cement countertops. 4. Ornamental metal elements related to custom casework. 5. Standing and running trim, including doorframes. B. Quality Assurance 1. Fabricator: A minimum of 5 years experience in the fabrication of custom architectural woodwork thereof type specified. 2. All Architectural Woodwork shall be under the responsibility of a single fabricator. 3. Qualifications of Installers: Use only journeyman finish carpenters who are thoroughly trained and skilled in the work, and who are completely familiar with the materials and quality standards specified allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen. 4. Unless specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with AWI "Custom" grade standards. C. Referenced Standards 1. American Plywood Association (APA) 2. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): a. Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Guide Specifications and Quality Certification Program (Current Edition). D. Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings. Indicate materials, components, profiles and configurations, dimensions, fastening methods, jointing details, colors and finishes, and accessories. Details shall be at a minimum scalle- of 1/2 inch per foot 2. Product Literature: Submit literature of each hardware component proposed. 3. Samples: a. Painted MDF: Submit 8 x 10 inch samples of each paint color and sheen combination. b. Opaque Finish Wood: Submit 12 -inch long doorframe samples showing the maximum range of graining and surface imperfections to be expected. c. Veneer Paneling: Submit 8 x 10 inch samples of each species, cut, and finish combination for each veneer; include core material. d. Stainless steel: Minimum 12 -inch long tube section with proposed finish. e. Perforated Metal Panel: Minimum 8x 10 with single stiffening angle. E. Materials: 1. Opaque Finish Lumber: AWI Grade II Poplar; optimum moisture content per AWI recommendations. 2. Wood Veneer: Type as scheduled on the Drawings. 3. Plywood: APA rated in accordance with PS 1; 3/4 -inch thick AC exterior grade unless indicated or specified otherwise; touch sanded where plastic laminate veneers are to be applied. 4. Particle Board: ANSI A208.1; grade M -2. Provide quality assurance stamp or manufacturer's certifications as required by local jurisdictional code authorities. 5. Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF): ANSI A208.2 Class MD. 6. Prefinished Board: Low - pressure melamine over particleboard or hardboard core; gray color. 7. Plastic Laminate: a. Brands and colors as scheduled on Drawings. b. Exposed: NEMA LD -3; general and vertical grade, 0. Backing Sheets: NEMA LD -3; backing grade; undecorated. 8. Metals: a. Aluminum: 1) Extrusions: ASTM B221. 2) Sheet: ASTM B209. b. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167 Type 302 or 304, 9. Paint Systems: a. M -1 and M -2: Powder coat metallic systems as scheduled on the Drawings over metal substrates. Provide spray applied Dupont Imron urethane metallic paint to match at MDF applications. Include primer as recommended by the manufacturer for the substrate. b. M -3 and SF -1: 1) Primer: Tnemec "Series N27 Typoxy" epoxy - polyamide coating or approved. 2) Urethane paint System: Tnemec Series 75 Endura - Shield III Acrylic polyurethane enamel or approved; semi -gloss sheen; custom color as scheduled. F. Accessory Materials: 1. Cabinet Hardware: a. Pulls: 4 inch wire pulls; brushed chrome finish. b. Drawer Slides: Full extension ball bearing; clear zinc finish; rail mount; Accuride, or approved; load rating as required for the application. 1) Light Duty Rating (drawers 12 inches wide or less): Accuride 2632; 65 lb BIFMA load rating 2) Medium Duty Rating (drawers 32 inches wide or less): Accuride 7432; 100 lb BIFMA load rating. 3) Heavy Duty Rating (drawers 42 inches wide or less): Accuride 3640; 200 lb BIFMA load rating. c. Drawer Locks: Olympus Lock or approved; 5 pin tumbler cylinder locks; ANSI Grade 1; configuration to suit condition; keyed alike as directed, and masterkeyed. Furnish two keys for keyed alike group, and four masterkeys; finish to match pulls. d. Concealed Hinges: European style; concealed; self- closing; 125 degree of opening, Blum, Grass or Hafele. e. Cabinet Shelf Brackets: Metal pin style support; chrome finish. 2. Wall Shelf Hardware: As scheduled on Drawings. 3. Contact Bond Adhesive: Water based type. 4. Wiring Grommets: "TG Series" by Doug Mockett and Company, Inc., Manhattan Beach CA.; size to match application; black color, unless indicated otherwise. 5. Wall Shelf Hardware: a. Brackets: Knape & Vogt No. 185 Anochrome finish; length as appropriate for shelving indicated. b. Standards: Knape & Vogt #85 Anochrome finish. 6. Precast Cement Countertops: "Meazza Stone°; available from Gravel Pit Design Studio (Contact 206 -406- 2555); color and texture to match the approved sample. 7. Perforated Metal: Steel; 14 gage with stiffening angles; perforation pattern as indicated; powder coated finish as scheduled and specified above. G. Veneer Panel Fabrication: 1. Fabricate veneer paneling to AWI "Premium" grade standards. 2. Fabricate panels with wood veneer over medium density particleboard core. 3. Provide solid wood edging at veneer panels edges subject to abuse, unless approved otherwise. 4. Arrange veneers in the directions indicated: 5, Unexposed panel backs shall have wood veneer balance sheets with seal coat on the back of each P anel. 6. Fabricate panels with joints accurately matched, tightly fitted. H. • Standing and Running and Trim Fabrication: 1. Shop cut and mill all lumber to the shapes indicated. 2. Shop greatest possible. and assemble to the reatest extent ossible. 3. Mill and assemble built -up sections. All glue lines shall be free of squeeze -out where transparent finishes are to be applied. 4. r y r Tolerances for overall assembly dimensions shall within 1/ 2 an inch. ooea asse b d esossh a be of h. t 3 oa c Y n i n 5. Fabricate frames from single length pieces, without joints, for each straight length. 6. Fabricate from each section from solid stock, except composite construction consisting of fabricator selected solid wood clad with specified transparent finish veneer may be used. Exposed edges shall consist of minimum 1/8 -inch thick solid wood to match the veneer. 7. Back or kerf cut all trim greater than 2 inch in width, except terminate before exposed ends. I. Casework Fabrication: 1. General Fabrication Requirements: a. Fabricate to the configurations indicated, unless approved otherwise on the shop drawings. b. Provide openings in casework for the incorporation of all electrical and mechanical components. Openings for all plumbing equipment shall be cut from templates obtained from the plumbing equipment installer. c. Provide concealed access to casework electrical fixtures and wiring. d. Unless indicated or approved otherwise, provide adjustable base to provide level installation that accommodates variations in floor levelness. e. Shop assemble casework to the greatest practical extent f. Adjustable Shelves: All casework shelves shall be adjustable, unless otherwise noted. Provisions for shelf adjustment shall be by drillings at 2 inches on center in the cabinet body for the placement of shelf support brackets. Provide 4 supports for each shelf. Drillings shall be in straight even lines. g. Provide all hardware, fasteners, and exposed trim. 2. Plastic Laminate Casework Construction: a. Fabricate casework in accordance with AWI standard section 400; custom grade. b. Design: AWI Flush Overlay design, unless indicated otherwise. Joint between exposed doors, drawer faces, and countertop edges shall be 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16. c. Exposed Surfaces: Plastic laminate clad with PVC or self edging as necessary to exactly match plastic laminate, unless otherwise indicated; provide hardwood trim at locations indicated. d. "Inside" Exposed Surfaces of Shelving Units and Cabinets Without Doors: Plastic laminate finished board, with exposed edges banded with plastic laminate self edging or PVC tape to match face color. e. Semi - Exposed Surfaces: Prefinished board, unless indicated otherwise. f. Provide vertical grade plastic laminate, except use general purpose grade at countertops. g. Backs of Doors and Drawers: Plastic laminate. h. Particleboard shall be minimum 3/4" thick unless indicated otherwise. Shelves shall be 1" thick, minimum. 3. Plastic Laminate Countertops: a. Fabricate countertops from particleboard and general purpose grade plastic laminate in the shapes indicated. b. Where countertops are indicated with sinks, use exterior grade plywood in lieu of particleboard. 4. Wall and Closet Shelf Fabrication: Fabricate from plastic laminate finished plywood; t #e p to s ed p ywood; edge banded with matching plastic laminate edging, unless indicated otherwise. 5. Hardware: a. Unless otherwise shown or specified, all drawers shall be equipped with standard full extension slides. b. Install hardware straight and true and in perfect alignment horizontally and vertically with adjacent casework and hardware. c. Carefully fit and securely attach cabinet hardware in accordance with manufacturers' printed instructions, and exercise caution not to mar or injure finish surfaces. J. Shop Applied Transparent Finish: 1. Shop finish wood surfaces and wood doors indicated to receive transparent finish. 2. Sand exposed and semi - exposed wood surfaces smooth, always sanding in the direction of the wood grain. 3. Sand exposed transparent finish wood surfaces to AWI "Premium" grade standards. Sand all semi - exposed transparent finish wood surfaces to AWI "Custom" grade standards, 4. Fill depressions and imperfections with color matched putty, except imperfections shall not exceed AWI Premium grade standards. 5. Transparent Finish Coating: Spray apply in accordance with AWI Finish System TR -2, Premium Grade (catalyzed lacquer) or AWI Finish System TR -4, Premium Grade (conversion varnish); satin sheen; stain colors as scheduled. K. Metal Fabrication: 1. Accurately fabricate work to the configurations indicated; fit to field conditions. 2. Fabricate with clean lines, and free of bends and twists. Curved surfaces shall have smooth and uniform radiuses. Flat surfaces shall form true planes, free of oil canning. 3. Leave no open joints, except where indicated or required for expansion and contraction. Exposed joints shall be uniform, straight, and hairline. 4. Welding and Brazing: a. Limit welding and brazing to locations or methods where weld and brazing marks will not be visible in the finished work. b. The use of paint coatings to conceal welding or brazing discoloration is not acceptable. c. Finish brazed and welded areas to match adjacent surfaces. 5. Unless indicated otherwise, provide concealed fasteners wherever possible. Where not possible, exposed fasteners shall match material and finish of adjacent finish materials. 6. Use compatible materials, or provide isolation of dissimilar materials. 7. Material thicknesses indicated are minimum. Provide heavier material as necessary to meet the specified fabrication requirements. 8. Finishes: a. Aluminum: Paint finishes as indicated and specified above. b. Stainless Steel: #4 finish in accordance with the NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual. L. Casework Installation: 1. Coordinate casework installation with work of other trades for final electrical and mechanical connections. 2. Install all casework accurately, scribed plumb, square, and level, and permanently secured in precise position as indicated on the Drawings. 3. The casework installation shall be made complete with all required fastenings, clip angles, braces, anchors, adjustable levelers, and other fittings as required to render the work rigid and secure, 4. All fasteners securing casework shall be in concealed or semi - concealed locations, unless approved otherwise. 5. Avoid damaging finished surfaces. Repair or replace all damaged materials and surfaces in a manner approved by the Architect. 6. Upon completion of work, (and if requested; in the presence of the Cingular manager), demonstrate hardware to work freely as intended. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 07210 - Building Insulation A. Summary: This Section includes building insulation. B. Submittals 1. Product Data: Submit product data for each product indicated. C. Quality Assurance 1. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of building insulation through one source. 2. Fire -Test- Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire - test- response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 for surface - burning characteristics by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. D. Products 1. INSULATING MATERIALS General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards and, for preformed units, in sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. 2. Foil- Faced, Flexible Glass -Fiber Batt Insulation: Complying with ASTM C 665, Type III; faced on one side with foil- scrim -kraft vapor retarder; with maximum flame- spread and smoke - developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; and of the following properties: a. Nominal density of not less than 1.5 lb /cu. ft. (24 kg /cu. m) nor more than 1.7 lb /cu. ft. (26 kg /cu. m), thermal resistivity of 4 deg F x h x sq. ft. /Btu x in. at 75 deg F (27.7 K x m/W at 24 C). 3. Auxiliary deg Insulating Materials a. Vapor Retarder Tape: Minimum 5 mil tri- directional, reinforced, dead soft, aluminum foil faced tape with minimum 2 mil rubber or acrylic based adhesive, flame spread rated class A (25 or Less) per ASTM E84 and Classified to UL STD 723 General Use Tape. 4. GC to patch & repair spray fire proofing on structural steel as necessary E. Installation 1. General: Install insulation to comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with installation of insulation. 2. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at any time to ice and snow, 3. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. 4. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Set vapor - retarder -faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction, unless otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces. 6. Maintain integrity of insulation with vapor retarders by taping joints, ruptures and edges of units adjoining other surfaces, Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes and similar items penetrating vapor retarder by taping to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor barrier. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work using tape. 7. Install glass fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: a. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. b. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. Delete subparagraph below if no metal- framed wall construction c. For metal- framed wall cavities support faced blankets by taping stapling flanges to flanges of metal studs. 07840 FIRESTOPPING A. Summary: Firestopping material for penetrations in fire -rated construction. B. System Description: 1. Each firestopping system shall be selected to maintain fire rating of the assembly in which it used. 2. Firestopping systems shall be resilient as necessary to accommodate differential movement between assemblies. 3. Where firestopping is used to seal penetrations through floors with waterproof membranes, system shall be selected for compatibility with membrane material. C. Quality Assurance: 1. Prior to installation of fire stopping systems obtain approval from the jurisdictional code authorities for the fire stopping systems and applications proposed. Notify the Architect if approval cannot be obtained. 2. Firestopping: Tested in accordance with ASTM E119, ASTM E814, or UL 1479 to meet the hourly fire ratings of the construction being sealed. Provide F rated assemblies, except where T rated assemblies are required by the code authority. 3. Firestopping systems shall be UL listed assemblies. D. Products: 1. Firestopping Systems: Systems meeting the requirements specified and suitable for the conditions indicated. E. Installation: 1. Provide firestopping at mechanical, electrical, and plumbing penetrations through fire rated floors, walls, and ceilings, and other locations as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Install firestopping in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as necessary to meet the specified fire rating requirements. 3. Where firestopping is used to seal around penetrations through waterproof membranes, install to maintain integrity of waterproof barrier. 4. Patching of Holes in Existing Construction: a. Fill open holes which remain after removal of existing mechanical, electrical, and plumbing components, patch and repair holes as necessary to match the adjacent construction and to maintain the fire rating of the assemblies. Firestopping systems may be used to fill holes which will be concealed in the finish construction. b. Where firestopping systems are used to fill floor openings in occupied areas, provide minimum 16 gage sheet metal covers as necessary to support floor loads and to prevent damage to the fire stopping assemblies. Secure sheet metal as necessary to prevent irregularities from telegraphing through the floor finishes over the sheet metal. 07850 FIRE RATED JOINTS A. Summary: 1. Fire rated construction joint assemblies in fire -rated construction, including joints at the following locations: a. Where partition heads meet the underside of overhead floor or roof construction. b. Where floor and roof construction meets exterior perimeter wall construction. c. Joints in fire rated concrete or masonry walls. 2. Requirements for fire rated construction joint assembly components provided in other Sections. B. References: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a.E119 - Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials a. 2. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) a. Standard 2079 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. C. Submittals: 1. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. 2. Submit product data for proprietary fire rated materials and components. 3. Submit drawings of each fire rated construction joint assembly proposed, showing all components and installation details. Include test number. D. System Description: 1. Each fire rated construction joint assembly shall be selected to maintain fire rating of the assembly in which it used. 2. Each fire rated construction joint assembly shall be resilient as necessary to accommodate differential movement between assemblies E. Quality Assurance: 1. Fire Rated Construction Joint Assemblies: Successfully tested in accordance with ASTM E119 or UBC Standard 7 -1, including hose stream test, to meet the hourly fire ratings of the construction being sealed. 2. Fire rated construction joint assemblies at partition heads shall have been successfully tested in accordance with the dynamic requirements of UL 2079, including hose stream test, to meet the hourly fire ratings of the construction being sealed. F. Fire Rated Construction Joint Assemblies: One of the following, as applicable: 1. Metal Stud Partition Head Construction Joint Assembly: a. System: Based on UL assemblies listed on the Drawings. b. Fire Rated Runner: "Fire Trak" by Fire Trak Corporation, Kimball MN (612 -398- 7800). c. Gypsum Board: As specified in Section 09250. d. Mineral wool packing material and void fill material per UL rated assemblies for dynamic wall head conditions as detailed in the drawings. 2. Metal Stud Partition Head Construction Joint Assembly: Based on UL assemblies listed on the Drawings. a. Fire Rated Runner: Conform to Section 09111; minimum 20 gage; minimum 2 inch legs. b. Gypsum Board: As specified in Section 09250. c. Restraining Angles: As specified in Section 09111. d. Fill, Void, or Cavity Material: USG Type FC "Fire Code" compound. e. Forming Material: 4 lbs/cf density; "Thermafiber" Sating insulation by USG Interiors, Inc.; preformed mineral fiber; flame spread of 25 or less and a smoke developed of 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84; 4 lbs/cf USG CW40. COPYRIGHT ® 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. at& CarternBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 A WE[') FOR CODE COMPLTANr7p i APPROVED I MAR 2f;nog City NO. DATE MAR 21 'ad DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: ISSUES /REVISIONS - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039,0001 AS NOTED A -501 3. Concrete or Masonry Wall Partition Head Construction Joint Assembly at Metal Deck with Concrete Fill: a. System: UL System No. HW -D- 0022, or approved; 2 hour fire rating at floors; 1 hour fire rating at roof deck. b. Forming Material: Preformed mineral fiber as listed in the UL assembly; minimum 4 PCF density. c. Fill, Void, or Cavity Material: "Firedam Spray" or "Fire Barrier Spray" by 3M, 4. Concrete or Masonry Wall Partition Head Construction Joint Assembly at Concrete Deck: a. System: UL System No. HW -D- 0023, or approved; 2 hour fire rating at floors; 1 hour fire rating at roof deck. b. Forming Material: Preformed mineral fiber as listed in the UL assembly; minimum 4 PCF density. C. Fill, Void, or Cavity Material: "Firedam Spray" or "Fire Barrier Spray" by 3M. G. Installation: 1. Install construction joint assemblies in accordance with the fire rated assemblies listed, and as necessary to meet the specified fire rating requirements. 2. Coordinate installation of integral components as necessary to ensure the fire rating of the assemblies. 07920 Joint Sealants A. Sealants: 1. Type A - ASTM C834; Tremco "Acrylic Latex Caulk ", Pecora "AC -20 ", Sonneborn "Sonolac" or approved; adjacent standard colors to match adjacent construction. - Silicone Sealant: Dow Corning "790 Silicone Building l 2. T e S Neutral Cure S Ilcone Sea a t ow Ca 90 S I cone Sealant", , r o Type 9 approved. 3. Type SM - Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant: Dow Corning "786 ", or approved; USDA approval required; clear. B. Accessory Materials: 1. Joint Cleaner: Non - corrosive and non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. 2. Joint Filler: Closed cell polyethylene foam; round profile; thickness: 130% of joint width. 3. Bond Breaker: Pressure - sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. C, Preparation: 1. Clean and prepare joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter that might impair adhesion of sealant. 2. Apply masking tightly around joints to protect adjacent surfaces from excess sealant. 3. At wide joints, place backing materials to achieve proper sealant width /depth ratios. Use bond breaker where there is insufficient depth for backing materials. D. Installation: 1. Perform work as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 2. Sealant beads shall have a sectional width to depth ratio of 2 to 1, except no bead shall have a depth greater than 3/4 inch 3. Tool joints concave, unless indicated otherwise. Finish free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. E. Protect sealant in joints subject to dirt, moisture, and traffic during the sealant curing process. Protection shall be able to resist traffic while remaining securely in position. F. Schedule: 1. Type A: Provide at all interior joints, unless specified otherwise. 2. Type S Provide at all exterior joints, unless specified otherwise; custom colors to match the Architect's samples. 3. Type SM: Provide at joints around countertops in wet locations. Division 8 Doors and Windows 08115 Welded Hollow Metal Frames A. Summary: Exterior hollow metal doors and frames. B. References: 1. Steel Door Institute (SDI): SDI-105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): A250.8 - SDI -100 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. A366 - Specification for Steel, Carbon, Cold Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. b. A569 - Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum Percent), Hot Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality. C. Submittals: 1. Product Literature: Submit manufacturer's published literature for doors and frames. D. Quality Assurance: 1. Conform to requirements of ANSI A250.8. 2. Regulatory Requirements: a. Installed frame and door assembly shall conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated. E. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Members of the Steel Door Institute and of the National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturer's, subject to compliance with the specified requirements. F. Materials: 1. Steel Sheet: Cold rolled ASTM A366, or hot rolled pickled and oiled sheet conforming to ASTM A569. G. Doors: 1. ANSI A250.8; Seamless. 2. Minimum 18 -gage face sheets for interior doors; minimum 16 gage face sheets for exterior doors. 3. Core: a. Exterior Doors: Polystyrene or polyurethane foam core. 4. Provide continuously welded seamless edges. No plastic fillers will be accepted. of exterior doors flush with steel filler cap; seal joints watertight. 5. Close top edges o exte a doo s s t P 9 1 9 6. Cut mortises for butts using appropriate templates; universal non- handed preparation of doors is not acceptable. H. Frames: 1. Design: Double equal rabbet, unless indicated otherwise; fully welded, 2. Gages: a. Interior Frames: Minimum I 6 a e for frames of door openings u to and including 4 feet 9 9 up g in width; 14 gage for frames greater than 4 feet in width. I. Finish: 1. Exterior Units: Hot dip galvanized zinc coating conforming to ASTM A653 A60 (.60 oz/sq ft. coating weight), with manufacturer's standard rust inhibiting primer. J. Installation of Frames: 1. Install frames in accordance with SDI -105 and in accordance with labeling requirements. 2. Coordinate with wall construction for anchor placement. 3_ Where acoustical insulation is indicated, coordinate for installation of acoustical insulation at hollow metal frames as specified in Section 09820. 4. Install accessories. 5. Installation Tolerances; Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 6. Door and hardware installation is specified in Section 08730. 08122 Knock -Down Hollow Metal Frames A. Summary: Interior knock -down prefinished hollow metal frames. B_ Submittals: 1. Product Literature: Submit manufacturer's published literature for doors and frames. C. Quality Assurance: Conform to requirements of SDI -100. 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Installed frame and door assembly shall conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated. b. Where doors are noted with an hourly fire resistance rating, provide door and frame assemblies labeled by Underwriter's Laboratory, or any other testing laboratory approved by the local code authorities, to meet the hourly fire rating noted. Assemblies shall meet code requirements for positive pressure. D. Knock Down Metal Frames 1. Prefinished Steel Door frames by Timely, Pacoima, CA (818 - 896- 3094). 2. Fabrication: a. Frames: ASTM A366; cold rolled sheet steel; 18 -gage minimum. b. Casings: Steel to match frame. c. Roll or break form frame to the shapes indicated. If not otherwise indicated, supply Timely TA -8 standard steel casing. d. Size frame as required to fit wall construction indicated with additional clearance as required to accommodate tile waterproof membrane installed at the wall base. e. Provide 14 gage multi - purpose reinforcing brackets to receive field installed door hardware. f. Finish: Factory applied baked -on polyester coatings; color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of pre- matched custom finishes. E. Installation of Knock -Down Frames: 1. Install frames in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Coordinate with wall construction to allow secure fastening of frame. 3. Install roll formed steel reinforcement channels between two abutting frames. Anchor to structure and floor. 4. Installation Tolerances: a. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 5. Install casing beads and other accessories. All joints shall be tightly fitted and accurately aligned. 6. Where acoustical insulation is indicated, coordinate for installation of acoustical insulation at hollow metal frames as specified in Section 09820. 08210 Wood Doors A. Submittals: 1. Submit product literature. B. Solid Core Flush Doors: 1, AWI Section 1300, Premium grade. 2. Core: Solid particle board core, unless required otherwise for fire labeling requirements. 3. AWI PC -5 or PC -7. 4. Face Veneer: Paint grade birch. 5. 1 -3/4 Inch thick, unless scheduled otherwise. C. Fabrication: 1. Fabricate doors, to the configurations indicated, in accordance with the AWI standards specified, and to fire rated labeling requirements. 2. Bevel lock and hinge edges 1/8 inch in 2 inches on all single acting doors. 3. Bond edge banding to solid core with hot melt or RF cured adhesive. 4. Prefit and premachine doors for hardware in accordance with AWI 1300 -5 -6. Locate as specified in Section 08739. 5. Flush Door Blocking: For flush doors, provide solid lock blocks and special blocking as required for the hardware components specified elsewhere. Blocking for fire rated doors shall meet the door manufacturer's labeling requirements. 6. Special 'Dutch' Door: Coordinate with specified hardware in Section 08710. D. Installation: 1. Fit and prepare doors for installation in accordance with the door manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Provide clearances of 1/8 inch at jambs and heads and 3/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering, except where threshold is shown or scheduled provide 1/4- inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. 08305 ACCESS DOORS A. Quality Assurance: 1, Where access doors are installed in construction with an hourly fire resistance rating, provide door and frame assemblies labeled by Underwriter's Laboratory, Warnock Hersey, or any other testing laboratory approved by the local code authorities to meet the requirements of the fire rated assembly. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Milcor, Inc., Lima, OH, 2. J.L. Industries, Bloomington, MN. 3. Karp Associates, Inc., Maspeth, NY. 4. MM Systems Corporation, Tucker, GA. 5. Nystrom, Minneapolis, MN C. Door Types: 1. Fire Rated Metal Access Door: a. Flush type design. b. 16 h non - gage e frame; minimum 20 steel welded pan door panel insulated with 99 P P t # combustible filler c. Self closing and self latching, with interior latch release d. Fully concealed pin type hinges or continuous piano hinge, 175 degree opening. e. Ring turn latch. 2. Non Rated Concealed Drywall Access Door: a. Recessed type design. b. Minimum 13 gage steel frame; minimum 16 gage steel door panel recessed to receive drywall. c. Integral attachment flange and drywall bead for flush installation. d. Fully concealed pivot rod hinge. e. Latches: Screw driver operated cam latch. 3. Toilet Room Faucet Power Supply Access Doors: Non -rated wall type; 12'W x 12" H; stainless steel, #4 finish; one piece frame; concealed hinge. D. Minimum Sizes: Provide access doors in sizes indicated. When not indicated provide 12" x 12" size for hand access, and 24" x 24" size for man entry. E. Installation: 1. Provide access doors in the locations indicated, and for access to balancing and fire dampers, trap primers, valves, fans, terminal units, and other equipment requiring periodic inspection through finished walls or ceiling, whether indicated or not. 2. Coordinate access requirements with other trades. 3. Provide concealed drywall access doors unless fire rated access doors are required because of fire rated construction. 08331 Overhead Coiling Counter Door'` A. System Description: 1. Assembly: Provide curtain, curtain guides, brackets, counterbalance, hood, motor operator, push button station, and steel structural support. 2. Accessories: Provide all other accessories required for a complete installation. B. Submittals: 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's complete product literature indicating specified items and method of installation. connection points and details, and locations of operating components. 3. Closeout Submittals: a. In accordance with Section 01770. b. Submit maintenance manual and spare parts list, and name of nearest service representative. C. Quality Assurance: 1. Installers: Trained and authorized by the door manufacturer. D. Counter Door: 1. Manufacturer: The Cookson Company (704/866 -9146) is specified as the standard of approval, similar and equal products from Overhead Door Corporation, Atlas Door Subsidiary Clopay, Wayne - Dalton Corporation, Cornell Corporation, R &S Rolling Door, and Pacific Rolling Door Company may be used. 2. Product: Cookson "Type CD8 -2M Manual (non- motorized) Counter Door"; provide lock mechanism with latch on interior face of the door, and key outside; between jambs mounting; clear anodized aluminum finish. a. Provide crank operation for use of the door. b. Provide bottom deadlock to accept (1) interchangeable core as identified in Section 08710. E. Support Framing: 1. Provide tube steel framing as indicated to support the overhead coiling counter door. 2. The support framing shall be Contractor designed. 3. Provide bracing, attachments, and anchors to adjacent structure to maintain the installation firmly in position. 4. Framing shall be designed to accommodate deflection from the structure above without transmission of the load to the structure below. 5. Design framing system to meet the seismic requirements of the jurisdiction having authority. F. Installation: 6. Install door assembly in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. v Coiling Overhead Co h 9 Grille A. System D scri ion: Overhead coiling grille assembly includes rill i r k ets e t Q e d co a asse b grille, guides, brackets, P 99 Y 9 ,9 counterbalance, hood, control mechanisms, and all other accessories required for a complete installation. B. Quality Assurance: 1. Installers: Installation shall be performed by a factory trained and authorized representative. C. Submittals: b tt als: 1. Submit product data. 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate details and dimensions of fabrication and installation, including closures, supports, tracks, locations of control boxes. 3. Closeout Submittals: a. In accordance with Section 01770. b. Submit maintenance manual and spare parts list, and name of nearest service representative. D. Coiling Grille: 1. Manufacturer: The Cookson Company (704/866 -9146) is specified as the standard of approval, similar and equal products from Overhead Door Corporation, Atlas Door Subsidiary Clopay, Wayne - Dalton Corporation, Cornell Corporation, R &S Rolling Door, and Pacific Rolling Door Company may be used. 2. Product: Cookson "Type JMG - Manual Rolling Grille." a. Curtain: G5015 design aluminum curtain. b. Finish: Clear anodized finish. c. Provide "Featheredge" pneumatic safety door bottom. d. Hardware: Provide bottom deadlock to accept (2) interchangeable cores as identified in Section 08710. d. Hardware: Provide bottom deadlock to accept (2) interchangeable cores as identified in Section 08710. E. Installation: 1. Install grille and operating equipment complete with accessories in accordance approved shop drawings, and manufacturer's recommendations. F. Field Quality Control: 1. Verify that moving parts operate smoothly, coiling grilles are free from warp, twists, or distortion, grilles remain in required position, and safety features function properly. 2. Repair damage to overhead coiling grilles to match manufacturer's original finish. Replace components that cannot be properly repaired. G. Adjust: Adjust mechanism so moving parts operate smoothly. 08410 Aluminum Storefront* A. Summary: 1. Provisions for new materials to match existing when indicated on the Drawings, including retrofit of aluminum storefront systems indicated to remain. 2. Provisions f r n w storefront when indicated on the Drawings. o a sto a ont e d toted o t e a s 9 . 3. Provisions for interior storefront assemblies when indicated on the Drawings. 4. Glazing and accessories required for aluminum storefront systems. 5. Fabricate brake metal shapes of materials to closely match storefront finish where such shapes are indicated on the Drawings. Provide rigid mechanical attachment of brake metal to storefront without compromising the weather integrity of the installation. 6. Finish: Interpon® D2000 Powdercoat Finish - Color: Sandstone B. Manufacturer's Warranty: One year with no limitations; include existing materials. C. System Components: 1. Storefront Framing: Kawneer TRIFAB VG 451T; 2 x 4 -1/2 inch extruded aluminum section; front set flush design. 2. Doors: Kawneer 190 or approved; extruded aluminum frame; narrow stile; 10 -inch bottom rail. 3. Door Hardware: a. Hinges: Match existing storefront hinges. b. Weather stripping: Manufacturer's standard. c. Threshold: Extruded aluminum; match storefront finish. d. Closer: Concealed overhead closer. e. Other hardware: As specified in 08710. 4. Glass: Match existing adjacent storefront glazing. 5. Glazing Beads: Furnish manufacturer's standard EPDM or neoprene glazing beads, for a complete weatherproof seal. D. Storefront Framing Fabrication: 1. Rigidly fit joints and corners. Make corner joints flush, hairline, and weatherproof. Seal joints with sealant. 2. Provide drainage holes to allow water to flow to exterior. 3. Provide internal reinforcement in mullions with members to maintain rigidity. Provide reinforcing at all door strike jambs. 4. Fabricate storefront system to accommodate hardware. 5. Finish: Match existing. E. Glass Framing Fabrication: 1. Insulating Glass Units: a. Dual light units; 1/2 -inch nominal airspace; dual seal system with outer seal compatible with glazing system. b. Provide ten year manufacturer's warranty, covering seal failure, interpane dusting or misting. 2. Tempered Glass; a. Comply with ANSI 297.1, and applicable codes. F. Storefront Installation: 1. Install frames, doors, and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Align frames plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. 3. Install water diverters at exterior jamb conditions, under extruded aluminum sill section. 4. Provide end dams. Apply sealant to end dams, and screw penetrations. 5. Protect aluminum from dissimilar materials with a coating of bituminous paint, minimum 1 mil thickness zinc chromate primer, plastic separator materials, or isolation tape. Isolation materials are to be concealed. G. Glazing: 1. Glaze in accordance with the current edition of GANA. 2. Adjust glazing gaskets for uniform sightline. H. Special Requirements for Interior Storefront Application: 1, Provide storefront configured with 1/2 inch thickness tempered glazing at interior applications in lieu of insulated glazing units required at exterior applications. 08710 Door Hardware A. Submittals: 1. Hardware Schedule: Submit to the Architect, in triplicate, a complete schedule of proposed finish hardware. Schedule shall be completely detailed, showing all items, numbers and finishes for all hardware for each separate opening. B. Supplier Qualifications: Finish hardware shall be supplied by recognized builders' hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not I than five years. The organization h ll in l consultants who ess t o a ea s e s a c ude cv sulta is o are at al l Y reasonable times during the course of the work to meet personally with the Cingular Wireless LLC, Architect, or Contractor for hardware consultation. The supplier shall maintain a parts inventory of items supplied for future service for Cingular Wireless LLC C. Keys & Keying: 1. All cylinder items shall be keyed as directed by the Cingular Wireless LLC. 2. Keys: Furnish 3 for each cylinder unit. D. Finish: Brushed stainless steel typical E. Installation: 1. Mark each item of hardware as to description and location of installation in accordance with approved hardware schedule. 2. Exposed surfaces of hardware shall be covered and well protected during installation, so as to avoid damage to finishes. 3. Install each hardware item in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Wherever cutting and fitting are required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finishes in another way, install each item completely and then remove and store in a secure place during the finish operation. After completion of the finishes, reinstall each item. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. 4. Hardware Mounting Heights: Mounting heights are based on recommendations of the National Builders Hardware Association (NBHA). Generally, mount hardware units at the following locations on each door or door opening, except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings or required to meet code and handicapped requirements. Verify any conflicts with location of other hardware for proper clearances for installation prior to cutting or milling for specified hardware. Notify Architect immediately if such conflicts are determined. a- Latch and Locksets: 38 inches finish floor to center of knob. b. Dead Locks: 52 inches finish floor to center of cylinder. c. Emergency Exit Cross Bar: 36 inches from finish floor. d. Push /Pull: 42 inches finish floor to centerline of push /pull. e. Push Plate: 1/2 inch from edge of door; 42 inches to centerline of plate, except 45 inches where independent of the push /pull. f. Kick Plates: Mount at bottom edge of door and 1/2 inch from outside edge of door.; g. Top Hinge: 5 inches from top of door to top of hinge. h. Bottom Hinge: 10 inches from finish floor to bottom of hinge. i. Center Hinge: Equal distance between top and bottom hinges. j. Multiple hinge locations shall be equally spaced between top and bottom hinge. k. Wall Stops: Centerline of knob or point of first contact. I. Thresholds: Mount at exterior doors such that slope breakpoint on threshold is at lead edge of door. Set in full bed of caulking material. m. Closers: Mount for maximum degree of opening obtainable considering other hardware provided and opening conditions. Size closers for conditions and code requirements. n. Trim /Protection: Kickplate shall be 2" LDW x height indicated. v. Other hardware items shall be located as recommended by NBHA, or as may be shown or required otherwise. p. Dutch Door Bolts: Centerline of bolt placed vertically 4 inches from latch edge of door, strike plate mortised flush in shelf on lower leaf, and face plate mortised flush in bottom edge of upper leaf. 5. Adjusting and Cleaning: Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation. Clean door and hardware. Division 9 Finishes 09111 Light -Gage Metal Support Systems A. System Description: 1. Structural Design: a. Select framing systems, gages, supports, bracing, and connections as necessary to meet the structural requirements specified. b. Partition framing shall conform to the widths indicated, unless approved otherwise, Provide thicker gages and increased stud spacing as necessary to meet the design requirements. 2. Design Loads: a. Interior Ceiling Assemblies: 5 pounds per square foot uniform live load, plus dead loads. b. Interior Partitions: 5 q per ounds square foot uniform live lateral load. P p the requirements of the Uniform uildm Building Seismic Loads: Conform to t h g Code for the appropriate seismic zone of the specific store location. d. Folding Security Grille: Design framing members to support weight of folding security Y g g pp 9 g Y grille. Design members to support the load concentrated in the folded position. 3. Deflection Requirements: Maximum of 1/240 the span. vi fasteners framing elements adequately resist the 4. Soffit Framing: Pro de sufficient asteners and ra in eleme is to ode uate es st t 9 q Y combined dead and live loads of suspended overhead construction. Base the design on the working capacities stated in the manufacturer's technical data for the components, unless required otherwise by jurisdictional Code authorities. B. Submittals. 1. Product Data: a. Schedules: Proposed manufacturer's tables of partition heights and stud gages, as applicable to the work. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Assemblies Suspended from Overhead Construction: Show framing configurations and fastening systems for overhead soffits and other suspended assemblies; include applicable technical data for fasteners; indicate existing overhead construction to be attached to. C. Code Requirements: 1. Provide assemblies meeting the hourly fire ratings indicated and specified. Assemblies shall been tested in accordance with ASTM El 19, and shall be approved by the local jurisdictional code authorities. Coordinate installation of other materials that are a part each assembly. 2. Fire rating requirements take precedence over the construction requirements indicated. In the event of conflict, notify the Architect, and do not begin construction in the area of conflict until the conflict has been resolved. 3. Provide all calculations, drawings, product data, and other verification as required by the jurisdictional code authority to obtain approval of the light gage metal framing installation. D. Materials: 1. Light Gage Metal Framing: ASTM C645; galvanized; provide "C" shaped studs, U shaped runners, hat and "Z" shaped furring channels, and other sizes and shapes as indicated on the drawings, and required in the standards referenced. Minimum 20 gage, except provide thicker gages as required to meet deflection requirements. 2. Cold Rolled Channels: Rust inhibitive paint coating; sizes in accordance with ASTM C754. 3. Screws: Self - tapping; low profile head. 4. Other Framing Materials: Furnish in accordance with ASTM C754. E. Partition Framing: 1. Runners: a. Secure runners with fasteners at maximum 24 inches o.c. b. At concrete floors, use powder driven fasteners or drilled in concrete anchors. c. Where indicated, attach top runner to acoustical ceiling grid with screws at 24 inches on center. Provide spacer strip between runner and ceiling suspension system to allow tegular or reveal edge acoustical panels to clear partition. 2. Unless indicated otherwise, install studs vertically at 16 inches o.c., and not more than 2 inches from abutting construction, at each side of openings, and at corners. 3. Fit runners under and above openings; secure intermediate studs at spacing of wall studs. 4. Brace partition framing system and make rigid. Provide diagonal stud bracing at 8 ft on center at all framing that does not extend to structure. 5. Install double studs continuous from floor to ceiling track at the jamb of each doorframe and cased opening. Studs shall be the same gage as the adjacent studs, but no less than 20 gauge. Provide diagonal steel stud bracing to structure at each jamb at partitions that do not extent to structure. 6. Coordinate erection of studs with installation of service utilities. Align stud web openings. 7. Coordinate erection of stud system with requirements of door and window frames, fire extinguisher cabinets, access doors, and other construction within mounted partition construction. 8. Coordinate the installation of framing with the gypsum board installer to ensure support at all board edges. Provide framing immediately either side of expansion joints. 9. Stud splicing not permissible. 10. Stud Bridging: a. At interior partitions greater than 4 feet in length, and with rigid facing material on one stud flange only, provide 3/4" bridging channels in horizontal rows at a maximum of 5' -0" on center for the full height of the partition. b. Interior full height partitions (studs extending from the floor to the structure above) with rigid facing material stopping 3' -0" or more below top of studs - Provide one row 3/4" bridging channel horizontally at termination of gypsum board material, and one additional row for each 5' -0" of exposed studs. c. Install stud bridging channels in long lengths, wire tying and lapping the joints a minimum of 12 ". Attach bridging channel to each stud as shown in manufacturer's printed instructions. F. Soffit Framing: 1. Secure runners to structure above. Provide reinforcing washers at each fastener to prevent the fastener from being pulled through the top runner due to the applied loads. 2. Screw fasten framing at each joint. 3. Provide detailing as indicated to allow for deflection of building structure. 4. Provide bracing to meet seismic requirements. G. Backing: 1. Provide steel backing for support of wall mounted items. 2. Unless indicated otherwise, steel backing shall consist of minimum 4 -inch wide 16 gage steel plate screwed rigidly to the studs. 3. Coordinate all required blocking for furniture, shelving, cabinets, wall stops, etc., with the appropriate vendor. H. Installation Tolerances: 1. Install members to provide surface plane with maximum variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. 2. Locate assemblies within 1/4 inch of required locations. 09235 GLASS FIBER REINFORCED CASTINGS (GRG) A. Summary: 1. Section Includes: Precast glass fiber reinforced cast (GRG) components. 2. Related Sections: a. 09250 - Gypsum Board: Requirements for joint tape and compounds. b. 09900 - Painting: Finish coatings. B. Submittals 1. Product Data: Submit complete manufacturer's product literature. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Indicate component configurations and cross sections, location and type of supports and reinforcing, and methods of fastening to surrounding construction. b. Obtain approval before proceeding with the fabrication of the mock -up. C. Quality Assurance 1. Design Criteria: a. Design the shapes to withstand a uniform surface load of 10 PSF, with a maximum deflection of 1/360 of the span. b. Anchorage: Design secure method of concealed anchorage to the adjacent construction indicated. 2. Seismic Design: a. Provide anchorage and bracing of components to meet the seismic requirements of the jurisdictional Code authorities. b. Seismic bracing and anchorage shall be subject to inspections by the Owner's Structural Engineer. c. Correct bracing and anchorage systems determined not to be in compliance by the Owner's Structural Engineer, or furnish structural calculations verifying compliance from a Contractor paid structural engineer licensed to practice in the State of where the Project is located. D. Prefabricated Cast Systems: 1. Manufacturers; As scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Materials: a. Matrix: Manufacturer's proprietary mixture of crushed minerals and resins. b. Reinforcement: Chopped glass fibers; woven or non - directional glass fiber mat. 3. Fasteners: Self - drilling, self - tapping bugle head drywall screws, length as required for each assembly. 4. Taping and Finishing Materials: As specified in Section 09250, except that open mesh glass fiber joint tape may be used in lieu of paper joint tape at the Contractor's option. E. Fabrication: 1. Casting: Provide shapes as indicated on the drawings. Units shall be true to dimensions and have clean accurate arises and smooth and even curves. All details shall be faithfully executed to Architect's design. Paired components shall be fabricated for installation in perfect alignment. 2. Fabrication Tolerances: a. Curves: No point on the surface of the curve shall vary from the prescribed arc more than 1 percent of the radius. b. Arises and Surfaces: No point on a surface plane or arise shall vary more than 1/8 inch under a 10 foot straight edge. c. Shapes: No shape shall vary from its prescribed location more than 1/8 inch in any direction. 3. Finishes: Smooth finish. Prepare surface as required to allow paint adhesion. F. Examination 1. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive work. Report all discrepancies to the Architect. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 2. Field Measurements: Verify prior to fabrication and erection. G. Installation / Erection 1. Install components in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Where connection to structure is required, connect to structural steel components only. 3. Tape and finish joints between prefabricated members, in accordance with requirements of Section 09250. Maintain continuous radius at column joints. 4. Installation Tolerances: a. Variations from Plumb: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. b. Variations from Position: 1/4 inch in any direction. c. Offsets in Alignment of Adjacent Members At Any Joint: 1/16 inch maximum. H. Cleaning And Repairing 1. After work is completed, repair or replace damaged surfaces and components to Architect's satisfaction. Sections shall be uniformly clean and free from soil or stain which would impair adhesion or bleed through finish paint coating. 09250 Gypsum Board Construction A. Quality Control: Provide assemblies meeting the hourly fire ratings indicated. Assemblies shall be approved b h to l jurisdictional a au t o ca code authorities # by B. Materials; 1. Gypsum Board: a. 5/8 inch thick unless noted otherwise. al s: Use thickest board that will readily conform to the radius indicated e b. Radius Walls: hl t rd y I at d o the Drawings. n Board: ATM X in fire rated partitions indicated. where indica c Standard ASTM C36; type eat t , tYP P 2. Accessories: a. Trim: Concealed flange screw-on type; metal or PVC at Contractor's option; GA 216. b Joint Compound, Tape, Finishing Compound: ASTM C475 and GA 216. # m p Pe , g P c. Screws: ASTM C1002. C. Installation: 1. Installation Standard: Unless specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with Gypsum Association 216, "Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Wallboard." 2. Screw fasten board to framing, unless approved otherwise. 3. Control Joints: a. Position control joints to intersect light fixtures, air diffusers, door openings, and other areas of stress concentration. b. Position control joints at locations where expansion or control joints occur in the building structure. c. Locate control joints to form rectangular or square sections, in "L," "U," "T," or other irregularly shaped areas. 4. Finishing: a. 3 coat smooth wall finish. b. Gypsum board surfaces shall form a smooth surface free of ridges, joint marks, fastener depressions, and joint filler lines. Tapered board joints shall be taped, filled, and feathered to 12 inches either side of the joint. Non - tapered board joints shall be taped, filled, and feathered to 18 inches either side of the joint. c. Skim coat all gypsum board surfaces in public areas (FOR EXISTING CONDITIONS ONLY, AS REQ.D). D. Special Requirements at Graphic Wall Covering: 1. Apply an extra layer of gypsum wall board to area indicated on the Drawings adjacent to graphic wall covering. 2. Provide vertical reveals at gypsum wall board surfaces adjacent to graphic wall covering indicated on the Drawings. 3. Coordinate wall finishing with requirements for graphic wall covering installation identified in Section 09720. 09253 Gypsum Soffit Board A. Summary: Fully- Embedded glass -mat gypsum sheathing board and sheathing joint -and- penetration treatment. B. Reference 1. ASTM B 117 - Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Testing Apparatus. C - Standard Specification fo Nils f r the Application of Gypsum ASTM 514 Stan r Nails o YP sum Board. 3. ASTM C 954 - Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.33 inch (0.84 mm) to 0,112 inch (2.84 mm) in Thickness. 4. ASTM C 1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self- Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs. 5. ASTM C 1177 - Standard Specification for Nails for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing. 6. ASTM C 1280 - Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing. 7. ASTM E 84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 8. ASTM E 119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 9. ASTM E 136 - Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 degrees C. 10. GA -216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; Gypsum Association. 11. GA -253 - Application of Gypsum Sheathing; Gypsum Association. 12. GA -600 - Fire Resistant Design Systems; Gypsum Association. 13. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition, C. Submittals 1. Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: a. Preparation instructions and recommendations. b. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. c. Installation methods. D. Manufacturers 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. BPB (Base Bid) b. USG c. National Gypsum 2. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain gypsum board products, joint treatment products, and textured coatings from a single manufacturer. E. Gypsum Soffit Board 1. GlasRoc Sheathing: Conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 1177 and the following: a. Flame spread: ASTM E 84 (CAN /ULC- S102): 0 maximum. b. Smoke developed: ASTM E 84 (CAN /ULC- S102): 0 maximum. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick where GlasRoc® Sheathing indicated. 3. Width: 48 inches (1219 mm). 4. Length: 96 inches (2438 mm) and 108 inches (2743 mm) standard. Custom lengths available. 5. Edges: Square. F. Sheathing Joint- And - Penetration Treatment Materials 1. Glass -Fiber Mesh Sheathing Tape: Self- adhering glass -fiber tape, minimum 2 inches (50 mm) wide, 10 by 10 or 10 by 20 threads /inch (390 by 390 or 390 by 780 threads /m), of type recommended by sheathing and tape manufacturers for use with silicone emulsion sealant in sealing joints in glass -mat gypsum sheathing board. G. Accessories 1. Fasteners: Steel drill screws, in lengths recommended by sheathing manufacturer for thickness of sheathing board to be attached and as follows: 2. Provide all fasteners with an organic - polymer or other corrosion- protective coating. H. Installation 1. Install soffit board in accordance GA -253, ASTM C 1280 and manufacturer's written instructions. 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies on Metal Framing A_ Summary: Pre- engineered drywall suspension system consisting of straight main tees along with straight furring cross channels or cross tees, that join together to support screw attached gypsum panels and independently supported light fixtures and air diffusers. Installed systems must conform to U.L. and other applicable codes where applicable. B. References A. ASTM C635, Standard Specifications for Metal Suspension Systems. B. ASTM C636, Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Suspension Systems. C. CISCA Ceiling Systems Installation Handbook. D. GA 216 Installation & Finish of Gypsum Panels_ Y E. ASTM C645, Standard Specification - far Non Load Bearing (Axial) Steel Studs, Runners, (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. F. ASTM C754, Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw - Attach Gypsum Boards. C. Submittals 1. Samples: Submit actual samples and technical data for suspension system main tees and cross tees for review. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Reflected ceiling plans: Submit ceiling suspension system layout indicating dimensions, lighting fixture locations, and related mechanical components. b. Assembly drawings: Indicate installation details, accessory attachments and installation of related lighting fixtures and related mechanical system components. 3. Manufacturer's Data: a. System details: Submit manufacturer's catalogue cuts or standard drawing showing details of system with project conditions clearly identified and manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. D. Acceptable products: Drywall Suspension System by USG. E. Materials 1. Commercial quality, cold rolled steel, hot dipped galvanized finish. 2. USG Flat Drywall Suspensions Systems: a. Main Tees: Fire -Rated Heavy Duty classification 1 -1/2" high, integral reversible splice with knurled face. DGL -26 15/16_ Face or DGLW -26 1 -1/2_ Face b. Cross Members: Fire -Rated members with knurled face. Cross Tees: DGLW -424 cross tee 1 -1/2" high x 48" long with 1 -1/2" wide face. Tees must have quick release cross tee ends to provide positive locking and removability without the need for tools. or Furring Channel: DGCL -4 furring channel 7/8. high x 48. long with 1 -1/2. face. c. Accessory Cross Tees: Cross tees must have knurled faces. Cross tees have quick release cross tee ends to provide positive locking and removability without the need for tools. d. Wall moldings: Single web with knurled face. DGWM -24 1 "x 1 -1/2" x length wall molding. DGCM -25 144" x 1- 9/16" x 1 "x 1" channel molding. Accessories 1. Transition Clip DGTC -90 2. Splice Clip DGSC -180 Fasteners 1. Conventional Gypsum Panel fasteners (ASTM C1002). No. 6 Type -S, HiLo bugle head, self - drilling, self - tapping steel screws. Installation 1. Standard reference: Install in accordance with ASTM C636, CISCA installation standards, and other applicable code references. 2. Manufacturer's reference: Install in accordance with manufacturer's current printed recommendations. 3. Drawing reference: Install in accordance with approved shop drawings and locate ceiling in accordance with main tee dimensions relative to elevations. 4. Component and hanger wire installation: a. Flat Ceilings: Main tees shall be spaced a maximum of 48" on center and supported by hanger wires spaced a maximum 48" on center and as specified by UL Fire Resistance Directory attaching hanger wires directly to structure above. Cross tees shall be spaced per manufacturer's recommendations and as specified by UL Fire Resistance Directory. b. Transitions: Changes in Elevation in Soffit and Fascia Ceiling Applications. c. When constructing stepped soffits, bracing of the drywall suspension system and /or additional hanger wires may be necessary to ensure stability and structural performance during and after drywall attachment. d. The maximum vertical soffit height is 48 ". (Maximum unsupported drywall area shall not -- exceed 48. x 24.). e. Intermediate cross tees are not necessa ry when soffit dimensions do not exceed 24 ". f. Cross tee spacing in horizontal soffit plane is not to exceed 24 ". Intermediate cross tees may be necessary to maintain visually acceptable drywall planes and drywall corners. h. General hanger wire notes: Hanger wires are required within 12" on both sides of a pivoted splice clip. At least 1 hanger wire is required within 12" of a transition clip. Limitations: Do support and/or e ect o not su ort wires from mechanical I ri equip cal ment occurrin above ceiling. Accessories: Install accessories as applicable to meet project requirements. Expansion anslon Joints s 1. Provide a separation in the suspension system at expansion joints as shown on the drawings BL and carry the joint through the gypsum panels. 2. Expansion joints are installed to separate the suspension system and allow for movement in large ceiling areas. F. G. H. I . J. g. 09305 Tile Setting Materials & Accessories A. SUMMARY: Provide tile installation materials and accessories as indicated on drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for complete and proper installation. B. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1. Quarry tile and base installed using latex modified Portland cement mortar over a plastic Portland cement mortar bed or over a cured (pre - floated) Portland cement mortar bed with epoxy grouted joints. C. SUBMITTALS 1. Submit shop drawings and manufacturers' product data under provisions of Section 01300. 2. Submit manufacturers' installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 3. Submit manufacturer's certification under provisions of Section 01450 that the materials supplied conform to ANSI A137.1. 4. Submit proof of warranty. 5. Submit sample of installation system demonstrating compatibility /functional relationships between adhesives, mortars, grouts and other components under provision of Section (01300.) (01340.) D. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Installation System Manufacturer (single source responsibility): Company specializing in adhesives, mortars, grouts and other installation materials with ten (10) years minimum experience and ISO 9001 certification. Obtain installation materials from single source manufacturer to insure consistent quality and full compatibility. E. WARRANTY 1. The Contractor warrants the work of this Section to be in accordance with the Contract Documents and free from faults and defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 10 years. The manufacturer of adhesives, mortars, grouts and other installation materials shall provide a written ten (10) year warranty, which covers materials and labor - reference LATICRETE Warranty Data Sheet 230.12 for complete details and requirements. F. EXTRA MATERIALS STOCK 1. Upon completion of the work of this Section, deliver to the Owner extra stock of adhesives, r morta s grouts and other installation materials for the Owner's g t e 0 e s use in replacement and maintenance. Extra stock to be from same production run or batch as original tile and installation materials. G. PRODUCTS 1. CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION MATERIALS MANUFACTURER a. Base Bid: LATICRETE International, Inc., 1 Laticrete Park North, Bethany, CT 06524- 3423 USA Phone 800- 243 -4788, (203) 393 -0010 support@laticrete.com; www.laticrete.com b. Substitutions: See Section 1600 2. Summary: Cement backer board for stone tile wall cladding a. Backer Board: Cementitious, water durable, board; surfaced with fiberglass reinforcing mesh on front and back; long edges wrapped; and complying with ANSI A118.9 and ASTM C 1325. 1. Thickness:'/ in. 2. Wi: ft 3. Lengt 4 8 ft . 4_ Edges: Tapered 5. Compressive Strength: Not less than 2250 lbs. per sq. in. when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2394. 6. Water Absorption: Not greater than 8 percent when tested for 24 hours in accordance with ASTM C 473. H. PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION - TILE INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES 1. Waterproofing Membrane to be thin, cold applied, single component liquid and load bearing. Reinforcing fabric to be non -woven rot -proof specifically intended for waterproofing membrane. Waterproofing Membrane to be non - toxic, non - flammable, and non - hazardous during storage, mixing, application and when cured. It shall be certified by IAPMO as a shower pan liner and shall also meet the following physical requirements: a. Water Permeability @ 30ft.hydro /0.9 atmos /91.2kPa (Fed. Spec.TT -C -00555 Modified): Nil b. Elongation @ break (ASTM D751): 20 -30% c. Service Temperatures (LIL 1016): -20° to 280 °F( -28° to 137 °C) d. Breaking Strength (ASTM D751): 2950 psi (20.4 MPa) e. Thickness (LIL 1013): 20 mils (0.5 mm) f. Shear Bond Strength (ANSI Al 1 8.4):250 PSI (1.7 MPa) g. Service Rating (TCA/ASTM C627): Extra Heavy /cycles 1 -14 2. Crack Suppression Membrane to be thin, cold applied, single component liquid and load bearing. Reinforcing fabric to be non -woven rot -proof specifically intended for crack suppression membrane. Materials to be non - toxic, non - flammable, and non - hazardous during COPYRIGHT ® 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. t Carteraurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGIS l'tHED ARCHITECT BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON ZEVIEWE FIB - IDE COMPLIANCE APPrZVEZ, C ,°��'an •I MAR 2 , - n L �j City Of - Tukwila L© ISSUES /REVISIONS - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 MAR 212003 r' DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: DESCRIPTION APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A -502 storage, mixing, application and when cured. Crack Suppression Membrane shall also meet the following physical requirements: a. Elongation at break (ASTM D751): 20 -30% b. Service Temperatures (LIL 1016): -20° to 280 °F( -28° to 137 °C) c, Breaking Strength (ASTM D751): 1700 psi (11.7 MPa) d. Thickness (LIL 1013): 20 mils (0.5 mm) e. Service Rating (TCA/ASTM C627): Extra Heavy /cycles 1 -14 3. Wire Reinforcing: 2 inch x 2 inch (50 x 50 mm) x 16 ASW gauge or 0.0625 inch (1.6mm) diameter galvanized steel welded wire mesh complying with ASTM A185 and ASTM A82. 4. Cleavage membrane: 15 pound asphalt saturated, non - perforated roofing felt complying with ASTM D226, 15 pound coal tar saturated, non - perforated roofing felt complying with ASTM D227 or 4.0 mils (0.1 mm) thick polyethylene plastic film complying with ASTM D4397. 5. Cementitious backerboard units: size and thickness as specified, complying with ANSI A118.9. I. PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION - TILE INSTALLATION MATERIAL 1. Latex Portland Cement Thin Bed Mortar for thin set and slurry bond coats to be weather, frost, shock resistant, non - flammable and to meet the following physical requirements: a. Compressive strength (ANSI A118.4): 2400 psi (16.5 MPa) Min. b. Bond strength (ANSI A118.4): 500 psi (3.5MPa) Min. c. Smoke & Flame Contribution (ASTM E84 Modified): 0 2. Organic Adhesive shall be non - flammable, water resistant, latex adhesive and shall meet the following physical requirements: a. Open Time (ANSI A136.1): 70 minutes @ 75 °F (24 °C) b. Color: White c. Density (ANSI A136.1): 13.2 lbs/gal (1.6 kg /I) 3. Epoxy Grout (Commercial/Residential) shall be non - toxic, non - flammable, non - hazardous during storage, mixing, application and when cured and shall meet the following physical requirements: a. Compressive Strength (ANSI A118.3): 3500 psi (24 MPa) b. Shear Bond Strength (ANSI A118.3): 1000 psi (6.9 MPa) c. Water Absorption (ANSI A118.3): < 0.5 % d. Cured Epoxy Grout to be chemically and stain resistant to ketchup, mustard, tea, coffee, milk, soda, beer, wine, bleach (5% solution), ammonia, juices, vegetable oil, brine, sugar, cosmetics, and blood, as well as chemically resistant to dilute acids and dilute alkalis. 4. Latex Portland Cement Grout to be weather, frost and shock resistant, as well as meeting the following physical requirements: a. Compressive Strength (ANSI A118.7): 3500 psi (24 MPa) b. Water Absorption (ANSI A118.7): < 5% c. Linear Shrinkage (ANSI A118.7): < 0.1 % d. Smoke & Flame Contribution (ASTM E84 Modified): 0 5. Expansion and Control Joint Sealant to be a one component, neutral cure, exterior grade silicone sealant meeting the following requirements: a. Tensile Strength (ASTM C794): 225 psi (1.5 MPa) b. Hardness (ASTM D751; Shore A): 25 (colored sealant) /15 (clear sealant) c. Weather Resistance (QUV Weather - ometer): 10000 hours (no change) 6. Spot Bonding Epoxy Adhesive for installing tile, brick and stone over vertical and overhead surfaces shall be high strength, high temperature resistant, non -sag and shall meet the following physical requirements: a. Thermal Shock Resistance (ANSI A118.3): 2600 psi (17.9 MPa) b. Water Absorption (ANSI A118.3): 0.1 % c. Compressive Strength (ANSI A118.3) 8379 psi (57.8 MPa) d. Shear Bond Strength (ANSI A118.3 Modified): 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) J. Installation - General 1. SUBSTRATE EXAMINATION: Verify that surfaces to be covered with tile, mosaics, pavers, brick, stone, trim or waterproofing are: a. Sound, rigid and conform to good design /engineering practices; with maximum deflection under all live, dead and impact loads, including concentrated loads, of L/360 for ceramic tile, mosaics, pavers or brick and L/480 for stone; b. Clean and free of dust, dirt, oil, grease, sealers, curing compounds, laitance, efflorescence, form oil or loose plaster, paint and scale; c. Level and true to within' /" in 10. (6mm in 3m), and no more than 1/16" in 1' (1.5mm in 0.3m) variation from substrate high points, for applications by the thin bed method over substrate, thin waterproof membrane or thin crack suppression membrane; d. Not leveled with gypsum or asphalt based compounds; e. Dry as per American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D4263 "Standard Test for Determining Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method ". 2. ACCESSORIES: a. Waterproofing: 1. Install waterproof membrane in compliance with current revisions of ANSI A108.1 (A- 1 through A -3) and ANSI A108.13. K. INSTALLATION - TILE, BRICK & STONE 1. General: Install in accordance with current versions of American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) "A108 American National Standard for Installation of Ceramic Tile" and TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation ". Cut and fit ceramic tile, brick or stone neatly around corners, fittings, and obstructions. Perimeter pieces to be minimum half tile, brick or stone. Chipped, cracked, split pieces and edges are not acceptable. Make joints even, straight, plumb and of uniform width to tolerance +/- 1/16" over 8. (1.5mm in 2.4m). Install divider strips at junction of flooring and dissimilar materials. 2. Thin Bed Method: Install latex Portland cement mortar in compliance with current revisions of ANSI A108.1 (A -1 through A -3) and ANSI A108.5 (A -4.3). Use the appropriate trowel notch size to ensure proper bedding of the tile, brick or stone selected. Work the latex Portland cement mortar into good contact with the substrate and comb with notched side of trowel. Spread only as much latex Portland cement mortar as can be covered while the mortar surface is still wet and tacky. When installing large format ( >8. x 8./200mm x 200mm) tile /stone, rib /button /lug back tiles, pavers or sheet mounted ceramics /mosaics, spread latex Portland cement mortar onto the back of (i.e. .back-butter.) each piece /sheet in addition to troweling latex Portland cement mortar over the substrate. Beat each piece /sheet into the latex Portland cement mortar with a beating block or rubber mallet to insure full bedding and flatness. Allow installation to set until firm. Clean excess latex Portland cement mortar from tile or stone face and joints between pieces. 3. Polymer Modified Cement Grout (ANSI A118.7): Install polymer modified cement grout in compliance with current revisions of ANSI A108.1 (A -1 through A -3) and ANSI A108.10 (A- 4.7.3.5.4, A -4.7.4 through A- 4.7.8). Dampen dry surfaces with clean water. Spread using a sharp edged, hard rubber float and work grout into joints. Using diagonal (at 45° angle to direction of rout line) strokes, pack joints full and free of voids/ pits. ) ,P its. Hold float face at a 90° joints P angle to grouted surface and use float edge to "squeegee" off excess grout, stroking diagonally to reduce pulling grout out of filled joint. Initial cleaning can begin as soon as grout has become firm, typically 20-30 minutes after grouting depending on temperature. Drag a clean towel dampened with water, or wipe a clean, dampened sponge, diagonally over the veneer face to remove any grout haze left after "squeegeeing ". Rinse towel /sponge frequently and change rinse water at least every 200 ft2 (2 m2). Repeat this cleaning sequence again if grout haze is still present. Allow grout joints to become firm. Buff surface of grout with clean coarse cloth. Inspect joint for pinholes /voids and repair them with freshly mixed grout. Within 24 hours, check for remaining haze and remove it with warm soapy water and a nylon scrubbing pad, using a circular motion, to lightly scrub surfaces and dissolve haze /film. Do not use acid cleaners on latex Portland cement mortar grout less than 7 days old. 4. Expansion and Control Joints: Provide control or expansion joints as located in contract drawings and in full conformity, especially in width and depth, with architectural details. a. Substrate joints must carry through, full width, to surface of tile, brick or stone. b. Install expansion joints in tile, brick or stone work over construction /cold joints or control joints in substrates. c. Install expansion joints where tile, brick or stone abut restraining surfaces (such as perimeter walls, curbs, columns), changes in plane and corners. d. Joint width and spacing depends on application - follow TCA .Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. Detail "EJ -171 Expansion Joints" or consult sealant manufacturer for recommendation based on project parameters. e. Joint width: > 1/8" (3mm) and < 1" (25mm). f. Joint width: depth -2:1 but joint depth must be > 1/8" (3mm) and <' /%" (13mm). g. Layout (field defined by joints): 1:1 length:width is optimum but must be 2:1. h. Remove all contaminants and foreign material from joint spaces /surfaces, such as dirt, dust, oil, water, frost, setting /grouting materials, sealers and old sealant/backer. Install appropriate Backing Material (e.g. closed cell backer rod) based on expansion joint design and as noted in the Drawings. Apply masking tape to face of tile, brick or stone veneer. Use caulking gun, or other applicator, to completely fill joints with sealant. Within 5 -10 minutes of filling joint, "tool" sealant surface to a smooth finish. Remove masking tape immediately after tooling joint. Wipe smears or excess sealant off the face of non - glazed tile, brick, stone or other absorptive surfaces immediately. 5. Adjusting: Correction of defective work for a period of one (1) year following substantial completion, return to job and correct all defective work. Defective work includes, without limitation, tiles broken In normal abuse due to deficiencies in setting bed, loose tiles or grout, and all other defects which may develop as a result of poor workmanship. L. INSTALLATION - CEMENT BOARD 1 Fasteners: a. Screws: Drill point screws (No. 8) wafer head, corrosion - resistant, 1 -1/4 in. or 1 -5/8 in. long, and complying with ASTM C 1002. 2. Joint Treatment a. Tape: Alkali- resistant fiberglass mesh tape intended for use with cement board. 3. Bonding Materials: a. Mortar: Dry-set portland cement mortar in accordance with ANSI A118.1. b. Mortar: Latex - portland cement mortar in accordance with ANSI A118.4. c. Adhesive: Organic adhesive in accordance with ANSI A136.1, Type 1, 4. Installation a. General: In accordance with the following reference standards and manufacturer's recommendations: ANSI A108.11. M. CLEANING 1. Clean excess mortar /epoxy from veneer surfaces with water before they harden and as work progresses. Do not contaminate open grout/caulk joints while cleaning. Sponge and wash veneers diagonally across joints. Do not use acids for cleaning. Polish with clean dry cloth. Remove surplus materials and leave premises broom clean. 09510 Acoustical Ceilings A. Submittals: 1. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals. 2. Submit product literature for each acoustical ceiling tile and suspension system proposed. B. Quality Assurance: 1. Codes: Comply with all pertinent requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. C. Products: 1. Ceiling Tile: As scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Suspension System: ASTM A635; intermediate or heavy duty classification; exposed T system; 9/16 exposed face; factory painted white to match ceiling tile. D. Installation: 1. Installation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Hang system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, provide secondary carrying members for indirect support of the suspensions system, or reinforce the nearest adjacent hangers and related carrying channels as required to span the required distance. 3. Do not anchor system in any manner that might cause damage to the structural system. 4. Align system with window mullions as indicated on the Drawings. 5. Hold -Down Clips: Install hold -down clips within 20 feet of an exterior door. 6. Tolerances: a. Variation form Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. b. Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: Two degrees maximum. 09648 Wood Flooring' Must be installed per manufacturer's specifications to maintain full warranty. 09650 Resilient Flooring A. Submittals: 1. Submit product literature for each product proposed, including resilient flooring, transition strips, and adhesives; Includes L -1 and VCT -1 scheduled on the Drawings. B. Materials: 1. Resilient Flooring: a. L -1: Forbo Linoleum, Inc. "Marmoleum FRESCO ", (570)459 -0771; 2.5 mm sheet; colors as scheduled on the Drawings. b. VCT -1: As scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex filler, mixed with water to produce a cementitious paste. 3. Primers and Adhesives: Types as recommended by resilient flooring manufacturers for specific application. 4. Flash Cove Accessories: a. Strips: Wax, wood, or plastic cove fillet strips; approximately 1 -inch radius. b. Cap Trim: Aluminum. 5. Transition Strips: Rubber or vinyl reducer strip, one inch wide x thickness to match flooring; square one edge, tapered opposite edge; color as selected by Architect. C. General Resilient Flooring Installation Requirements: 1. Install subfloor filler to fill low spots, cracks, construction joints, holes and other defects, and as required to adjust level to meet adjacent finishes. Feather to maximum slope of 1/8 inch in 3 feet; float to smooth, flat, hard surface. Prohibit traffic over filler. 2. Install all resilient flooring where scheduled in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Unless indicated otherwise, install resilient flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines. 4. Terminate resilient flooring at centerline of door at door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar, and where no threshold is indicated. 5. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates. 6. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. 7. Clean substrate. Spread cement evenly in quantity recommended by manufacturer to ensure adhesion over entire area of installation. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of flooring before initial set. 8. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to ensure full adhesion. 9. Seal joint between flooring and adjacent materials at restrooms, bathrooms, kitchens, and other moist areas with clear silicone sealant. D. Special Requirements for Resilient Tile: 1. Open floor tile cartons, enough to cover each area, and mix tile to ensure shade variations do not occur within any one area. 2. Unless indicated otherwise, lay tiles parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical tile pattern. 3. Install with minimum tile width 1/2 full size at room or area perimeter. 4. Arrange to square grid pattern with all joints aligned. E. Special Flashed Coved Base Requirements: 1. Provide cove fillet at intersection of floor and wall to ease transition. 2. Miter cut, fit, and heat weld. Extend flooring to 4 inches above finished floor level. 3. Cut top exposed edge straight and level. 4. Cap top edge with cap trim. Miter all trim corner joints. Install trim in maximum possible lengths with no piece shorter than 18 inches for continuous runs longer than 18 inches. F. Cleaning 1. Remove excess adhesive from floor and wall surfaces without damage. 2. Clean floor in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 09678 Resilient Base A. Materials: 1. Resilient Base: As scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Primers and Adhesives: Types as recommended by resilient base manufacturer for specific application. B. Installation: 1. Adhesive install base materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Adhere tightly to wall and floor surfaces. 2. Use manufacturer's longest lengths. Where cutting is necessary, maintain minimum measurement of 18 inches between joints. 3. Miter or cope inside corners for accurate fit. 4. Install base to walls, columns, and to wood casework toe kicks in all areas where rubber base is scheduled. 5. Score back of base material with grooving tool, at all outside corners; maintain minimum leg length 18 inches where wall length permits. Mount base so that scored groove is accurately 9 p 9 Y aligned with corner, and with base tightly adhered to wall at both sides of corner, with no visible gaps at top of base. Where cove base is formed around outside corners, stretch toe of cove for smooth transition around corner, with toe in uniform contact with the finish flooring. 6. Scribe and fit to doorframes and other obstructions. 7. Install straight and level to variation of plus or minus 1/8 inch over 10 feet. 8. Coordinate installation of base with work of Section 09680. 9. Fit joints tight and vertical. C. Cleaning 1, Remove excess adhesive from base and wall surfaces without damage. 2. Clean base in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 09680 Carpeting A. Summary: Installation of carpet tiles, and roll carpeting scheduled on the Drawings. General Contractor to purchase carpet tiles and roll carpeting as scheduled on the Drawings. B. Submittals: 1. Samples: a. Samples of each type of carpet edge strip; three inches minimum. 2. Installation Instructions: Submit for each type of carpet provided. C. Quality Assurance: 1. Carpet Installer: Minimum of 3 years experience in carpet installations of similar size and scope. Able to show evidence of experience when requested by the Architect. D. Warranty: Furnish manufacturer's standard 5 -year warranty against wear and deterioration. E. Materials: 1. Carpet Tile: integral padded backing. 2. Roll Carpeting: As scheduled on the drawings; no pad. 3. Accessories: a. Adhesives' As recommended by the carpet manufacturer for installation under conditions of this project. b. Use release type adhesives at carpet tile locations. c. Latex Underlayment: White premix latex filler. d. Edge Strips: Vinyl reducer strips; size and configuration as appropriate for conditions; color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard line. F. Preparation: 1. Clean floors of dust, dirt, solvents, oil, grease, paint, plaster, and other substances that would be detrimental to the proper performance of adhesive and carpet. 2. Fill low spots and cracks over 1/8 inch in width with latex underlayment. G. Carpet Installation: 1. Install carpet tiles in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations; install roll carpeting in accordance with Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI) recommendations. 2. Floor adhesive shall be applied in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's recommendations using a roller to ensure maximum contact. Roll stock carpet, and carpet tile shall be fully adhesively bonded. 3. Orient carpet tiles in the same direction, unless scheduled or directed otherwise. 4. Lay out area such that cut perimeter tiles will be not less than 8 inches wide. Commence laying tile in center of room or space and work toward perimeters; cut border tile after field tiles have been installed. Cut carpet evenly and accurately to fit neatly at walls, columns, and projections. Lay tile square with area of installation. Joints shall be tight and unnoticeable upon completion. 5. Cut carpet for telephone and electrical outlets. 6. Carpet tile installation shall be rolled and re- rolled on the day following installation to assure complete transfer of adhesive. 7. Install edging strips where carpet terminates at other floor coverings. Use full length pieces only. Butt tight to vertical surfaces. Where splicing cannot be avoided, butt ends tight, flush, and accurately aligned. H. Remnants: Upon completion of the installation, package all remaining carpet tiles. G.0 to leave onsite with the store manager 1 box of carpet tiles, and /or 2 sq. yds. of roll goods, for future use in onsite maintenance. Remove and dispose of all other additional remainder at a legal off -site location. I. Cleanup: 1. The premises shall be kept free from unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment and surplus materials during the progress of the work. 2. Remove threads with sharp scissors. Remove spots with manufacturer's recommended spot remover. 3. Thoroughly power vacuum entire surface using equipment with motor driven brushes. 09820 Acoustical Insulation and Sealants A. Materials: 1. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665, Type I; unfaced glass fiber batts, blankets, or rolls; minimum fire hazard classification rating of 25/50 per ASTM E84; minimum 3 -inch thick, unless required otherwise to meet the SIC requirements indicated or specified; widths to friction -fit between studs, where indicated for installation in stud walls. 2. Acoustical Sealant: Non - hardening, non - skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum board; similar to USG "Acoustical Sealant." 3. Accessories: Furnish other accessories such as fasteners and retainers, not specifically described, but required for a complete installation. B. Installation: 1. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and as indicated. 2. Install insulation without gaps or voids. 3. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use insulation materials free of damage. 4. Acoustical Insulation at Ceilings: a. Lay acoustical insulation over each acoustically insulated partition that terminates at the ceiling. Insulation shall extend a minimum of 24" each side of the centerline of the acoustical partition b. Acoustical insulation batts shall be tightly butted. c. Cut and fit neatly around mechanical and sprinkler drops. d. Fill spaces between wall batts (at top plate line) and ceiling batts to ensure complete sound closure. 5. Sealant: a. Install acoustical sealant around perimeter of all acoustically insulated partitions; one continuous bead at each side of framing member interface with substrate. b. Seal all penetrations through acoustical assemblies, except for penetrations in fire rated construction to receive fire - stopping. 09900 Painting A. Submittals: 1. Submit a list of each paint system to be used in the work. 2. Submit a minimum of 3 each 8 x 10 inch sample of each paint color and sheen proposed for B. Quality Assu 1. Paint coatings shall be free of dust, dirt, flow lines, streaks, sags, blisters, pinholes, bugs, runs, or other surface imperfections. 2. In addition to the coats specified, provide additional coats as required to obtain adequate hide. C. Maintenance Materials: Furnish a minimum of one gallon of each color paint to Cingular Wireless LLC for future touch -up work. D. Materials: 1. Unless specified otherwise, furnish manufacturer's highest grade coating systems by one of the following manufacturers. Materials to be VOC compliant: a. Benjamin Moore Paint Company. b. Pittsburgh Paints. c. Pratt & Lambert. d. The Sherwin- Williams Company. e. ICI Paints North America. f. Kelly -Moore Preservative Paint Company 2. Paint Selections P -3 and P -4: Provide custom Sherwin Williams colorways for the Cingular Wireless LLC national account. 3. Overhead Dry Fall Paint: Tnemec "Uni- Bond" Series 16, or approved; modified alkyd dry -fall interior overhead paint; VOC compliant. E. Surface Preparation: 1. Prepare surfaces by removing all dirt, dust, grease, oil, moisture, and other contaminants that will impair the proper adhesion of the finish. 2. Wood - Opaque paint finish: a. Spot coat knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. b. Fill all nail holes and cracks. Sand filler smooth and level with wood surface. 3. Gypsum Board: Remove all light dust and dirt. 4. Existing Finished Surfaces To Be Repainted: a. Remove loose, blistered, scaled, or crazed finishes to bare substrate; feather new work into existing work. Prepare surfaces to the nearest break line if necessary to blend new finishes with old finishes. b. Wash and rinse surfaces with trisodium phosphate and water or other solution required to remove remaining film, wax, oil, grease, smoke or foreign matter which will impair bond, or cause bleed through, of newly applied finishes, c. Lightly sand, or apply a liquid deglosser on existing semi -gloss and high -gloss finishes before refinishing. F. Special Application Requirements: 1. Unless specified or indicated otherwise, follow paint manufacturer's label directions for general application procedures and coverage rates. 2. Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry. Make sure each coat of finish is dry and hard before a following coat is applied unless the manufacturer's directions state otherwise. 3. Tint filler to match stain when clear finishes are specified; work filler well into grain and, before setting, working perpendicularly to the grain, wipe the excess from the surface. 4. Opaque Finishes: a. Apply number of coats scheduled for each application, except that additional finish coats shall be applied as necessary for complete hiding of substrate colors. b. Apply primer coats un- tinted. Where more than one coat of paint is required, tint each succeeding coat up to the final coat similar in tint, but slightly lighter in value (shade). c. Sand lightly between coats if necessary to achieve required finish; sand between all coats applied to wood substrates. 5. Rollers for application and backrolling of latex paints shall have a nap of 3/8 inch or less. 6. Where roller texture is scheduled for application to plaster and gypsum board surfaces, finish coats may be roller - applied, or spray applied and backrolled at Contractor's option. 7. Factory Primed Surfaces: Apply scheduled finish system, less primer coat, except as necessary to for patching damage to factory prime coating. G. Systems: 1. Gypsum Board - Latex System: a. 1 coat PVA primer, 2 coats of latex paint. Apply to interior gypsum board surfaces, unless specified or scheduled otherwise. 2. Ferrous Metals - Latex System: a. System: Three coats; first coat rust resistant primer, second and third coats latex enamel. The primer may omitted at factory primed surfaces, except as necessary to recoat damaged or abraded preprimed surfaces. b. Sheen: Semi - gloss, unless indicated otherwise. c. Application: Interior ferrous metal surfaces including welded hollow metal doors and frames, electrical panels, fire extinguisher cabinets, and access doors. 3. Wood: a. Wood - Opaque Latex System: 1 coat quick dry primer and 2 coats of latex paint. b. Sheen: Semi - gloss, unless indicated otherwise. C. Application: Interior plywood at Inventory Room, and paint grade wood doors. 4. Overhead Exposed Surfaces - Opaque Alkyd System a. System: One coat overhead dry -fall paint. b. Sheen: Eggshell, satin, or flat. c. Application: Overhead elements as indicated on the Drawings; restrict painting where indicated on the Drawings. H, Color Schedule: As scheduled on the Drawings. Division 10 Specialties 10400 Signage A. Section Includes: Installation of pin- mounted foam letters provided by General Contractor (F.C.I.C.). B. Installation: 1. Accurately measure and mark location for installation of each pin - mounted letter; coordinate approved locations with the Owner's Representative. 2. Install each pin- mounted letter in succession, and in accordance with the pin manufacturer's instruction for the substrate the letters are being installed on. C. Cleanup: 1. Take precautions to assure adjacent surfaces remain free from dust, and adhesive. 2. Immediately clean surfaces that become soiled during installation of the letters. 3. Upon installation, clean the letters and pin mounts of dust with a damp cloth, taking care not to damage underlying surfaces. 4. Leave the installation clean, and completely free of foreign material that would detract from visual appearance of the letters. 10520 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets A. Larsen Extinguisher Cabinet - V -2709 B. Extinguishers: 1. Multi- Purpose Dry Chemical Type (FE): Heavy Duty DOT Steel tank; UL rating 2A 10B:C, 5 lb capacity, with pressure gage; red enamel finish; metal valves and siphon tubes. C. Cabinets: 1. Provide surface mounted models in locations as indicated on the drawings 2. Provide sizes as necessary to accommodate extinguishers. 3. Trim: Formed Sheet Steel, minimum 20 gauge, 1 -1/4 to 1 -3/4 inches wide face. 4. Door. Formed Sheet Steel, minimum 20 gage; reinforced for flatness and rigidity; satin zinc or aluminum pull, roller catch, and continuous hinge; clear glass vision panel. 5. Cabinet Finishes: a. Cabinet Trim and Door: Manufacturer's standard primed finish to receive paint coatings as specified in Section 09900. b. Cabinet Interior: Manufacturer's standard white epoxy or white baked enamel. D. Accessories: 1. Fire Extinguisher Brackets: Manufacturer's standard J -type. Provide at fire extinguisher locations where no cabinet is indicated. E. Installation: 1. Install cabinets plumb and level in wall openings in locations as indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, install 30 inches from finished floor to inside bottom of cabinet. 2. Secure rigidly in place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. When recessed cabinets are installed in fire rated walls, maintain fire resistance rating continuously behind the cabinet. 10800 Toilet Accessories* A. NOTE: All fixtures and mounting heights must be installed in full compliance with all TAS (Texas Accessibility Standards) or ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act); depending on geographic project location. B. Provide the following accessories as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment Company, unless approved otherwise. C. Accessories available from Cingular approved vendor: 1. Grab Bars (GB): Bobrick B -550 (36 ") B -550 (42 "). 2. Paper Towel Dispenser (PTD): B -262 3. Sanitary Napkin Vender (SNV): B- 3500; 25 cent operation. 4. Sanitary Napkin Disposals (SND): a. B-4354 (Partition Mounted Dual Unit): For installation between each two toilet stall enclosures in Women's toilet rooms, except where wall mounted units are shown. b. B-4353 (Recessed Single Unit): For installation in end wall locations at accessible toilet stall enclosures at women's toilet rooms. 5. Toilet Paper Dispenser (TPD): B -264. 6. Toilet Paper Dispenser /Seat Cover Dispenser /Napkin Dispenser (TPD2): B -3574 7. Soap Dispenser (SD): B -156. 8. Seat Cover Dispenser (SCD): B -3013. 9. Door Coat Hook (DCH): B -6707. 10. Mop and Broom Holder: B -224 x 30. 11. Mirrors: B- 293 -2436 D. Fold Down Baby Counter: 1. Manufacturer: Koala Corporation, St. Paul, MN (800/666- 0363). 2. Construction: White HDPE shell with steel hinges, counterbalance, safety straps and integral bed liner dispenser. 3, Design: "Koala Bear Kare Baby Changing Station"; furnish horizontal, and vertical designs as appropriate for installation at locations indicated on the Drawings. 4. Bed Liners: Provide one box of 500 - three ply liners per installed baby counter. 10999 Miscellaneous Specialties A. Shelf Standards and Brackets: 1. Shelf Standards: Capitol Hardware, Niles, MI (800/327 - 6083) "No. 1903 A Heavy Duty Standard ", or approved; zinc finish; length as indicated on the Drawings. 2, Shelf Brackets: Capitol Hardware, Niles, MI (800/327 -6083) " No. 973 A -Line Heavy Duty Double Bracket ", or approved; for use with "No. 1903" Shelf Standard; zinc finish; size as indicated on the Drawings. Division 11 Equipment 11450 Kitchen Appliances* A. Submittals: Submit product data. B. Appliances: 1. Under Counter Refrigerator: Model No. CO29FF by U -Line, Milwaukee, WI; (414- 354 - 0300); white vinyl facing. 2. Microwave: Model No. Model #: JE1160WD by GE Division 13 Special Construction Fire Protection is Design /Build Division 14 Conveying Systems Not Used Division 15 Mechanical Refer to MEP Project Specifications Division 16 Electrical Refer to MEP Project Specifications * Where indicated on drawings COPYRIGHT © 2008 CATER 8 BURGESS. INC. Carter:: Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON )E COMPLIANCE APPR Z r ISSUES /REVISIONS :ity° Of Tu dii a _DING rMLSI - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 MAR / 1.4,3 P, DATE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at &t ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS Y DESCRIPTION APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED A -503 RESPONSIBILITY CHART (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) DIVISION OF WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITTED TO, THE FOLLOWING : LANDLORD CONTRACTOR at&t OTHERS EXISTING REMARKS FURN. INST. FURN. INST. FURN. INST. FURN. INST. DEMISING WALLS 600S125 -30 16" • • _ 600S125 16 26 - 0 " • - GYPSUM BOARD (AS SPECIFIED) 16" 27' -11 • • NEW WALLS PAINTING I® • VINYL BASE • • _ CARPETING • • NEW CEILINGS • • NEW THRU -OUT, EXCEPT WHERE NOTED FXIURING / CABINETRY • • FIRE PROTECTION (SPRINKLERS) • • FIRE EXTINGUISHER • • SAW CUTTING OF EXISTING FLOOR SLAB FOR CONDUIT RUNS • • FOR TELECOMUNICATIONS & POWER DOOR & HARDWARES • • SALES AREA ELECTRIC • • SALES AREA ELECTRIC VOICE / DATA CONDUIT • • PLUMBING ALL ITEMS NOT INDICATED IS STILL SUB CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. H.C. TOILET ROOMS • • NEW WATER COOLER • • PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE & INSTALL MECHANICAL ALL ITEMS NOT INDICATED IS STILL SUB CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. EXISTING ROOF TOP UNITS • • • PROVIDE COMPLETE MAINTENANCE S RCHECK-UP UP F THERMOSTAT SYSTEMS PROVIDE HONEYWELL TB600 • • NEW DUCTWORK • • TO WORK W/ CEILING LAYOUT NEW DIFFUSSERS & RETURN -AIR GRILLS • • TO WORK W/ CEILING LAYOUT ELECTRICAL ALL ITEMS NOT INDICATED IS STILL SUB CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. MAIN SERVICE WIRING • • OUTLET WIRING / JUNCTION BOXES • • SWITCHES & WIRING & HVAC UNIT (5) CONTROL WIRING (IF REQUIRED) • • LIGHTS • • TO WORK W/ CEILING LAYOUT TELEPHONE JACKS - ALL _ • • CABLING CONTRACTOR UGHTING PACKAGE • • VOICE/ DATA CABLING • • CABUNG CONTRACTOR LIGHTING CONTROLLER • • SIGNAGE: ALL ITEMS NOT INDICATED IS STILL SUB CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. INTERIOR SIGNAGE • • STORE FRONT SIGNAGE • • MISC /DECOR ALL ITEMS NOT INDICATED IS STILL SUB CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. • TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT • • TELEPHONE DATA • • WHITE RECEPTACLE COVERS • • CASH WRAP / WORKS STATIONS DEMO UNITS & PRINTER /STORAGE • • ALL TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES • • S I Z E MAXIMUM PARTITION HT. MAXIMUM PARTITION HT. SPACING HEIGHT SPACING HEIGHT 362S125 -18 16 12' -5" 24" 1Q' -10" 3625125 -30 16 15-0" 24" 13' -1" 600S125 -30 16" 23' -1 — _ 600S125 16 26 - 0 " — - 6005125 -54 16" 27' -11 — — PARTITION CONFI FULL HEIG PARTITION 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD 20 GA. METAL STUDS ® 16" O.C. INSULATION IF NOTED 2 1/2" METAL STUDS 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 6" METAL STUDS rw w r w w O -4• .110 � s r w r� r� w + r w� PAR HE IGHT WHERE ron CCURES C1OIQFP -21 PARTITION / WALL INSULATION NO INSULATION BATT ACOUSTICAL INSULATION EXTEND 6 FINISHED CEILING @ ELECTRICAL ROOM, MANAGER OFFICE & RESTROOM. RIGID INSULATION BATT THERMAL INSULATION C1010FP -03 3 5/8 "x20 GA. DIAGONAL MIL. BRACE 0 32" O.C. W/ (3) - #8 SMS. EA. END ALTERNATE DIRECTIONS. EXISTING ACT CEILING ON- LOADBEARING PARTITION NOTE: CONST OF CEG GRID TO CONFORM TO WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ICC 2006 PARTITION LATERAL BRACING C1O10FP -33 1. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR WALL RATINGS EXISTING NON -RATED 1 HR RATED 2 HR RATED II ;Jai aim aim JJl I mueuzngullu■ -ngn_ ingolgl I 2. SEE SPECS FOR STUD SPACING AND GAUGE. 3. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OF FIRE -RATED WALLSLPARTITIONS WITH DESIGN NUMBER SPECIFIED AT EACH PARTITION - E DETAIL 4. FRAME AND FINISH OPENINGS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED AND AS SPECIFIED ON MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS /SPECIFICATIONS. 5. ACOUSTICAL PARTITIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED ANY PARTITIONS CONTAINING ACOUSTICAL INSULATION. NOTE: ALL METAL STUD TO COMPLY WITH LAC -RR *25529 @I PARTITION /WALL NOTES SCALE 1 2 3 NO SCALE 2x2 UNISTUD CONT. TRACK W/ (1) # PER BLOCK (E) ROOF DECK PARTITION 6 "X16 GA. METAL BRACE STUD BRACING @ ANGLE TO ROOF W/ (2) #8 PER STUD & (3) #10 TO ROOF BLOCKING 3 5/8" 20 GA. HUNG METAL STUD CI 16" O.C. W/ (3) #10 SCREWS TO 4X4 6 "X16 GA. METAL BRACE © 48 "O.C. / (3) #10 METAL SCREWS EACH END SUSPENDED G.B. CEILING - REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PROVIDE KICKER AS REQUIRED SOFFIT DETAIL THE PARTITION/WALL DESIGNATION IS A THREE -UNIT CODE THAT DENOTES THE INSULATION OF N THE O PARIITION, AS FOLLOWS: INSULATION PARTITION/WALL CONSTRUCTION PARTITION /WALL CONFIGURATION 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE 20 GA. METAL STUDS 16 O.C. INSULATION IF NOTED 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 6" METAL STUDS 3 5/8" METAL STUDS - TYPE "X" GWB C1010FP -o1 C1010FP -22 NO SCALE ION - SH MATERIALS BOTH SIDES PARTITION CONFIGURATION - FULL HEIGHT FINISH MATERIALS ONE SIDE PARTIAL HEIGHT FINISH MATERIALS ONE SIDE E3' PARTITIONS / WALL DESIGNATIONS NO SCALE 2x2 UNISTUD CONT. TRACK W/ (1) #8 PER BLOCK (E) ROOF DECK - 6 "X16 GA. METAL BRACE — STUD BRACING @ ANGLE TO ROOF W/ (2) #8 PER STUD & (3) #10 TO ROOF BLOCKING 3 5/8" 20 GA. HUNG METAL STUD 0 16" O.C. W/ (3) #10 SCREWS TO 4X4 6 "X16 GA. METAL BRACE • 48" O.C. W/ (3) #10 METAL SCREWS EACH END SUSPENDED G.B. CEILING - REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PROVIDE KICKER AS REQUIRED SOFFIT DETAIL C1010FP -02 INSULATION PARTIAL HEIGHT (WHERE OCCURES) , , , , ,' ,' , ' , , .' , ' ,' , ' , F ' F , , , ' ,' ,' ,' , , ,' ,' , , , F PARTITION CONFIGURATION - PARTIAL HEIGHT FINISH MATERIALS BOTH SIDES NO SCALE WHERE CCURS INSULATION FULL HEIGHT (WHERE OCCURES) PARTITION CONFIGURATION - FULL HEIGHT FINISH MATERIALS ONE NO FINISH MATERIAL ONE SIDE (E) ROOF DECK - 6 "X16 GA. METAL BRAG STUD BRACING @ ANGLE TO ROOF W/ (2) #8 PER STUD & (3) #10 TO ROOF BLOCKING _ 3 5/8" 20 GA. HUNG METAL STUD ® 16" O.C. W/ (3) #10 SCREWS TO 4X4 6 "X16 GA. METAL BRACE — @ 48" O.C. W/ (3) #10 METAL SCREWS EACH END SUSPENDED G.B. CEILING REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PROVIDE KICKER AS REQUIRED @SOFFIT DETAIL , , 3 5/8" x 20 GA. DIAGONAL MIL. BRACE 0 32" OC W/ 3 - #8 SMS EA. END ALTERNATE DIRECTIONS UNDERSIDE OF DECK EXISTING ROOF FRAMING F PARTITION CONFIGURATION - GRID HEIGHT FINISH MATERIALS BOTH SIDES NO SCALE 3 - #8 SMS TO EA. K --- TRUSS BOTT. CHORD ACT CHUNG ACT CEILING „, GYP. BD. END • 6” ABOVE CEILING 3 5/8 "x20 GA. METAL STUDS O 16" O.C. W/ 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES (UL NO. U465 INSULATION PARTIAL HEIGHT (WHERE OCCURES) CONT. UNPUNCHED TRACK W /0.145 "x1 1/2" EMB. HILTI X -DNI SHOT PINS @ 24" O.0 W/7/8 "0 x 14GA. DISC. (MIN. 2 PINS PER TRACK.) ( I.C.B.O. #2388 ) NOTE: PROVIDE FIRE BLOCKS AND DRAFT STOPS SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC 2006 n INTERIOR PARTITIONS (NON —LOAD BEARING) 1. ALL THE METAL STUDS USED SHALL BE "S" STUD MEMBER OR APPROVED EQUAL PER SSMA 2. THE BRIDGING, BLOCKING OR END BEARING STIFFENERS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. ALL THE STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO ICC UL NO. U465. 4. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS, USE THE FOLLOWING GUIDELINE FOR CONTINUOUS STUD SIZE & SPACING FOR INTERIOR PARTITIONS. 5 TOP TRACK SIZE SHALL BE 20 GA. MINIMUM U.N.O. 1)(xi,i4LFLE R EVIEWED FOR j CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED �1AR MAR CAW Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED ARCHIT 5027 COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DRAWN BY: DATE MAR 21 2003 PE, PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at t ISSUES /REVISIONS Ca rter:: Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 \ 03 -12 -08 PLAN CHECK CORRECTION DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED PARTITION DETAILS RESPONSIBILITY CHART A -801 NO. P BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: DETAILS COE'YRICMr © 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. DATE R 21 6u3 Carter:: r urgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 ISSUES /REVISIONS - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT t &t DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED A -802 DOUBLE STUDS, DIMENSION POINT PARQLOCOR ALUMINUM T & BASE TRACK MANUFACTURER APPROVED SIMILAR), ORDER CODE "T" - =N38, BASE TRACK -el (SOLD SEPERATELY). - ABET LAMINATI WOOD TOP OF CONCRETE FLOOR 1/2" � TYP. TITION -TYPE VARIES + + / \ / / WHERE HANGER WIRES ARE MORE THAN 1:6 PROVE COUNR- v ___----- HANGER WIRE AT PERIMETER MAIN TEE EACH STABILIZER BAR TO MAINTAIN PERIMETER TEE SPACING MAIN TEE OR CROSS TEE FASTENERS INTO STRUCTURE H{4NGER WIRES AT - 4 OC EACH DIRECTION NO MORE THAN 1:6 OUT -OF- PLUMB, TYPICAL y ° n FACE OF WALL COVED RESILIENT BASE 7---- FLOORING SLOPING WIRES 0 0 0 r �� L� \ N _ Q EXPANSION JOINT DIMENSION POINT ' . • TOP OF CONCRETE TRAPEZE AS READ. I ° ° p ° n TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS MAINTAIN HANGER WIRE SPACING AND CAPACITY 2" L ° i + 1 \ DOOR LEAF 8" MAXIMUM NOTE: COMPLY WITH ALL ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS OF ASTM C635 AND C636 COMPLY WITH LAC-RR *24646 CEILING SYSTEvS / / SIN) VCT FLOORING WHERE OCCURS VINYL EDGE TRIP- JOHNSONITE CE -XX -A, COLOR 63 -BURNT UMBER WOOD FLOORING SYSTEM ° 0 :: E7 CONCRETE SLAB RUBBER BASE DETAIL 0 PERIMETER SUPPORT a GENERAL SUPPORT • - - :o f[7 11/8" - 1 INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL HOLLOW DOOR JAMB vETAL FRAME— (HEAD ® WOOD FLOOR TO VCT DIMENSION POINT -S- JOHNSONITE MTC -00 -A 1 1/2 "=1' -0" 6" =1 -0" 6 " =1' -0° A1,A3,A5 TOP OF CONCRETE VCT FLOOR VINYL EDGE TRIP- JOHNSONITE CE -XX -A, COLOR 63 -BURNT UMBER GLUE -DOWN CARPET EXISTING STRUCTURE ' ( A -801 (` I / mAWE rmIlim ammnia mmicaim mu miarinu ma m alimi ° ° D -- FACE OF WALL WIREMOLD P-7 ... . • 'd' ;o 1 1/8" • _ - • • 12 GA HANGER WIRES / TO STRUCTURE FLEX WALL ANGLE IF REQUIRED TEE'S TO BE CONIINOUS , / STUD EVERY BRACINGING TO WAIL THIRD STUD 20 GA. METAL CHANEL W/ (2) 8 SCREW a EACH STUD ® WOOD OD FLOORING SYSTEM VARIES FROM 3/8 SOUND UNDERLAYMENT TOP VCT TO 9/16 OF CONCRETE TO CARPET DIMENSION POINT HEIGHT �- / JOHNSONITE MTC -00 -A VINYL EDGE TRIP- JOHNSONITE CE -XX -A, COLOR 63 -BURNT UMBER JOHNSONITE MTC -OO -A GLUE -DOWN CARPET CARPET CRUSH UNE BEYOND PER RCP REFER TO CP HT- REFER TO RCP \ IIXTTURE I „ti I \ E I o ° I — DUPLEX OUTLET WITH 7 BLACK COVER PLATE r JN HUH-- 0 ACT _ P -5 = 81" PH USG GOMPASSO DRYWALL CLIPS USG COMPASSO 8° DRYWALL CLIPS LJ /�, 2'-3 5/8 " 1 J FLOORING �� _ � �� kAWILINF 1.1M IRS)IW/L1PRIA1 VIATA I i • • �, 2 -0" MINIMUM N.T.S. C 7 ". W ., CONCRETE SLAB I REMOLD BASE - A WOOD FLOORING E9 CONCRETE SLAB LATEX UNDERLAYMENT RED FLOOR TO CARPET LINE T WITH F C SCR TRANSITION s „,--,,-- BUILD UP ED HEIGHT CASHWRAP V Q SALES AREA - SOFFIT 3/4 "44" 6 " =11 -0” C��E ®MPS -� 1 ' � .� 6 " =1 1 0 q \ AA-8015 A1,A3,A5 �. E `G1�tl 3/4 PLYWOOD I LAMINATE FINISH 1 -0" SHELF W/ PLASTIC TO MATCH COUNTER A -801 ��i�p® __ . 8,r��8► �� G��4�'3ll��w - • aa �'� - - -� I I A -801 — 10"X10" METAL BRACKET 0 48" O.C. l.. BLOCKING AS REQUIRED, TYP. I 2' -O" I IN ` � 4 S - J e— r SEE RCP di — 3/4" WHITE MELAMINE 11-4" ' ` „s/ £ -Z ..-___._._.__ . -.- • __ GYP.BD. PAINT PER SCHEDULE SHEET A 104 = z co BOTTOM ACT CEILING -(E) MAINTAIN DEMISING WALL FIRE RATING WHERE OCCURES 3 5/8" MTL STUD FRAMING EXTEND TO DECK ABOVE 1 LAYER OF 5/8 GYP BD 3/4" PLYWOOD COUNTERTOP WITH PLASTIC LAMINTE FINISH _ 4" PLASTIC LOOSE SPLASH, SELF -EDGE / - SQUARE ,5' -0" V.I.F. : REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR SHELVING LENGTHS & SPACING . -. ..._.- ._._ ...............__.. %i ____._..__._.____..-.---_ - • \-•,,, � DUTY SHELF B AND STANDARDS SURFACE MOUNTER STANDARDS 3 FROM EITHER WALL, AND ID 3' -0" O.C. SCREWED TO CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOOKING GC TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STELL BLOCKING WITHIN SOFFIT WHERE APPLICABLE FOR OVERHEAD MOUNTING OF MECHANDISE UNITS. (FINAL LOCATION TBD - VERIFY W/ MILLWORK VENDOR AS REQUIRED 3 5/8 MTL STUD FRAMING •• 0 1 0 11 V H �� a DIA. PASS -THRU HOLE . MG IN BOTTOM � WINDOW 10 1 -All V SEE R.C. PLAN .. • I F ' BLOCKING 6 " AS REQUIRED, TYP. 1 r CD I �,1 r 1 1/2" THICK P -LAM KNEE BRACE, SEE ELEVATION FOR SPACING NOT TO EXCEED 4 O.C. • :• • . METAL STUD, SEE SHEET A -801 BLOCKING AS REQUIRED, TYP. J 1 r IJ I I L _ � BOTTOM OF ACT CEILING BRACE ACT -1 CEILING 5/8" GYP BD COVE SOFFIT DETAIL .. X U s r BOTTOM GYP B D ' SOFFIT 5/8" GYP BD L MOUNTING BRACKET (USED WHEN THE MECHANDISE UNIT IS MOUNTED TO THE SOFFIT) 20 GA. METAL CHANEL W/ (2) *8 SCREW 0 EACH STUD • INVENTORY ROOM TO BE FIVE SHELVES HIGH. BEGIN SHELVES ® 1 -6" A.F.F. AND STANDARDS ®1 -0" A.F.F. 9 " / A11 DD74kes. LIGHT / / HORIZ SECTION AT WALL NICHE B 1 ADJUSTABLE SHELF SOFFIT 7 11 911 / TBD 1' -4" TBD TYP. B2 COUNTER DETAIL 11/2"=1 -0" A7 i ii.,._,., 1 , /• = -D" A9 1 ,/2 ".,' -0" , , /2 ".,' -DI NO. P BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: DETAILS COE'YRICMr © 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. DATE R 21 6u3 Carter:: r urgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 ISSUES /REVISIONS - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT t &t DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED A -802 , _ N l I :- J � 4' -5" 4' -5" 4' -5" .a4 -.1 4 / / W I / 13' -6" r <V • In • , r _ ____ __, I I 4' -5" 4' -5" 4' -5" g / / W I / 13' -6" WALL UNIT PERSPECTIVE DIRECT ON OF PATTERN PROVIDE WALL SUPPORT BRAKET AT TOP & BOTTOM IF NO CEILING SUPPORT AVAILABLE NOTE: PROVIDE BLOCKING WHERE OCCURS AS REQUIRED AT MOUNTING POINTS. 1/2 " -1' -0" 4 ' - RSF -004 1 1/2" WALL UNIT FRONT ELEVATION WALL UNIT SIDE ELEVATION WALL UNIT: RSF -004 DIRECTION OF PATTERN M -2 M -1 PL -1 PL -4 4-- P -5 RSF -002A RSF -002 1/2 " "1' -D" 0 0 CASHWRAP PERSPECTIVE CASHWRAP: RSF - 001 /001A/O01B BACKWRAP PERSPECTIVE COMPASSO TRIM ACT -3 CEILING RSF -001A • RSF -0018 RSF -001 (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) � BACKWRAP: RSF- 002/002A A3 1/2",,, -0" (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) COMPASSO TRIM ACT -3 CEILING GENERAL NOTES: • N zv 40 iV \ II I I I CASHWRAP SECTION ACCESSIBLE COUNTER 03 - '7 Ny \ N N, M CASHWRAP SECTION 4 1/4" 6" 2 1/4" / /4' 1 1/4" CASHWRAP SECTION @ DRAWER COUNTER 2' -6" "cr m N 2' -3 5/8" 0 0 1. FURNITURE AND FIXTURES DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY, FIXTURES F.O.I.C. 2. SEE VENDOR LIST ON GENERAL INFORMATION SHEET A -001 FOR CONTACT INFORMATION. • N] OUTER DASH GRAPHICS BY OWNER SOLID LINE OF SUBSTRATE PANEL MIDDLE DASH OF COVE LIGHT FIXTURES INNER DASH OF SUPPORT FRAMEWORK N7 \ 1' -9" 2 1/4' •(/ 4 -2 1/2 6 1/2" BACKWRAP SECTION BACKWRAP ELEVATION POWER AND DATA SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN 1 1/2" • BACKWRAP PLAN SECTION 3' -1 1/2' 3' -1 1/2" 3' -0 1/2' 3' -1 1/2" 3' -1 1/2' CASHWRAP FRONT ELEVATION II CASHWRAP REAR ELEVATION 3' -1 1/2' 12" x 12" ACCESS PANEL 6' -3" 15' -7 1/2' 19' -8" 16' -2" CASHWRAP PLAN 12' -5" PL -2 CEILING 9' -4" AFF 1" 3' -0 1/2" PL - 3 3' -1 1/2" 1' 1' -6 1/4" 3' -1 1/2" 3' -1 1/2 3' -1 1/2" LI 3' -1 1/2" • POWER AND DATA SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN P 2'--5 3/8" 6 1/2" N zo\ \ / L M M 5' -9 1/2" J \ - r 1' - }0" 5' -9 1/2" — 11 1 • PL -4 PL -1 TYP FRAME 3 2 1/4' 2' - 11 1/2 PL -4 TYP DRAWER FACE 1' - 9" - PERFORATED METAL M -1 PL -1 PL -2 V REVIEWED FORE COIYZ APPROVE 2 I: r1151 r0� B c IVISa . COPYRIGHT ® 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. 5027 Cartereurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON ISSUES /REVISIONS 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 No?S, 2 1 2003 ""allk ` b.slc NORTH DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: CASEWORK DETAILS APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED A -803 DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR LOCATION DOOR FRAME HARDWARE GROUP REMARKS WIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS TYPE MATERIAL HEAD DETAL JAMB DETAL MATERIAL TYPE 001 SALES FLOOR TO EMPLOYEE LOUNGE 3' —O" 7' -0" 1 3/4" D WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD F1 HW2 002 MANAGER'S OFFICE 3' -0" 7' -0" 1 3/4" C WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD Fl HW5 003 INVENTORY ROOM 3' -0" 7' -0" 1 3/4" A WO —SC /HM E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD Fl HW4 004 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 3' -0" 7' -0" 1 3/4" A WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD Fl HW3 005 MEN'S RESTROOM 3' —O" 7' -0" 1 3/4" A WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD F1 HW3 006 SALES FLOOR TO STORAGE 3' -0" 7'--0" 1 3/4" 0 WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD F1 HW2 007 STORAGE TO ELETRICAL ROOM 3' —O' 7'--O" 1 3/4" A WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD F1 HW2 008 ENTRY /EXIT DOOR 6' -0" 10' -0" 1 3/4" E GLASS E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD Fl HW1AP 009 ENTRY /EXIT DOOR 6' -0" 10' -O" 1 3/4" E GLASS E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD Fl HW1AP 1/2' •1' -0" CV M \ \ PROMO TABLE: RSF -005 (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) \ \ PL -1 M -2 PL -1 1' -9" 9' -7 1/2" 1'—g" 2' —t 1/4" 3' -6 1/2" 12" x 12" ACCESS PANEL IMMOOMMEMEMEM MEW IMMINIMMEMMEMMEMMI 0 3' -1O 3/4" 0 N POWER AND DATA TO BE STUBBED UP IN THIS AREA 2 1/4' // r 3' -8 3/4" 3' -7" PLAN Y / III / FRONT ELEVATION 1: REAR ELEVATION 13' —t 1/2" 3' -6" 10' -9° n u 3' -8 3/4" 3 -7" 0_} 3 POSITION CASH WRAP: RSF -026 1/2 1' -0' 2 1/4" (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) REV RACK: RSF -008 1 / 1/2' •1' -0" RSF -008 (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) PERFORATED STEEL PANEL SEAMS WD -1 (4) 3" D CASTERS, 2 LOCKING \ \ W LIJ W W: W w W W 5 1/2" X 17" PLEXIGLASS SIGN HOLDER WD -1 M -1 SEAMS 16 GASQUARE PERFORATED STEEL PANELI /4" D HOLES 1" O.C. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL 6" ABSOLUTE 4' -6" MDF WITH VACUUM - FORMED VINYL PROVIDE (2) 1/4" D HOLES TO ACCEPT PLEXI -GLASS SIGN HOLDER SEAMS RSF -009 GONDOLA: RSF -009 1/2 "•1' -0" (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) 3/4" MDF W/ VACUUM - FORMED VINYL M -1 WD -1 16 GA. PERFORATED STEEL PANEL 1/4" D HOLES 1" O.C. HORIZONTALLY & VERTICALLY ROCKLER *76863 TURNTABLE, RATED FOR 220 *, 7/74" THICK X 12 -5/8" D WD -1 (4) CONCEALED CASTORS (2) LOCKING. C`.1 5" X 17" PLEXIGLASS SIGN HOLDER SEAMS WD -1 M1 PERFORATED METAL PANEL EASED EDGES WD -1 9 cV 2' -O" 1' -6" GENERAL NOTES: ROVIDE (2) 1/4" D HOLES TO ACCEPT PLEXI -GLASS SIGN HOLDER SEAMS 3/4" MDF W/ VACUUM - FORMED VINYL 1. FURNITURE AND FIXTURES DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY, FIXTURES F.O.I.C. 2. FOR FIXTURE ORDERS CONTACT U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, ATTN: JOHN RAGNUSIN AT 770- 886 -7605 *2 KICKPLCIE A FLUSH SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR HARDWARE GROUPS HW1 P (EXTERIOR — WOOD /METAL) 3 PR BUTTS STA 2 FLUSHBOLT QUA 1 DEADLOCK BES 2 PUSH /PULL SET QUA 2 CLOSER STA 1 THRESHOLD NGP 2 SWEEP NGP 1 SEAL NGP 1 ASTRAGAL BY DOOR SUPPLIER HW1AP (EXTERIOR — ALUM /ALUM) 3 PR BUTTS 2 FLUSHBOLT 1 DEADLOCK 1 CYLINDER 1 THUMBTURN 2 PUSH /PULL SET 2 CLOSER 2 DROP PLATE 1 THRESHOLD 2 SWEEP 1 SEAL 1 ASTRAGAL HW1 S (EXTERIOR SINGLE — WOOD /METAL) 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS STA FBB179— NRP -4 -1/2 X 4-1i 1 DEADLOCK BES 38H7K -626 1 PUSH /PULL SET QUA Q -484 1 CLOSER STA 04550 —SB 1 THRESHOLD NGP 425 1 SWEEP NGP 102V 1 SEAL NGP 5050 — BN HW1AS (EXTERIOR SINGLE 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 DEADLOCK 1 CYLINDER 1 THUMBTURN 1 PUSH /PULL SET 1 CLOSER 1 DROP PLATE 1 THRESHOLD 1 SWEEP 1 SEAL HW2 (PASSAGE WITH CLOSER) 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 PASSAGE 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 STOP 3 SILENCER HW3 (PRIVACY WITH CLOSER) 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 PRIVACY 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 STOP 3 SILENCER KICKPIATE B FLUSH HOLLOW METAL DOOR A/R BES BES QUA STA STA NGP NGP — ALUM /ALUM) A/R BES BES QUA STA STA NGP NGP STA BES STA QUA QUA GJ STA BES STA QUA QUA GJ C FLUSH DOOR W/ 12 "X12" GLASS PANEL FBB179— NRP -4 -1/2 X 4 1358 — 12 38H7K - 626 Q -484 04550 —SB 425 102V 5050 -- BN MFG STANDARD MFG STANDARD MS1850S — 1E76— C181 —RP -626 1E6A4 —C181 -626 Q -484 04550 —SB P45 -180 425 102V MFG STANDARD MFG STANDARD MFG STANDARD MS1850S — 1 -1/8. 1E76— C181 —RP -626 1 E6A4 —C181 -626 Q -484 04550 —SB P45 -180 425 102V MFG STANDARD FBB179 . 4 -1/2 X 4 -1/2 93KON15D —S3 -626 03550 —SB 10.X2.LDW.16GA 431ES GJ64 FBB179 . 4 -1/2 X 4 -1/2 93KOL15D —S3 -626 D3550—SB 10.X2.LOW.16GA 431ES GJ64 0 FLUSH DOOR W/ 7 "X22" ONE WAY GLASS PANEL (MIRRORED ON SALES FLOOR SIDE) NOTE: — THE INVENTORY DOOR HARDWARE GROUP HW4 INCLUDES THE BEST 93KZ7DV15KP -53 -626. SEE HARDWARE GROUP HW4 — CLASS 6 OR ANY OTHER LOCA11ON NEEDING ADDUONAL SECURITY ON REAR DOOR WILL USE THE FOLLOWING ARM —A —DOR EXIT DEVICE: A101002 ARM —A —DOR EXIT ALARM. — ALL EXISTING DOORS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3' -0" WIDE AND 6' -8" IN HEIGHT. DOOR SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPENING 90 DEGREE AND SHALL BE MOUNTED THAT THE CLEAR WIDTH IS NOT LESS THAN 32 ". SEC 1003.3.1.3, 1003.3.1.3a, 1005.3.2 — ALL NEW DOOR SHALL HAVE 2" HEAD FRAME TYPE, U.O.N. — PAINT P -4 FOR ALL SALES FLOOR DOORS AND FRAMES (ALUMINUM STOREFRONT NOT INCLUDED). — PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FOR ALL OFFICES, INVENTORY, RESTROOM AND OPEN OFFICE DOORS AND FRAMES. — PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FOR ALL OFFICES, INVENTORY, RESTROOM AND OPEN OFFICE DOORS AND FRAMES. — A MAXIMUM EFFORT OF 5 POUND FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR DOORS. 1-1W4 (STOREROOM LOCK 1-1/2 PR BUTTS 1 LOCKSET 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 STOP 3 SILENCER HW5 (OFFICE LOCK WITH 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 LOCKSET 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 STOP 3 SILENCER HW6A (EXTERIOR WITH LOCAL ALARM) 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 ALARM LOCK 1 CYLINDER (I.S.) 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 THRESHOLD 1 SWEEP 1 SEAL 1 RAIN DRIP 1 VIEWER The standard alarm system for rear exit doors is the Precision Model 5101ALK501 -689, but in those locations that require fire rated assembly, Precision Model FL5101ALK501 -689 may be substituted. HW6B (EXTERIOR WITH ALARM TO REMOTE LOCA11ON) 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS STA FBB179 —NRP— 4 -1/2 X 4 -1/2 1 PANIC PRE 5101WALW5O1- 689— WH495 —WTS 1 TRANSFER 1 HORN 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 THRESHOLD 1 SWEEP 1 SEAL 1 RAIN DRIP 1 VIEWER 1 CYLINDER(I.S.) MANUFACTURERS LISTING: STA STANLEY HARDWARE QUA QUALITY HARDWARE BES BEST LOCK NGP NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS GJ GLYNN— JOHNSON IVE H.B. IVES A/R ADAMS /RITE PRE PRECISION HARDWARE ARM ARM —A —DOR HARDWARE ADE ADEMCO FRAME TYPES: F1 2" HEAD F2 4" HEAD E STOREFRONT DOOR W/ TEMPERED GLASS FINISH: MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION WITH CLOSER) STA BES STA QUA QUA GJ CLOSER) STA BES STA QUA QUA GJ STA PRE BES STA QUA NGP NGP NGP NGP IVE PRE ADE STA QUA NGP NGP NGP NGP IVE BES Y' TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS o TO MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION O C7 9 pa Dn‘-4-1-14• REVIEWED FOR -� CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED ,IR 2 6 no8 City Of Tukwil B 'ILDING DIVISION FBB179 — 4 -1/2 X 4 -1/2 93KZ7DV15KP —S3 -626 03550 —SB 10. X 2. LDW — 16 GA 431ES GJ64 FBB179 . 4 -1/2 X 4 -1/2 93K7AB15D —S3 -626 03550 —SB 10.X2. LDW 16 GA 431ES GJ64 FBB179 — NRP -4 -1/2 X 4 -1/2 PR- 5101ALK501 -689 (see note below) 1E74 04550 —SB 10. X 2. LDW . 16 GA 425 102V 5050 —BN 16A + 4. 698B EPT -5 WAVE2EX 04550 —SB 10. X 2. LDW -16GA 425 102V 5050 —BN 16A + 4. 6988 1E74 Cartereurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1 601 REGISTERED ARCHITECT PER ARD S. KLEIN ma a NO. DRAWN BY: 5027 r• — 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DATE WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 P_..,.._ DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. at ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION APPROVED BY: 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED SALES FLOOR FIXTURING & DOOR SCHEDULE A -804 P.ATE ` Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 COPYRIGHT 200B CARTER & BURGESS, INC. Him 212 3 Y ER DRAWN BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at &t EXPIRES 08/26/09 I ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BD APPROVED BY: CNB 441805.011.039.0001 NONE ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS E -001 ABBREVIATIONS LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE NOTE: FIXTURES INDICATED MAY NOT NECESSARILY APPEAR AS LIGT HESE LEGEND SYMBOLS NECESSARILY APPEAR AS PART OF INDIC DRAWINING PART THESE TH NOTE: ESE DRAWINGS IF QUIR ED LIGHTING FIXTURE NOTES: A AMPERE, ATTIC AC ALTERNATING CURRENT, AIR COND. AIC MINIMUM AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAP. AF AMPERE FRAME OR FUSE AFC AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INS. ARCH ARCHITECT AS AMPERE SWITCH AT AMPERE TRIP B BOF BOTTOM OF FIXTURE BADS BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM C C CONDUIT CKT CIRCUIT CL CENTER LINE, CEILING CO CONDUIT ONLY CONT CONTINUATION CP CONTROL PANEL CU COPPE=R CWP COLD WATER PIPE COMM COMMUNICATION D DISC DISCONNECT DWG DRAWING E (E) EXISTING EC ELECTRICAL CO (ED) EXISTING TO BE DEMOUSHED EF EXHAUST FAN EL EMERGENCY KIGHT ELEC ELECTRICAL EM EMERGENCY (ER) EXISTING RELOCATED F FA FIRE ALARM FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FF FINISHED FLOOR G CH GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPT. GND GROUND H HOA HAND OFF AUTO HP HORSE POWER, HEAT PUMP KIR HEATER J -BOX JUNCTION BOX L LTG LIGHTING M M MECHANICAL MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MIN MINUTES OR MI GB MAIN GROUND BAR MLO MAIN LUG ONLY N (N) NEW NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUF. ASSO. NETA INTERNATIONAL ELEC. TESTING ASSO. NEPA NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSO. NF NON -FUSED NL NIGHT LIGHT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT P PB PULL BOX PNL PANEL POC POINT OF CONNECTION PVC POLY VINYL CHLORIDE PWR POWER 0 PHASE R RAP REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL RECPT, REC RECEPTACLE RM ROOM s SEC SECURITY SF SUPPLY FAN SR) COMBINATION SMOKE /FIRE DAMPER SPECS SPECIFICATIONS SPST SINGLE POLE SINGLE THROW SWBD SWITCHBOARD SW SWITCH T TBB TELEPHONE BACKBOARD TEL TELEPHONE TOP TOP OF PANEL TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRES. TYP TYPICAL U UBC UNIFORM BUILDING CODE UFC UNIFORM FIRE CODE UGPS UNDERGROUND PULL SECTION UG UNDERGROUND UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UPS UNINTERRUPTED POWER SUPPLY V V VOLT, VOLTAGE W W WATT, WALL W/ W�H WP WEATHERPROOF X XFMR TRANSFORMER CALLOUTS SYMBOL FIXTURE TYPE DESCRIPTION /REMARKS MANUFACT. LAMP WATTS V REMARKS - - AC AIR CONDITIONING SEE MECH. AHU - AIR HANDLER - SEE MECH. CU - CONDENSING UNIT -- SEE MECH. EF -- EXHAUST FAN - SEE MECH. WH - WATER HEATER - SEE PLUMB. HP - HEAT PUMP - SEE MECH. VAV - VARIABLE AIR VOLUME RTU - ROOF TOP UNIT - SEE MECH. EQUIPMENT NO. 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE WffH ARCHITECT AND LIGHTING DESIGNER FIXTURE MOUNTING DETAILS, FINISHES AND SIZES BASED ON FIELD CONDITIONS. 2. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE U.L OR ETL LISTED AND LABELED. 3. ALL TRACK AND LOW VOLTAGE STRIP LIGHTING SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH ALL NECESSARY FEEDS, CONNECTORS, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 4. FIXTURES TO BE MOUNTED WITH LAMPS AND / OR REFLECTORS ORIENTED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 5. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING DIMENSIONS AND / OR DETAILS. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SUPERSEDE ALL OTHERS. 6. SUBMITTALS: AS PART OF THIS WORK THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, WITHIN 25 DAYS AFTER AWARD OF THE CONTRACT, SUBMIT A COMPLETE MATERIAL LIST OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS, AND CONTROLS PROPOSED TO BE FURNISHED AND / OR INSTALLED. THIS SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS, CUT SHEETS, AND OTHER DATA REQUIRED TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. FURNISH THREE (3) BOUND COPIES 8 1/2 X 11 . 7. NO SUBSTITUTION OF SPECIFIED FIXTURE, LAMP OR CONTROL MANUFACTURER WILL BE ACCEPTABLE WITHOUT SPECIFIC PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AND LIGI-311NG DESIGNER. IF CONTRACTOR OR DISTRIBUTOR MAKES A SUBSTITUTION WITHOUT SAID PRIOR APPROVAL, CONTRACTOR OR DISTRIBUTOR SHALL REPLACE THE SUBSTITUTED ITEM WITH THE SPECIFIED ITEM AND SHALL BEAR ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS (INCLUDING BU NOT LIMITED TO THE ARCHITECT'S AND / OR LIGHTING DESIGNER'S LABOR COSTS INVOLVED IN RE-AIMING FIXTURES, TRAVELING TO THE SITE, ETC.) WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL CHARGE TO THE OWNER. 8. CONTACT GRAINGER FOR ALL LIGHTING ORDERS. ATTN: JASON JONES AT 404-234-1425. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: FLOOR PLAN /DETAIL NO. SHEET NO. f 7 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY MC OR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A 1' X 4', 8 CELLS PARABOLIC RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE WITH HIGH POWER FACTOR, HIGH FREQUENCY ELECTRONIC BALLAST AND T8 LAMPS METALUX (COOPER) EP3GX-232-S18MI-UNV- EB81, PROVIDE 90 MINUTES EMERGENCY BATTERY FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTS (2) F32T8/841 62W 120- 277 E- 1 0 FURNISHED BY OWNER I A I NL O NOTE CALLOUT PER FLOOR PLAN �- A -� B SINGLE LAMP ADJUSTABLE STAGGER LOW PROFILE "FLIP AND SLIDE" LINEAR T5 FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR NOMINAL 4' T5 STANDARD OUTPUT LAMPS, INTEGRA ELECTRONIC BALLAST, LEVER PIVOT SAFETY STOPSOCKETS, ADJUSTABLE NOMINAL 8' +1- LENGTH PROVIDED WITH FURNITURE (2) GE F28W/835 60W 120 CONDUIT (REFER TO PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION) B ", B1 , B1 SINGLE LAMP LOW PROFILE LINEAR T5 FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR NOMINAL 3' T5 STANDARD OUTPUT LAMPS, INTEGRAL ELECTRONIC BALLAST, LEVER PIVOT SAFETY STOP SOCKETS PROVIDED WITH FURNITURE (1) GE F21WT5/835 27W 120 CONDUIT RUN EXPOSED - 3/4 UON „ / /// /1 2- " HOMERUN TO PANEL LA, CIRCUITS #1,3,5 & 2 LA-- 1,3,5& COMMA (,) INDICATES SHARED NEUTRAL #10 AMPERSAND ( &) INDICATES SEPARATE NEUTRAL 0 I BERT B1 CONDUIT RUN CONCEALED - 3/4", UON CONDUIT IN OR BELOW FLOOR SLAB OR GRADE OR ROOF B2 SINGLE LAMP LOW PROFILE LINEAR T5 FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR NOMINAL 4' T5 STANDARD OUTPUT LAMPS, INTEGRAL ELECTRONIC BALLAST, LEVER PIVOT SAFETY STOP SOCKETS PROVIDED WITH FURNITURE (1) GE F28W/835 30W 120 - 3/4 ", UON 11 1 CONDUIT WITH QUANTITY OF CONDUCTORS AS INDICATED BY HASH MARKS. NUMBER ADJACENT TO HASH MARKS INDICATES WIRE SIZE. HASH MARKS WITHOUT NUMBER INDICATES 12 CONDUCTORS. NO HASH MARKS INDICATES 2 # 12 CONDUCTORS. (GROUND CONDUCTOR IS NOT INDICATED). 1 B2 CONDUIT UP 0 C C 7" DIAMETER RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT WITH SPECULAR CLEAR ALZAK REFLECTOR, LOW IRIDESCENT FINISH, ELECTRONIC BALLAST AND 42W TRIPLE LAMP PORTFOLIO (COOPER) C7042E - 7400L I CRTR42WGX24q -4 45W 120- 277 CONDUIT DOWN CONDUIT STUB -OUT WITH CAP SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MOUNTING (U.N.O.) REMARKS ❑ Ci Cl MONOPOINT TRACK ACCENT UGHT WITH ELECTRONIC BALLAST, 39W CERAMIC METAL HALIDE LAMP AND SPECULAR CLEAR REFLECTOR HALO (COOPER) L5300- 39E -SC -PL W /L250 SPREAD LENS AND LZR209P WHITE MONOPOINT FEED GE CMH39TCU 45W 120 POWER RECEPTACLE - 20AMP, 125V, 3WIRE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - 20AMP, 125V, 3WIRE QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE - 20AMP, 125V, 3WIRE GFI RECEPTACLE - 20AMP, 125V, 3WIRE DUPLEX, ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE - 20AMP, 125V, 3WIRE QUADRAPLEX, ISOLATED GND RECEPTACLE - FLUSH, CEILING MOUNTED RECEPTACLE - FLUSH, FLOOR MOUNTED RECEPTACLE - SPECIFIC CODE SIZES JUNCTION BOX DISCONNECT SWITCH - NON FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH -FUSED COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER -MOTOR RATED SWITCH - MOTOR RATED BRANCH PANEL RECESSED BRANCH PANEL SURFACE CIRCUIT BREAKER - SINGLE LINE KILO -WATT METER - SINGLE LINE TRANSFORMER - SINGLE LINE MAIN GROUND BUS (MGB) +18" +18" AS NOTED +18 " +18" AS NOTED - +6'-0" TOP +6' -O" TOP +6' -0" TOP AS REQUIRED +6' -0 TOP +6' -O" TOP _ - - - WP INDICATES WEATHERPROOF GH INDICATES GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTION LP1 -1 INDICATES PANEL & CIRCUIT CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL NEMA CONFIGURATION AS - AMPERE SWITCH AS - AMPERE SWITCH, AF - AMPERE FUSE NUMERAL INDICATES SIZE p, W /PILOT LIGHT - -• _ al - - �� 0 C2 C 7" DIAMETER RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT WITH SPECULAR CLEAR ALZAK REFLECTOR, LOW IRIDESCENT FINISH, ELECTRONIC BALLAST AND 42W TRIPLE LAMP PORTFOLIO (COOPER) C7042E - C7400LI CRTR42WGX24q -4 45W 120- 277 Lh Fl TRACK I.L. F Fl TRACK MOUNTED ACCENT LIGHT WITH ELECTRONIC BALLAST, 39W CERAMIC METAL HALIDE LAMP AND SPECULAR CLEAR REFLECTOR REMARKS: 2. ARCHITECT TO FIXTURES S WITH TEF FINISH. PAINT SHOWN PLANS. SINGLE CIRCUIT SURFACE MOUNTED BLACK TRACK WITH ALL NECESSARY FEEDS, JOINERS AND CAPS AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION HALO (COOPER) COOPER POWER-TRAC L5300- 39E- SC -MBL W /L250 SPREAD LENS HALO POWER -TRAC L650 -2'MB W/ L901 MB GE CMH39TCU 45W 120 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS FOR WALL AND FLOOR FINISHES BEING REMOVED. IN EFFECTED AREAS, REMOVE DEVICE TRIM AND DISCONNECT ITEMS AS REQUIRED FOR REMOVAL OF INDICATED FINISHES. REINSTALL AT NEW FINISHES. FIELD VERIFY QUANTITY OF DEVICES TYPICAL ALL FLOORS. 2. COORDINATE DEMOLITION WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FOR DEMOLITION RELATED TO ARCHITECTURAL OR MECHANICAL REFER TO "A" OR "M" DRAWINGS. 1 THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION, MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF ALL ELECTRICAL AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS WIRING AND SERVICES TO ALL ITEMS WHICH ARE REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION. ANY REQUIRED INTERRUPTION OF THESE SERVICES SHALL BE FULLY COORDINATED WITH THE GENERAL CONTACTOR. 4. DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. EXTENT OF DEMOLITION SHOWN IS APPROXIMATE. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS. 5. EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INDICATED TO BE REMOVED SHALL HAVE SERVING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FULLY REMOVED BACK TO POINT OF SERVICE WHICH REMAINS. EXISTING CONDUIT SHALL BE FULLY REMOVED BACK TO POINT WHERE CONFLICT WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION IS FULLY ELIMINATED. 6. LIGHT FIXTURES SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL AND REUSE SHALL BE CLEANED, RELAMPED AND REPAIRED TO NEW OPERATING CONDITION. MATCH LAMP TYPE AND MANUFACTURER IN USE AT STORE. 7. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING MOUNTED LIGHTS AND DEVICES. 8. UGHT FIXTURES (INCLUDING LAMPS/BALLASTS) THAT ARE SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY THE CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE LIGHTING PLAN. CERTIFY IN WRITING THAT THE TRANSPORTATION, STORAGE, PROCESSING, AND DISPOSAL METHODS OF ALL LAMPS /BALLASTS ARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL, COUNTY, STATE, AND NATIONAL ORDINANCES AND REQUIREMENTS. 9, DISCONNECTED TELECOMMUNICATIONS /FIRE /SECURITY /SOUND/ETC. CABLES SHALL BE REMOVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC. CABLES SHALL NOT BE LEFT ABANDONED. 10. EXISTING PANELBOARDS WHICH ARE AFFECTED BY THIS PROJECT SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND VACUUMED TO REMOVE DIRT AND DEBRIS PRIOR TO PROJECT CLOSEOUT. CONDUCTORS WITHIN PANELBOARD SHALL BE NEATLY ORGANIZED USING CABLE TIES. SPLICES IN PANELBOARD ARE NOT ALLOWED. REMOVE ALL SPARE CONDUCTORS FROM PANELBOARD. 11. THE EXISTING DEVICE/EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON THE RECORD DRAWINGS. THE SUB - CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE ACTUAL LOCATIONS FOR ALL EXISTING DEVICES TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF THE DEMOLITION WORK REQUIRED. INCLUDE IN THE SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT, THE VERIFICATION OF ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT NUMBERS SERVING ALL EXISTING DEVICES TO REMAIN AND EQUIPMENT. E LECTRICAL P RE - F F j a QJ AS NF lir AS AF ®o Sm : H1 TR ACKS H H1 TRACK MOUNTED ACCENT LIGHT WITH ELECTRONIC BALLAST, 75W HALOGEN LAMP WITH BEZEL SHADE REMARKS: 1. ORIENT FIXTURES WITH OPTICS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. 2. ARCHITECT TO VERIFY /SPECIFY PAINT FINISH. SINGLE CIRCUIT SURFACE MOUNTED BLACK TRACK WITH ALL NECESSARY FEEDS, JOINERS AND CAPS AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION LIGHTOUER LYTESPAN TRACK SYSTEM 8201WH W/8247WH BEZEL SHADE LIGHTOLIER LYTESPAN 6000BK PAR38 75W SOW 120 H H I 0 EE1 EE1 EXTERIOR EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHT FIXTURE WITH DARK BRONZE FINISH NICKEL- CADMIUM 90 MINUTES EMERGENCY BATTERY AND TWO XENON LAMPS, LISTED FOR WET LOCATION LITHONIA AFN- DB -EXT (2) 6W WEDGE -BASE XENON 21W/ 35W 120- 277 NOT USED • I I� 0 1/4.......1......., ^ 'Y Y ' ® K2 K3 K4 2'--O" X 4'-O" RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH 18 CELL PARABOLIC LOUVERS, ELECTRONIC BALLAST AND (2) T8 LAMPS (3) T8 LAMPS (4) T8 LAMPS UGHTOUER DPA2G -18LS -232- UNV -HI DPA2G -18LS -332- UNV -H3 DPA2G -18LS -432- UNV -H4 F32T8/841 62W 93W 124W 120- 277 120- 277 120- 277 K2 NL K2 VOICE /DATA/TV • D I> COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET W/ SINGLE DEVICE RING & PLATE TELEPHONE OUTLET W /SINGLE DEVICE RING & PLATE PHONE /COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET PHONE /COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED TELEPHONE TERMINAL BACKBOARD CABLE N OUTLET +18" +18" +18" FLOOR WALL WALL 4S BACK BOX & 3/4" C.O. W/ PULL WIRE TO TBB, LINO. 4S BACK BOX & 3/4" C.O. W/ PULL WIRE TO TBB, UNO 4S BACK BOX & 3/4" C.O. W/ PULL WIRE TO TBB, UNO PROVIDE 3/4" C.O. W/ PULL WIRE TO TBB, UNO 3/4" x 6' x 8' FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARD W/ DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND 1 #6 GND L2 L3 L4 " " 2'-0 X 4 -D RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH ACRYLIC LENS, ELECTRONIC BALLAST AND (2) T8 LAMPS (3) T8 LAMPS (4) T8 LAMPS UTHONIA 2GT8- 232 -Al2 -MVOLT -1/2 GEB10IS 2GT8- 332-- Al2 -MVOLT -1/3 GEB1015 2GT8- 432 -Al2 -MVOLT -1/4 GEB10IS F32T8/841 62W 93W 124W 120- 277 120- 277 120- 277 SEE NOTE 4 BELOW L3 j NL L3 ® M 2' -D" X 2'-O" RECESSED MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH ACRYLIC LENS, ELECTRONIC BALLAST AND T8 LAMPS LfiHONIA 2GT8- 2U31 -Al2- MVOLT-GEB1015 F32T8U/841 62W 120-- 277 I, %, , / , ,' / . ,I M O LIGHTING P P1 1' -0" X 4' -O" SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH ACRYLIC LENS, ELECTRONIC BALLAST AND (2) T8 LAMPS (1) T8 LAMP LITHONIA SB- 232 - MVOLT- GEB1015 M- 132- Al2- MVOLT- GEB10IS F32T8/841 62W 32W 120- 277 $p Sa tD M 4 SWITCH - SINGLE POLE SWITCH - THREE WAY SWITCH - SINGLE POLE DIMMER 60- MINUTE ROTARY TIME SWITCH +46 +46" +46" +46" LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES SWITCH LEG LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES SWITCH LEG 20A, 125V RATED NOTE: FOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SYMBOLS SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE THIS SHEET I I P Q 0 8" DIAMETER RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNUGHT WITH SPECULAR CLEAR ALZAK REFLECTOR, LOW IRIDESCENT FINISH, ELECTRONIC BALLAST AND 42W TRIPLE LAMP, LISTED FOR DAMP LOCATION PORTFOLIO (COOPER) C8142E - C8400U CRTR42WGX24q -4 45W 120- 277 MISC \T.' THERMOSTAT BY DMSION 15 BACKBOX AND 1/2" CONDUIT TO CORRESPONDING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, COORDINATE LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL PLANS 2' -O" SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH ACRYLIC LENS, ELECTRONIC BALLAST AND (1) T8 LAMP LITHONIA W- 1- 17- MVOLT- GEB10IS F17T8/841 22W 120- 277 C 0 N ST R U CT 10 N SITE R EVIEW. I I R R y RA FLOOR BOX WITH POWER AND DATA OUTLETS FLOOR BOX WITH 881 WIREMOLD RC4ATCBK INSERT - $ �� EXIT EXIT EDGE -UT LED RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED UNIVERSAL EXIT SIGN WITH UNFINISHED HOUSING PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING AND NICKEL - CADMIUM 90 MINUTES EMERGENCY BATTERY. MINUTES PROVIDE HOT, UNSWITCHED BRANCH CIRCUIT TO FIXTURE. UTHONIA EDG 1 G 120/277 EL N LED 5W 120- 277 • GENERAL N 0 T ES 11. DMSION 16 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MOTOR STARTERS FOR 1. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, VISIT PROJECT SITE AND REVIEW ALL AREAS OF �+ THE STORE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BACKROOMS, UNOCCUPIED NOTES: 1. SEE LIGHTING PLAN AND GENERAL NOTE 8 ON SHEET E-1 FOR 3. FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH HIGH POWER FACTOR, SPACES AND ABOVE CEILING AREAS TO IDENTIFY THE FOLLOWING ITEMS LIGHTING FIXTURES TO BE PROVIDED WITH 90 MINUTES EMERGENCY BATTERY. HIGH FREQUENCY ELECTRONIC BALLASTS. WHICH MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON 1. ALL WIRING METHODS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL HVAC EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED BY DMSION 15. AND NATIONAL CODES. ALL POWER WIRE ON THE PREMISE SHALL 12. FOR RECEPTACLE LOCATIONS THAT REQUIRE SURFACE MOUNTING, BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. CONDUCTOR INSULATION SHALL BE PROVIDE STEEL, RAISED COVER. THW, THHN OR THWN. SEE SPECIFICATION 2.02.A.3 ON SHEET E -003 FOR MORE INFORMATION. NO ROMEO( CABLES ARE ALLOWED. 13. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT HVAC EQUIPMENT MC CABLE IS ALLOWED ONLY FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS 20A OR LESS. LOCATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS. VERIFY EQUIPMENT WIRE SIZE, 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING CONDUIT SIZES, CIRCUIT BREAKER AND DISCONNECT SIZES WITH PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL DEVICES LOCATED IN CEIUNG. EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING 14. ALL CONNECTIONS TO HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MADE WITH COPPER PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL DEVICES LOCATED IN CEILING. CONDUCTORS ONLY. 4, ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE GROUND PRONG UP. 15. PROVIDE FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES OR HACR CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT. FUSE SIZES SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT SHALL HAVE GROUND WIRE IN ADDfITON EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES. THE DMSION 16 CONTRACTOR SHALL TO CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SHOWN. COORDINATE DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FUSE SIZES WITH DMSION 15 CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIAL. 6. SOME ELECTRICAL DEVICES REQUIRE PRECISE POSITIONING TO 16. FIRE SEAL ALL FIRE WALL PENETRATIONS FOR CONDUITS WITH AN COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK AND FINISHES. APPROVED FIRE SEALANT AFTER CONDUIT INSTALLATION. FIRE SEAL SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. SHALL PROVIDE EQUAL FIRE RATING AS WALL 7. MEANS OF EGRESS IDENTIFICATION AND ILLUMINATION SHALL BE 17. ALL RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS UP TO 100' --O" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE PROVIDED PER APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS FROM 1O1' -O" TO 150' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL 8. WHEN SPACE ABOVE CEILING IS INDICATED TO BE A RETURN AIR RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS 151' -0" UP TO 250' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL PLENUM, PLENUM NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CIRCUITS ABOVE 251' -0" SHALL TO BE USED ABOVE CEIUNG, INCLUDING EXISTING AND NEW UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. WIRING EXCEPT INSULATION OF 25 FLAME SPREAD AND 50 SMOKE DEVELOPMENT FINISH RATING. LOW VOLTAGE OR LIMITED POWER 18. ALL NIGHT LIGHTS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS SHALL BE UNSWITCHED. r;,r,a WIRING MAY BE LABELED PLENUM RATED TYPE. PROVIDE SEPARATE HOT CONDUCTOR, BY- PASSING CONTROLS, TO I--.; EMERGENCY BALLAST. .,, 9. UON ALL OUTLET HEIGHT DIMENSIONS SHALL BE TO CENTER OF DEVICE, MEASURED FROM FINISHED FLOOR. 19. CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL 100'-0" L LIGH0ING CIRCUITS FROM SHALL O -0" TO #12 F`""� 10. DMSION 16 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PULL STRING IN ALL 150' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CONDUITS. CIRCUITS ABOVE 251' -0" SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS. THE PLANS: 2. LIGHTING FIXTURES TYPE "B ", "B1" AND "B2" ARE PROVIDED AS PART OF 4. PROVIDE MATCHING SURFACE MOUNTED FIXTURES FOR INVENTORY ROOM. THE FURNITURE BY FURNITURE SUPPLIER. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE. THE FIXTURES SHALL BE SIMILAR TO LITHONIA 2M-232(OR a) EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT THAT MUST BE REMOVED AND /OR PROVIDE IF REQUIRED. 332)- Al2-- MVOLT-- GEB10IS. RELOCATED TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW WORK. b) EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS, ELECTRICAL FEEDERS, AND ASSOCIATED RACEWAY WHICH ARE NOT SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL, BUT WILL REQUIRE MODIFICATION TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW WORK. c) EXISTING CABLING AND RACEWAYS FOR LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS WHICH ARE NOT SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL, BUT WILL REQUIRE MODIFICATION TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW WORK. 2, INCLUDE THE COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH: a) REMOVING AND /OR RELOCATING EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK. INCLUDE COST ASSOCIATED WITH EXTENDING ASSOCIATED CONDUCTORS, CABLING AND RACEWAY TO MAINTAIN EQUIPMENT FULLY OPERATIONAL b) MODIFYING AND REPLACEMENT (WITH NEW AS REQUIRED) OF EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS AND ELECTRICAL FEEDERS TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF CIRCUITS /COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH RE- SUPPORTING AND REPLACEMENT (WITH NEW AS REQUIRED) OF ASSOCIATED RACEWAY. c) MODIFYING AND /OR REPLACEMENT (WITH NEW) OF EXISTING LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEM SYSTEM CABLING TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF CABLING TO EQUIPMENT NOT SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL THIS SHALL INCLUDE RE- SUPPORTING AND REPLACEMENT (WITH NEW AS REQUIRED) OF CABLE AND ASSOCIATED RACEWAY. SPUCING OF LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEM CABLE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 3. NOTIFY OWNER OF ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH EXTRA WORK AS A RESULT OF THE ELECTRICAL PRE - CONSTRUCTION REVIEW. P.ATE ` Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 COPYRIGHT 200B CARTER & BURGESS, INC. Him 212 3 Y ER DRAWN BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at &t EXPIRES 08/26/09 I ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BD APPROVED BY: CNB 441805.011.039.0001 NONE ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS E -001 Project Info Project Address a -V •aefi•Id Sheppindeere geueeene•r Date F 0 2 a o• lb 8 8 8 1 e r M a II Date 3/19/2008 333 S AA r• e• it 1• r M 411 Appli cant Address: f H u 1 1 n n C . n e . 1 B l i v .. S u l 1 • a ° ° S • e I a A e a . C A 3 2 2 0 7 Applicant Fhone: 12 1 4 1 0 2 7- 1° 0° Project Description For Building Department Use 3• a 1 e 1.. V A S a 18 0 New Building ❑ Addition Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive ® Lighting Pow er Allow ance 0 Systems Analysis 0 Clear (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Applicant Name: C , I • , • 6 1 3 6 I 5 • • • • 1 • • . ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new , installed w attage not increased, & space use not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (floor /room no.) Applicant Address: f a also a C e ales 11 rive. Saito 000 Santa A op. C A 32107 Applicant Phone: 1 7 1{ 1 3 2 7 - 1 0 0 0 1.50 3540.0 5310.0 Project Info Project Address Mt 6 t . V e z l l l e I d S h o p p i n 818, n 0 818 8 8 1 8. Date F 0 2 a o• lb 8 8 8 1 e r M a II Department For Building Department Use Seattle_ V A30100 Applicant Name: c • , 1 . t 6 . 4 6 . 4 • • . . 152 Appli cant Address: f H u 1 1 n n C . n e . 1 B l i v .. S u l 1 • a ° ° S • e I a A e a . C A 3 2 2 0 7 Applicant Fhone: 12 1 4 1 0 2 7- 1° 0° Project Description LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) ❑ Alteration ❑ Plans Included and commissioning requirements. New Building ❑ Addition Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive ® Lighting Pow er Allow ance 0 Systems Analysis 0 Clear (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new , installed w attage not increased, & space use not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allow ed Watts per ft "" Area in ft Allowed x Area 801 5 •0811 1.50 3540.0 5310.0 yes ® vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans n.a. "' From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allow ed Watts Proposed Lighting Wattage 5310.0 overhead glazing Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts / Fixture Watts Proposed 0 0 1 A - • • F i n e r . a 1 2 1 • 0 • 2 0 3 2 am pl. •l•etrn•le 5811851 35 62.0 2170.0 001 - 9 a F, o o r. r! (; 1 7 0' Y 0 2 2 Y l a m p s, • l e o t r o n l e b a 11 a z 1 6 Schedule w ith type and features, indicate location n.a. 001 "[I f" a'Fl. o.. rl (21 a0 "7022V lam px, veto ero nre ballast 6 Indicate location 001 ^ 9 x a' F l u o r . r! (2 ( a 0" 7 0 2 2 V l a m p s, e l e o e s o n l o ballast 10 (b) photocell. 001 ^ C 7 C n m p F, u p .. r l a 2 V I r l p 1, • I e o 1 r o p l o b a 11 a z e 15 45.0 675.0 001 "C1 "R d3 CMH.e 1.01deeenie ball ♦•e 10 45.0 450.0 a 0 1 -F - - 2 ' T r e e 6 L i g h t • f 3 5 V e w t a m i e m weal halide 9 50.0 450.0 ° °2. ° °'. ° °•• 0 °SA 6 0066 . .3 • 4 4 • . ' a f ' F , u e g . • 2 [ 3 2 V la m p z • 1 • • 0 . 0 , o ballast 10 62.0 620.0 005A 6 '0558 "P - •' F lup r, r! (; ( •a Ya ax V lam ps, •leotroolo ballssl 2 62.0 -a 124.0 001 - 4 . C n m p F loo .. r! f 2 Y I r l p 1, ! l e o I r o a l o b a l l a s t 15 45.0 675.0 �( 1514 'Max. w atts ALLOWANCE (Sect Indicate w atts for each exit sign on 1530 -1532) Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allow ed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maxin7.lm input w attage of the fixture (not simply the larrp other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For hard -w ired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference may also be used. For track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire w attage or length of track multiplied by 50, the w attage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts /Fixture blank. 5164.0 ballast type (if w attage) and Manual or as applicable, Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist . LTG -CHK xuub v ass lnp can Seaee Nenrea.d en..plEne101 Cad. COmplll n <e , elm, Rev isad duly x 00 1 Project Address at&t •V esllleld Shopplagla•a 58818.811 'Date 12/6/2007 The follow ing information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance w ith the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Flans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) y es 1513.1 Local control /access Schedule w ith type, indicate locations yes 112 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per sw itch yes 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule w ith type and features, indicate locations yes ® vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans n.a. CI overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans yes ( l 1513.4 Dsplay /exhib /special Indicate separate controls 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule w ith type and features, indicate location n.a. (a) timer w /backup Indicate location n.a. (b) photocell. Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location n.a. . 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule w ith type and locations yes , 1513.6.2 (b) auto. sw itches Schedule w ith type and features (back -up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans n.a. 1513.7 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) �( 1514 'Max. w atts ALLOWANCE (Sect Indicate w atts for each exit sign on 1530 -1532) LIGHTING POWER yes 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule w ith fixture types, lamps, ballasts, w alts per fixture n.a. v 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached, Schedule w ith fixture types, lamps, ballasts, w atts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) yes 1511 sec motor efficiency MECI -MOT or Equipment Schedule w ith hp, rpm, efficiency TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) yes F.71- 11540 Transformers Indicate size and efficiency If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: Interior Li ghting Summary LTG -INT 2006 V arn,n0lon Seale N onres lden Cade CornehInse 6p�ms R•vis•d duly 2 °0I Project Summary PRJ -SUM 2000 V ashlnalan Slate N enresid enll. (Energy Code Compllano• Calms Revised duly 2002 Doi-444y COPYRIGHT 0 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. at &t Cartereurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 DRAWN BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: I EXPIRES 08/26/09 I ISSUES /REVISIONS - 11 - 30 - 07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 21 2003 DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BLD LIGHTING COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE APPROVED BY: CNB 441805.011.039.0001 NONE E -002 DESCRIPTION LOCATION DRY DAMP WET BRANCH CIRCUITS #6AWG AND SMALLER THHN THWN THWN FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS LARGER THAN #6 AWG XHHW XHHW XHHW -2 EXTERIOR FEEDER & BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING XHHW -2 XHHW-2 XHHW -2 FEEDERS CONNECTED TO 100% RATED CIRCUIT BREAKERS XHHW -2 XHHW -2 XHHW -2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 16050: GENERAL ELECTRICAL THE DRAWINGS, GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. GENERAL: FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, APPARATUS, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT, TRANSPORTATION, TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SPECIAL OR OCCASIONAL SERVICES AS REQUIRED TO MAKE A COMPLETE WORKING ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR DESCRIBED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. B. ALL ELECTRICAL MATERIAL & EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW AND IN PERFECT CONDITION WHEN INSTALLED. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L. LISTED. MATERIALS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STANDARDS OF A.N.S.I., N.E.M.A. & N.B.F.U. REPLACE DEFECTIVE OR DAMAGED MATERIALS OR REPAIR IN A MANNER APPROVED BY THE OWNER. KEEP CONDUITS AND OTHER OPENINGS CLOSED TO PREVENT ENTRY OF FOREIGN MATTER. COVER FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS AND PROTECT AGAINST DIRT, WATER, CHEMICAL OR MECHANICAL DAMAGE BEFORE AND DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE. RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION ANY FIXTURES, APPARATUS OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGED PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE, INCLUDING RESTORATION OF DAMAGED SHOP COATS OF PAINT. DELIVER EQUIPMENT AND STORE AT THE SITE, PROPERLY PACKED AND CRATED, UNTIL FINALLY INSTALLED. C. ANY INCONSISTENCY OR DISCREPANCY IN THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE CLEARED WITH THE ENGINEER. IT IS UNDERSTOOD FURTHER THAT THE CONTRACTOR HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS FULLY THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND ALL RELATED DOCUMENTS ON THIS PROJECT. D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL UNDERTAKE THE WORK IN ITS ENTIRETY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS DESIGN AND PURPOSE. ALL WORK SHALL BE CARRIED OUT IN A PROFESSIONAL MANNER WITH MAXIMUM EFFICIENCY AND EXCELLENT WORKMANSHIP. E. PERMITS AND FEES: NE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR PERMITS AND FEES NECESSARY FOR EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF ELECTRICAL WORK, INCLUDING ALL CHARGES BY THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND CITY AGENCIES. F. SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1. INSTALLATION AND ASSEMBLY OF LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS. 2. GROUNDING. 3. INSTALLATION OF DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS. 4. PROVIDE PANELBOARDS AND OVERCURRENT DEVICES. 5. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING. 6. EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM. 7. INSTALLATION OF CONVENIENCE OUTLETS. 8. INSTALLATION OF TELEPHONE BACKBOARD, TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLETS AND RACEWAYS. 9. FURNISHING, SUPPORT AND INSTALLATION OF NEW TRANSFORMER. 10. ROUGH -IN WIRING FOR DISPLAY CASE LIGHTING. 11. DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS. 12. LIGHTING CONTROLS, AND TIME SWITCHES. 13. CONNECTIONS OF, AND POWER WIRING TO, HVAC EQUIPMENT: 14. CONDUIT FOR DATA, TELEPHONE AND ALARM SYSTEMS. 15. INSTALLATION AND ASSEMBLY OF OWNER FURNISHED FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES. 16. OTHER RELATED SERVICES G. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 2. PROVIDE WIRING FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS, AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES OR DETAILS FOR INSTALLATION. THE TERM "WIRING" AS USED HEREIN, INCLUDES FURNISHING AND INSTALLING CONDUIT, WIRE, JUNCTION BOXES, DISCONNECTS ETC. AND MAKING CONNECTIONS. CHECK ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OTHERS. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER WIRING AND NECESSARY ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS TO EQUIPMENT TO CONFORM TO SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS OF THE EQUIPMENT. H. PENETRATIONS OF WALLS AND WALL MEMBRANES REQUIRED TO HAVE A FIRE - RESISTANCE RATING SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRE STOPS SUITABLE FOR THE METHOD OF PENETRATION. THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRE STOPS SHALL BE TESTED USING U.B.C. STANDARD 7 -5• 1. PERFORM THE FOLLOWING WORK, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROPRIATE SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS CITED, WHERE AND AS NECESSARY TO FURNISH A COMPLETE, WORKING ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION. A. CONCRETE: DIVISION 3 B. PAINTING: DIVISION 9 C. DOOR HARDWARE: DIVISION 11 D. MECHANICAL: DIVISION 15 PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AND ATTACHMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS AS REQUIRED PER TFIE STATE AND LOCAL JURISDICTIONS. J. PROVIDE 4" CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD FOR ALL FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS: A. SPECIFIC 1. COMPLY WITH ALL CODES ENFORCED BY THE STATE AND LOCAL JU 2. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 3. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SPECIFIED UNDER THIS DIVISION SHALL STANDARDS WHERE APPLICABLE. A. UL UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES. B. ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS. C. CBM CERTIFIED BALLAST MANUFACTURERS. D. ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS. INSTITUTE. E. NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 1.03 DRAWINGS: A. LAYOUT: GENERAL LAYOUT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE FOLLOWED EXCEPT WHERE OTHER WORK MAY CONFLICT WITH THE DRAWINGS. B. ACCURACY: B. C. RISDICTIONS. THE CURRENT UBC, NEC, AND CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING 1. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. COMPLETE DETAILS OF THE BUILDING WHICH MAY AFFECT THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION ARE NOT SHOWN. SIZE AND LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND WIRING ARE SHOWN TO SCALE WHERE POSSIBLE BUT MAY BE DISTORTED FOR CLARITY ON THE DRAWINGS. FINAL LOCATIONS OF OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SHOWN IN ENLARGED DETAILS OR AS APPROVED BY NE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE. IT IS NOT WITHIN THE SCOPE OF DRAWINGS TO SHOW ALL NECESSARY BENDS, OFFSET, PULL BOXES AND OBSTRUCTIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE INSTALLATION TO MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND KEEP OPENINGS AND PASSAGEWAYS CLEAR. COORDINATE WITH DRAWINGS OF ALL OTHER TRADES. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LINES, LEVELS AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE SETTING OUT OF WORK AND FOR ITS STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE SITE. 1.04 SUBSTITUTIONS: SUBSTITUTIONS OF SPECIFIED DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: REFER TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 FOR REQUIREMENTS. FORMAT: FURNISH SUBMITTAL DATA NEATLY BOUND IN AN 8 -1/2" X 11" FOLDER OR BINDER WITH A TABLE OF CONTENTS LISTING IN ORDER OF SPECIFICATION SECTION AND PARAGRAPH NUMBER. SUBMITTALS SHALL CONSIST OF DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, CATALOG "CUTS" AND DATA SHEETS CONTAINING PHYSICAL AND DIMENSIONED INFORMATION, PERFORMANCE DATA, ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, MATERIALS USED IN FABRICATION, MATERIAL FINISH AND THOSE OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES WHICH ARE INCLUDED AND THOSE WHICH ARE EXCLUDED. D. EACH SUBMITTAL SHALL BE THOROUGHLY REVIEWED BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE COVER LETTER ACCOMPANYING SUBMITTAL LETTER SHALL UST IN FULL THE ITEMS AND DATA SUBMITTED AND SHALL CONTAIN A STATEMENT ACKNOWLEDGING THAT THE CONTRACTOR HAS PERFORMED A DETAILED REVIEW OF THE SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION. FAILURE TO COMPLY WIN THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL CONSTITUTE GROUNDS FOR RETURN OF DATA FOR RESUBMISSION WITHOUT REVIEW. E. CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER ARE NOT CHANGE ORDERS, THAT THE PURPOSE OF SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS BY THE CONTRACTOR IS TO DEMONSTRATE TO THE ENGINEER THAT THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THE DESIGN CONCEPT, THAT HE DEMONSTRATES HIS UNDERSTANDING BY INDICATING WHICH EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL HE INTENDS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL AND BY DETAILING THE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION METHODS HE INTENDS TO USE. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE PROPERLY STORED AND ADEQUATELY PROTECTED AND CAREFULLY HANDLED TO PREVENT DAMAGE BEFORE AND DURING INSTALLATION. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE HANDLED, STORED, AND PROTECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND AS APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SHALL BE STORED TO PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM THE WEATHER AND ACCIDENTAL DAMAGE. PLASTIC CONDUIT SHALL BE STORED ON EVEN SUPPORTS AND IN LOCATIONS NOT SUBJECT TO DIRECT SUN RAYS OR EXCESSIVE HEAT. CABLES SHALL BE SEALED, STORED AND HANDLED CAREFULLY TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE OUTER COVERING OR INSULATION AND DAMAGE FROM MOISTURE AND WEATHER. DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE ITEMS, IN THE OPINION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, SHALL BE REPLACED WITH NEW ITEMS AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 EXECUTION: 3.01 TESTS AND GUARANTEES: A. TESTS SHALL BE CONDUCTED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AND AT COMPLETION TO DETERMINE CONFORMITY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND WITH THESE SPECIFICATIONS. TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED IN THE PRESENCE OF THE ARCHITECT AND SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 3.02 INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS A. REFER TO DIVISION 1. B. AT THE TIME OF COMPLETION, AN ADEQUATE PERIOD SHALL BE ALLOTTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR INSTRUCTION OF BUILDING OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL IN THE USE OF ALL SYSTEMS. ALL PERSONNEL SHALL BE INSTRUCTED AT ONE TIME, THE CONTRACTOR MAKING ALL NECESSARY ARRANGEMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVES. THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE PRODUCT LITERATURE AND APPUCATION GUIDES FOR THE USERS' REFERENCE. C. COSTS, IF ANY, FOR THE ABOVE SERVICE SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3.03 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS (AS- BUILT) A. PROVIDE PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED BY OTHER SECTIONS OF SPECIFICATIONS AND AS REQUIRED HEREIN. SUCH DRAWINGS SHALL FULLY REPRESENT INSTALLED CONDITIONS INCLUDING ACTUAL LOCATION OF OUTLETS, CORRECT CONDUIT AND WIRE SIZING AS WELL AS ROUTING, REVISED FIXTURE SCHEDULING LISTING THE MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCTS ACTUALLY INSTALLED. B. ALL CHANGES TO DRAWINGS SHALL BE MADE BY QUALIFIED DRAFTSPERSONS TO MATCH EXISTING UNE WORK AND LETTERING AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE. 3.04 WORKMANSHIP A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL UNDERTAKE THE WORK IN ITS ENTIRETY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS DESIGN AND PURPOSE. ALL WORK SHALL BE CARRIED OUT IN A PROFESSIONAL MANNER WITH MAXIMUM EFFICIENCY AND EXCELLENT WORKMANSHIP. PREPARATION, HANDLING AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND TECHNICAL DATA PARTICULAR TO THE PRODUCT SPECIFIED AND /OR APPROVED EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. COORDINATE WORK AND COOPERATE WITH OTHER IN FURNISHING AND PLACING THIS WORK. WORK TO APPROVED SHOPDRAWINGS FOR WORK BY OTHERS AND TO FIELD MEASUREMENTS AS NECESSARY TO PROPERLY FIT THE WORK. CONFORM TO THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S ASSOCIATION STANDARD OF INSTALLATION FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION PRACTICE. B. C. 1. INSULATION RESISTANCE: PERFORM 500 -VOLT D.C. TESTS FOR ONE MINUTE ON ALL FEEDER CONDUCTORS, INCLUDING THE NEUTRAL AND MAKE A TYPED RECORD OF ALL READINGS TO BE INCLUDED IN THE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. REPAIR OR REPLACE CIRCUITS SHOWING LESS THAN 40 MEGOHMS RESISTANCE TO GROUND. MAKE TESTS USING BIDDLE INSULATION RESISTANCE MEGGER, OR EQUAL 2. GROUND RESISTANCE: TEST GROUND RESISTANCE PER IEEE STANDARD NO. 81. HIRE AN INDEPENDENT LAB TO PERFORM THE GROUNDING SYSTEM TESTING PER NETA 7.13. CERTIFIED DOCUMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER FOR VERIFICATION PRIOR TO PROJECT COMPLETION. 3. CIRCUITS CONTINUITY: TEST ALL FEEDER AND BRANCH FOR CONTINUITY. TEST ALL NEUTRALS FOR IMPROPER GROUNDS. 4. EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS: TEST LIGHTING CIRCUITS FOR CORRECT OPERATION THROUGH THEIR CONTROL DEVICES. TEST ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATERS FOR CORRECT OPERATIONS THROUGH THEIR CONTROL RELAYS/THERMOSTATS. 5. LIGHTING CONTROL CIRCUITS: PERFORM OPERATION TESTS FOR ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS. 6. PROPERLY TEST THE PHASE ROTATION OF ALL NEW FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS, AND MAKE SUCH CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS NECESSARY TO INSURE THE CORRECT ROTATION OF ALL MOTOR DRIVEN EQUIPMENT THROUGHOUT THE NEW INSTALLATION. 7. PRODUCT FAILURE: ANY PRODUCTS WHICH FAIL DURING THE TESTS OR ARE RULED UNSATISFACTORY BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE REPLACED, REPAIRED, OR CORRECTED AS PRESCRIBED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED AFTER REPAIRS, REPLACEMENTS OR CORRECTIONS UNTIL SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE IS DEMONSTRATED. 8. PHYSICAL INSPECTION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CABLES: INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE OF ALL EQUIPMENT TO INSURE PROPER ASSEMBLY AND CONSTRUCTION. 9. FURNISH, IN WRITING, A COMPLETE GUARANTEE AGAINST DEFECTIVE MATERIALS AND IMPROPER WORKMANSHIP, SATISFACTORY TO OWNER, FOR ALL PARTS, COMPONENTS, AND OPERATION. INCLUDE IN GUARANTEE COMPLETE MAINTENANCE OF THE SYSTEM, INCLUDING REPLACEMENT PARTS, ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS TO MAINTAIN THE SYSTEM IN PROPER OPERATING CONDITION FOR THE GUARANTEE PERIOD. 3.05 SCHEDULE OF WORK: ARRANGE WORK TO CONFORM TO THE SCHEDULE WHICH HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK. ADVISE REGARDING SHIPPING SCHEDULE OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT. 3.06 SUPERVISION: CONTRACTOR SHALL PERSONALLY OR THROUGH AN AUTHORIZED AND COMPETENT REPRESENTATIVE CONSTANTLY SUPERVISE THE WORK FROM BEGINNING TO COMPLETION AND, WITHIN REASON, KEEP THE SAME WORKMEN AND FOREMAN ON THE PROJECT THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT DURATION. 3.07 PROTECTION: KEEP CONDUITS, JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, AND OTHER OPENINGS CLOSED TO PREVENT ENTRY OF FOREIGN MATTER. COVER FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS AND PROTECT AGAINST DIRT, PAINT, WATER, CHEMICAL OR MECHANICAL DAMAGE, BEFORE AND DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION ANY FIXTURE, APPARATUS, OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGED PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE. PROTECT BRIGHT FINISHED SURFACES AND SIMILAR ITEMS UNTIL IN SERVICE. NO RUST OR DAMAGE WILL BE PERMITTED. 3.08 SPECIAL TOOLS: ALL SPECIAL TOOLS FOR PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 3.09 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY LAY OUT ALL WORK IN ADVANCE TO AVOID UNNECESSARY CUTTING, CHANNELING, CHASING OR DRIWNG OF FLOORS, WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS OR OTHER SURFACES. STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WILL NOT BE CUT OR DRILLED WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER AND OWNER. WHERE SUCH WORK IS NECESSARY, HOWEVER, DO ALL CUTTING, CORING AND PATCHING OF THE CONSTRUCTION WORK WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. ALL PATCHING SHALL BE OF THE SAME MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH AND SHALL ACCURATELY MATCH ALL SURROUNDING WORK. AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK, CLEAN UP RESULTANT DEBRIS AND REMOVE FROM SITE. B. INSTALL ALL REQUIRED SLEEVES, FORMS AND INSETS BEFORE WALLS OR PARTITION ARE BUILT. CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS AND FLOOR NECESSARY FOR RECEPTION OF WORK, CAUSED BY FAILURE TO PROVIDE OR PROPERLY LOCATED SLEEVES, FORMS AND INSETS, INCORRECT LOCATION OF WORK OR FAILURE TO COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES, SHALL BE DONE AT EXPENSE OF TRADE RESPONSIBLE. C. NO CUTTING OF FINISHED OR STRUCTURAL WORK MAY BE DONE WITHOUT ACCEPTANCE. WHEN NECESSARY TO HAVE FINISHED MATERIAL OR STRUCTURAL WORK CUT, FURNISH NECESSARY DRAWINGS TO TRADE WHOSE MATERIALS ARE OUT TO BE CUT. 3.10 CLEARANCES: PROVIDE WORKING CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF, IN BACK OF, AND TO SIDES FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED BY NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. 3.11 DEMOLITION: DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICES TO THE EXISTING TENANT SPACE TO BE BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3.12 CONNECTIONS: CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM U.N.O. 3.12 ACCESS PANEL A. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ACCESS PANELS REQUIRED FOR CODE REQUIRED ACCESS TO ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND JUNCTION BOXES IN HARD CEILING AREAS. B. ACCESS PANELS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED IN SALES AREA CEILING OR WALLS. DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT THAT NORMALLY WOULD BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW SHALL BE LOCATED AT NORMALLY ACCESSIBLE AREAS SUCH AS ABOVE CEILING, NEAR HVAC DIFFUSERS OR IN BACK ROOMS IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING AREAS. SECTION 16100: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION ENCOMPASSES PRODUCTS, ASSEMBLIES AND BASIC INSTALLATION METHODS REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL PROJECT SYSTEMS SPECIFIED UNDER THIS DIVISION AND INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO: 1. CONDUIT, RACEWAYS, AND FITTINGS. 2. WIRE AND CABLES. 3. WIRE CONNECTIONS AND DEVICES. 4. OUTLET BOXES. 5. PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES. 6. SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES. 7. DEVICE PLATES. 8. OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES. 9. TELEPHONE TERMINAL BACKBOARD. 10. DOOR BUZZER AND PUSHBUTTON SYSTEM. 11. BACKGROUND SOUND SYSTEM EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND WIRING. 12. EMPTY RACEWAY PROVISIONS FOR BURGLAR ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM DETECTION UNITS AND SWITCHES. 13. PANELBOARDS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT B. WORK NOT INCLUDED: 1. BACKGROUND SOUND SYSTEM EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY AUDIO CONTRACTOR. 2. BURGLAR ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM EQUIPMENT AND WIRING. SUBMITTALS 1.02 A. SUBMIT IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 16050 THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 1. SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES AND DEVICE PLATES. 2. CONDUCTORS AND CABLES. 3. OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES. 4. RACEWAYS. 5. DOOR BUZZERS AND PUSHBUTTON. 6. PANELBOARDS AND TRANSFORMER PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. RACEWAYS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE, RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT (RGS) & ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT), SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS OF THE STATE ELECTRIC CODE, MINIMUM OF N." OR AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS, AS FOLLOWS: 1. RIGID STEEL CONDUIT (RGS) 10. RGS SHALL BE PERMITTED UNDER ALL CONDITIONS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS OF THE STATE ELECTRIC CODE, EXCEPT AREAS IDENTIFIED AS A CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT BY OWNER OR WHERE EXPOSED IN GMP CLASSIFIED ASEPTIC AREAS (CLASS 100,000 TO CLASS 100). EXPOSED CONDUITS SHALL BE RGS. la. CONDUIT, RIGID STEEL: FULL WEIGHT, THREADED, HOT -DIP GALVANIZED, INSIDE ENAMELED, CONFORMING TO ANSI C80.1. lb. CONDUIT AND FITTINGS SHALL BE THREADED, HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED WITH ZINC COATED THREADS AND SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH NEC, ANSI AND UL CONNECTORS SHALL HAVE INSULATED THROATS. THREE -PIECE COUPLINGS: ELECTROPLATED, CAST MALLEABLE IRON. EFCOR 165 SERIES, O.Z. /GEDNEY 4-50 SERIES OR EQUAL 1d. THREADLESS COUPLINGS: ELECTROPLATED, CAST MALLEABLE IRON, WITH INTEGRAL CONDUIT STOP. EFCOR 1760. le. THREADLESS CONNECTORS: ELECTROPLATED, CAST MALLEABLE IRON, ON THREADED MALE HUB PLASTIC INSULATED THROAT RATED 90 DEGREES C MINIMUM. EFCOR 1750B SERIES, O.Z. /GEDNEY 31 -050 1T SERIES OR EQUAL INSULATED BUSHINGS: THREADED POLYPROPYLENE OR THERMOSETTING PHENOLIC RATED 150 DEGREES C MINIMUM. INSULATED GROUNDING BUSHINGS: THREADED CAST MALLEABLE IRON BODY WITH INSULATED THROAT AND STEEL, "LAY -IN" GROUND LUG WITH COMPRESSION SCREW. Q.Z. /GEDNEY BLG SERIES, THOMAS & BETTS 3870 SERIES OR EQUAL 1h. INSULATED METALLIC BUSHINGS: THREADED CAST MALLEABLE IRON BODY WITH PLASTIC INSULATED THROAT RATED 105 DEGREES C. O.Z. /GEDNEY TYPE B, THOMAS & BETTS 1222 SERIES OR EQUAL 11. SUPPORT CONDUITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC. 2. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) 2a. EMT SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR BOTH EXPOSED AND CONCEALED WORK - INTERIOR POWER AND LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS WHERE RUN CONCEALED ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILING, IN STUD WALLS, FURRED SPACES, AND WHERE NOT EXPOSED TO MECHANICAL DAMAGE, OR ABOVE 6' FROM FLOOR. 2b. EMT SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED: a) WHERE SUBJECT TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE, INCLUDING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS BELOW 8'--0" AFF. b) FOR SIZES LESS THAN 2 )i" IN EXTERIOR & ROOFTOP LOCATIONS. c) IN CORROSIVE AREAS. d) IN CINDER BLOCK CONSTRUCTION. e) IN HAZARDOUS OR CLASSIFIED ASEPTIC LOCATIONS. 2c. CONDUIT: SHALL BE FORMED OF COLD ROLLED STRIP STEEL, ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE WELDED CONTINUOUSLY ALONG THE LONGITUDINAL SEAM AND HOT -DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. CONDUIT SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI C80.3 SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL MEET U.L. REQUIREMENTS. 2d. FITTINGS SHALL BE COMPRESSION TYPE, STEEL, GLAND NUT AND RING TYPE ONLY. PRESSURE INDENTED DRIVE -ON AND DIE -CAST TYPES SHALL NOT BE USED. CONNECTORS SHALL HAVE INSULATED THROATS 2e. COUPLINGS: ELECTROPLATED, CAST MALLEABLE IRON, GLAND COMPRESSION TYPE, U.L LISTED RAIN AND CONCRETE TIGHT THROUGH 1 -1/4 INCH TRADE SIZE, O.Z. /GEDNEY 6050W SERIES, EFCOR 760 SERIES OR EQUAL SET SCREW TYPE COUPLINGS MAY BE USED IN DRY LOCATIONS, O.Z. /GEDNEY 5050 SERIES OR EQUAL 2f. CONNECTORS: GLAND COMPRESSION TYPE WITH CAST MALLEABLE IRON BODY WITH MALE HUB AND INSULATED PLASTIC THROAT 150 DEGREES C. TEMPERATURE RATED. O.Z. /GEDNEY 4050 SERIES OR EQUAL 2g. SUPPORT CONDUITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC. 3. FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT 3a. FLEXIBLE METAWC CONDUIT SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO, SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURES, BETWEEN J -BOXES AND RECESSED /SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES, TO OVERCOME BUILDING OBSTRUCTIONS, FOR CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING (24" MAXIMUM), HYDRAULIC, OR PNEUMATIC EQUIPMENT, MOTORS, TRANSFORMERS AND SOLENOIDS IN DRY LOCATIONS. 3b. CONDUIT: SHALL BE FABRICATED IN CONTINUOUS LENGTHS FROM GALVANIZED STEEL STRIP, SPIRALLY WOUND AND FORMED TO PROVIDE AN INTERLOCKING DESIGN AND SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH NEC AND UL 4' MAX. LENGTH. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT IS NOT PERMITTED IN WALLS. 3c. FITTINGS: CONNECTORS SHALL BE MADE OF THE SCREW CLAMP WITH CAST MALLEABLE IRON BODIES AND THREADED MALE HUBS WITH INSULATED THROATS. 3d. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL ONLY BE ALLOWED IN THE LENGTHS AND FOR APPLICATIONS AS ALLOWED BY THE JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING INSTALLATION THAT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS 3e. SUPPORT CONDUITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC. lc. 1 f. 1g. END OF SECTION 4. LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT 4a. LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING (24" MAXIMUM), HYDRAULIC, OR PNEUMATIC EQUIPMENT, MOTORS, TRANSFORMERS AND SOLENOIDS IN OUTDOOR AREAS, MECHANICAL AREAS AND WHERE EXPOSED TO MOISTURE. 4b. LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE COVERED CONTINUOUSLY SPIRALLY WOUND GALVANIZED STEEL OR ALUMINUM STRIP WITH INTEGRAL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR AND SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH NEC AND UL. ANACONDA TYPE U.A., COLEMAN TYPE UXT1 OR EQUAL 4' MAX. LENGTH. 4c. FITTINGS: FITTINGS SHALL BE LIQUID TIGHT, ZINC COATED STEEL CONNECTOR BODY AND GLAND NUT SHALL BE OF CADMIUM PLATED CAST MALLEABLE IRON, WITH INSULATED THROAT, MAX. 24 ", T & B 5331 SERIES, O.Z. /GEDNEY 4Q -38 -1T SERIES, OR EQUAL 4d. SUPPORT CONDUITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC. 2.02 2.03 OUTLET BOXES AND COVERS A. B. C. D. E. F. 2.04 A. B. C. B. MC CABUNG 1. METAL CLAD CABLE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH UL THE CABLE SHALL BEAR THE UL LABEL AND MANUFACTURER'S "E" NUMBER 2. ACCEPTABLE SIZES FOR MC CABLE: 12/2 THROUGH 12/9; 10/2 THROUGH 10/ 9 AND SHALL CONTAIN COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY, NO ALUMINUM ALLOWED 3. MANUFACTURER - AFC OR EQUAL 4. CONDUCTORS: COPPER; SOLID OR STRANDED 5. INSULATION: THERMOPLASTIC (THHN) OR EQUIVALENT; VOLTAGE RATING 600V; TEMPERATURE RATING 90'C 6. ARMOR: ALUMINUM; CORRUGATED OR SMOOTH TUBE 8. CABLE SHALL BE FIRE RATED, 1 HOUR MINIMUM OR HIGHER AS REQUIRED BY SPECIFIC INSTALLATION AREA, UL LISTED, RATED FOR USE IN CABLE TRAY, AND FOR USE IN ENVIRONMENTAL AIR PLENUMS 9. CONNECTORS: FURNISH ONLY UL LISTED MC CONNECTORS MANUFACTURED FOR MC CABLE. CONNECTORS SHALL BE STEEL; DIE CAST NOT ALLOWED. 10. MC CABUNG SUPPORTS: CADDY, OR APPROVED EQUAL ALL SUPPORTS SHALL BE U.L LISTED FOR THE APPLICATION, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE NEC. TIE -WRAPS AND STAPLES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. UTILIZE THE FOLLOWING: 1. SNAP -IN SUPPORTS TO FRAMING STUD, CADDY #MAC2. 2. STRAP TO FRAMING STUD, CADDY #FXC20 3. DROP -WIRE SUPPORTS, CADDY #PCS1. 4. CABLE SNAP CLIP FOR ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE, CADDY #SC. 5. CABLE SUPPORT FOR ATTACHMENT TO FRAMING STUD, CADDY #CJ6. 6. SUPPORT AND ANTI- RATTLE CLIP FOR MC THROUGH STUDS, CADDY #781. 11. MC CABLING SHALL ONLY BE ALLOWED FOR APPLICATIONS AS ALLOWED BY THE JURISDICTION AND THE LANDLORD. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM WITH BOTH AGENCIES, THAT MC IS PERMITTED. FOR INSTALLATIONS THAT HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED BY BOTH AGENCIES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF THE MC AND REPLACEMENT WITH EMT, AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. 12. MC CABUNG SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO RUN INTO THE PANELBOARDS. TRANSITION TO EMT BY MEANS OF A WIREWAY ABOVE PANELBOARDS, AND RUN BRANCH CIRCUITS IN EMT FROM WIREWAY TO PANELBOARDS - NO EXCEPTIONS 13. CONTRACTOR'S BID SHALL REFLECT COSTS FOR UTILIZING MC CABLING AND /OR EMT INSTALLATION AS PERMITTED BY THE JURISDICTION AND LANDLORD. 14. MC CABLE SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED IN AREAS OPEN TO PUBLIC VIEW. WIRE AND CABLE A. GENERAL 1. WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE INSULATED COPPER, SIZES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN #12 AWG. ALL #8 AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED. ALL #10 AWG WIRE AND SMALLER SHALL BE TYPE SOLID. VOLTAGE RATING OF INSULATION SHALL BE 600 VOLTS. 120V, 20A. CIRCUITS OVER 75 LF. MUST BE #10 AWG MINIMUM. ALUMINUM WIRE AND CABLE SHALL NOT BE USED. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: GENERAL ELECTRIC CO., ROME CABLE, SOUTHWIRE, TRIANGLE, PWC INC., OR EQUAL 3. INSULATION TYPES FOR ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 4. FIXTURE WIRE: TYPE AF. 5. COLOR CODE. COLOR CODE ALL CONDUCTORS IN ACCORD WITH NEC AS FOLLOWS: 120/208V 277/480V PHASE A BLACK BROWN PHASE B RED ORANGE PHASE C BLUE YELLOW NEUTRAL WHITE GRAY 6. EQUIPMENT GROUND WIRE SHALL BE GREEN. ISOLATED GROUND WIRE SHALL BE GREEN WITH YELLOW STRIPE. VOLTAGE RATING OF INSULATION SHALL BE 600 VOLTS. 7. ALL WIRES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY CIRCUIT NUMBERS IN ALL CABINETS, BOXES WIRING TROUGHS, OTHER ENCLOSURES, AT ALL SPLICES, TERMINATION POINTS, ETC. 8. WIRE RATED FOR 90 DEGREES C SHALL BE USED FOR CIRCUIT WIRING OF RECESSED FIXTURES, BETWEEN FIXTURES, AND THEIR ADJACENT OUTLET BOXES, AS REQUIRED FOR FIXTURE RATING AND FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT FEEDS UNDER RAISED FLOORS. 9. PROVIDE CONNECTORS SUITABLE FOR THE TYPE AND SIZE CONDUCTOR USED. JOINTS, TAPS, AND SPLICES OF WIRE #10 AND SMALLER SHALL BE MADE BY MEANS OF "IDEAL -NUT" CONNECTORS OR "3M SCOTCHLOK" SPRING CONNECTORS. #8 AND LARGER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SPLICED WITH SCREW COMPRESSION CONNECTORS SIMILAR TO "BURNDY" TYPE KVS WITH HEAT OR COLD SHRINK JACKET. CONNECTORS SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ENCLOSE AND SECURELY FASTEN ALL STRANDS OF THE CONDUCTOR. EACH JOINT, TAP AND SPLICE IN CONDUCTOR #8 AND LARGER SHALL HAVE THE CONNECTOR VOIDS FILLED WITH ELECTRICAL INSULATION PUTTY AND BE TAPED WITH RUBBER AND COVERED WITH PLASTIC TAPE PROVIDING INSULATION NOT LESS THAN TWO HALF-LAPPED LAYERS EACH, "SCOTCH #33 ", "SCOTCH #88 ", "SLIPNOT" GREY" OR EQUAL 10. PROVIDE LUBRICANT AS REQUIRED, "IDEAL WIRE LUBE" OR APPROVED EQUAL STANDARD OUTLET BOXES: GALVANIZED, ONE- PIECE, DRAWN STEEL, KNOCK-OUT TYPE OF SIZE AND CONFIGURATION BEST SUITED TO THE APPUCATION INDICATED ON THE PLANS. MINIMUM BOX SIZE, 4 INCH SQUARE BY 1 -1/2 INCH DEEP. SWITCH BOXES: TWO INCH BY 3 -INCH LONG, GALVANIZED STEEL SWITCH BOXES SHALL BE USED ONLY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF SINGLE SWITCHES, INSTALL MULTIPLE SWITCHES IN STANDARD GANG BOXES WITH RAISED DEVICE COVERS SUITABLE FOR THE APPLICATION INDICATED. ENCLOSURES, JUNCTION BOXES, GUTTERS ETC. INSTALLED OUTSIDE OF BUILDING AND SUBJECT TO WEATHER SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF. JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES: LOCATE GENERALLY NOT EXPOSED IN FINISHED SPACE. WHERE NECESSARY, REROUTE RACEWAYS OR MAKE OTHER ARRANGEMENTS FOR CONCEALMENT. PROVIDE PULL BOXES AS INDICATED AND WHERE NECESSARY TO FACILITATE PULLING OF WIRE AND COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OTHER TRADES. COVERS OF JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. FOR EMPTY RACEWAY RUNS PROVIDE PULL BOXES EVERY 100' AND AS INDICATED. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH OTHER TRADES. SET BOXES SQUARE AND TRUE WITH BUILDING FINISH. ERECT WALL AND SWITCH OUTLETS IN ADVANCE OF FURRING AND FIRE PROOFING. SECURE TO BUILDING STRUCTURE BY ADJUSTABLE STRAP IRONS. JUNCTION BOXES & PULL BOXES SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC. SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES GENERAL: COLOR OF DEVICES SHALL BE WHITE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ORANGE FOR DEDICATED I.G. RECEPTACLES . BLACK AT SALES AREAS WHERE LOCATED ABOVE 12' A.F.F. 1. ALL GENERAL PURPOSE 20 AMPERE, 125 -250 VOLT RECEPTACLES AND 120 -277 VOLT SWITCHES SHALL CONFORM TO NEMA WD 1 AND APPLICABLE U.L TESTS. RECEPTACLES: 1. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLE: NEMA TYPE 5 -20R LEVITON #6898 -HG OR EQUAL 2. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: NEMA TYPE 5 -20R, HEAVY DUTY SPECIFICATION GRADE, SIDE WIRED ONLY, LEVITON 5243 OR EQUAL 3. CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES: NEMA TYPE 5 -20R, HEAVY DUTY SPECIFICATION GRADE, SIDE WIRED ONLY, HUBBELL 111G -5362, PROVIDED WITH GREEN INSULATED GROUND WIRE, AND WITH ENGRAVED COVER PLATE " "FOR CASH REGISTERS ONLY". SWITCHES: TWENTY AMPERE, 120 -277 VOLTS, FAST MAKE -SLOW BREAK, QUIET TYPE SWITCH WITH SILVER CADMIUM ALLOY CONTACTS, BINDING HEAD TERMINAL SCREWS, SIDE WIRED ONLY. ALL SWITCHES SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR. 1. SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW, LEVITON #1221 OR EQUAL 2. THREE -WAY, LEVITON #1223 OR EQUAL Zio Carter::Burgess WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 MI.R 21 2008 DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BID PRAWN E f: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER k BURGESS. INC. at &t Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 I EXPIRES 08/26/09 1 ISSUES /REVISIONS - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 12 -03 -07 APPROVED BY: CNB 441805.011.039.0001 NONE E.-003 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED) 2.05 DEVICE PLATES 212 A. FLUSH DEVICE PLATES: PLATES SHALL BE SMOOTH PLASTIC, COLOR TO MATCH DEVICE, LEVITON #8600 SERIES OR EQUAL B. SURFACE MOUNTED DEVICES, INDOOR: GALVANIZED METAL TO FIT BOX. C. OUTDOOR, WEATHERPROOF: DIE CAST ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION, CORROSION RESISTANT, HEAVY DUTY, HINGED COVER FLAP, AND GASKET, LEVITON #6196, HORIZONTAL MOUNTING. 2.06 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. SWITCH INTERIOR: DEAD -FRONT CONSTRUCTION WITH HINGED ARC SUPPRESSOR AND SWITCH BLADES WHICH ARE FULLY VISIBLE IN THE "OFF "" POSITION AND WITH DOOR OPEN. B. SWITCH MECHANISM: QUICK -MAKE AND QUICK -BREAK OPERATING HANDLE AND MECHANISM WITH DUAL COVER INTERLOCK TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED OPENING OF THE SWITCH DOOR IN THE "ON" POSITION OR CLOSING THE SWITCH MECHANISM WHILE THE DOOR IS OPEN. 2.07 A. C. D. B. 2.08 A. RATINGS: SWITCHES SHALL BE HORSEPOWER RATED FOR THE OPERATING VOLTAGE AND WITH FUSED OR NON -FUSED ARRANGEMENTS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. ENCLOSURES: NEMA 1, CODE GAUGE SHEET STEEL WITH HINGED COVER, OR NEMA 3R AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED BY APPLICATION. TRANSFORMERS TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE INDOOR TYPE, SELF COOLED, 480V, THREE- PHASE, DUAL WINDING, FULLY ENCLOSED, VENTILATED, GENERAL PURPOSE DRY TYPE, 480 VOLT PRIMARY, 120/208 VOLT SECONDARY, 60 HERTZ, EQUIPPED WITH TWO 2 1/2% FULL CAPACITY TAPS ABOVE AND BELOW RATED VOLTAGE AND SHALL BE OF THE KVA RATING SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WINDINGS CLASS 'H' INSULATION GROUP, WITH TEMPERATURE RISE, WHEN OPERATED CONTINUOUSLY AT FULL LOAD AND RATED FREQUENCY, NOT EXCEEDING 150 DEGREE C. RISE OVER 40 DEGREE C. AMBIENT, UNLESS MENTIONED OTHERWISE ON THE ONE LINE DIAGRAM. C. TRANSFORMER SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 10% OVERLOAD CAPACITY AT RATED VOLTAGE AND SHALL HAVE A 10 KV BIL RATING. D. SOUND LEVEL AT ANY LOAD SHALL NOT EXCEED 45 DB WHEN TESTED IN A ROOM WITH AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL NOT EXCEEDING 24 DB. EXCESSIVELY NOISY TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE REPLACED WITH NEW AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. E. TRANSFORMER IMPEDANCE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 4% NOR GREATER THAN 5%. TRANSFORMERS SHALL CONFORM TO NEMA, NEC AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL CODES. F. TRANSFORMER SHALL NOT CONTAIN ANY PCB'S (POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS). G. TRANSFORMER SIZE SHALL FIT SPACE ALLOCATED PER DRAWINGS. H. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE GE, SIEMENS, CUTLER HAMMER, OR SQUARE D. I. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TRANSFORMER AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. PANELBOARDS RATINGS: SEE PANEL SCHEDULES. PANEL BOARDS SHALL BE OF THE " DEAD FRONT ENCLOSED TYPE, FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNTED AS REQUIRED TO FIT IN THE SPACE INDICATED ON THE PLANS, IN STEEL CABINETS, CODE GAUGE, WITH STEEL TRIM CONCEALED HINGES, DOORS, AND FLUSH TYPE LOCKS, ALL KEYED ALIKE, GE, SIEMENS, CUTLER HAMMER, OR SQUARE -D, OR APPROVED EQUAL B. FINISH: ALL PAINTED STEEL WORK SHALL BE TREATED WITH A PRIMER COAT AND FINISH COAT OF THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD GRAY COLOR OR ANSI 61. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL PANELBOARDS AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. D. BUSSES, INCLUDING NEUTRAL AND GROUND BUS SHALL BE RECTANGULAR CROSS SECTION FULL LENGTH, MINIMUM 98% CONDUCTIVITY, HARD DRAWN COPPER. SILVER OR TIN PLATED JOINTS, AND SIZED ON THE BASIS OF 1000 AMPERES PER SQ. IN. CROSS SECTIONAL AREA. BUSSES SHALL BE ARRANGED FOR SEQUENCE PHASING. E. EACH PANELBOARD SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A GROUND BUS SECURED TO THE INTERIOR OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE BUS SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE PANELBOARD NEUTRAL BUS AND SHALL HAVE A SEPARATE LUG FOR EACH GROUND CONDUCTOR. NOT MORE THAN ONE CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED PER LUG. F. EACH ISOLATED GROUND PANELBOARD SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A ISOLATED GROUND BUS SECURED TO THE INTERIOR OF PANELBOARD WITH A SEPARATE ISOLATED GROUND WIRE (SIZED PER THE NEC) RUN BACK TO THE GROUNDING ELECTRODE G. PRIOR TO ORDERING, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM WITH THE SERVING UTILITY AND THE LANDLORD, THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LEVEL AT THE TENANT DISCONNECT. TENANT PANELBOARDS SHALL BE ORDERED WITH AN AIC RATING GREATER THAN THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LEVEL IF CONTRACTOR DOES NOT CONFIRM FAULT CURRENT LEVEL, FULLY RATED EQUIPMENT AT 65K AIC MINIMUM SHALL BE PROVIDED. H. BACK BOXES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF CODE GAUGE STEEL. W/ GALVANIZED TRIMS AND RUST INHIBITED COATING AND PAINTED WITH GRAY ENAMEL FINISH (ANSI 61). I. DOORS AND TRIM SHALL EACH BE IN ONE PIECE SO DESIGNED THAT DOORS WILL OPEN 180 DEGREES. DOORS SHALL BE FASTENED TO TRIMS WITH SEMI - CONCEALED FIVE KNUCKLE STEEL WITH NONFERROUS PINS. TRIMS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BACK BOXES BY SCREWS. J. CLEAN, VACUUM AND TIGHTEN ALL CONNECTORS AND CONNECTIONS IN EXISTING & NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. SEAL EXISTING PANEL KNOCKOUTS NOT REUSED. K. CIRCUIT BREAKERS PROVIDED IN EXISTING PANELBOARDS SHALL MATCH EXISTING TYPE, MAKE & AIC RATING. 2.09 PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. PANEL BOARDS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH BOLT ON, MOLDED CASE, THERMAL MAGNETIC TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKERS OF THE TYPE, # OF POLES, TRIP SIZES, AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. PANEL BOARD AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SHALL BE "FULLY RATED" WITH INTERRUPTING RATINGS EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN SYSTEM AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT AT INCOMING LINE TERMINALS, AND NOT LESS THAN 10,000 A.I.C. FOR 120/208V AND NOT LESS THAN 14,000 A.I.C. FOR 480/277V. B. CIRCUIT BREAKERS: MOLDED CASE, BOLT -ON, THERMAL MAGNETIC TYPE, 40 DEGREES C. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED, FIXED MOUNTING, WITH QUICK -MAKE AND QUICK -BREAK SWITCHING MECHANISM MECHANICALLY TRIP-FREE FROM THE OPERATING HANDLE. C. RATINGS: REFER TO DRAWINGS AND PANEL SCHEDULES FOR TRIP FRAME AND POLES REQUIRED. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FULLY RATED BASED ON AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LEVEL D. MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS: FRACTIONAL H.P. 1 PHASE MOTORS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY THERMAL O.L RELAY INTEGRAL WITH THE DISCONNECT: "MOTOR- MINDER ", OR EQUAL 2.10 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES A. PROVIDE SUPPORT DEVICES AND APPURTENANCES INCLUDING HANGERS, ANCHORS, SLEEVES, INSERTS, SEALS, AND ASSOCIATED FASTENERS USED FOR MOUNTING RACEWAYS, EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ELECTRICAL ITEMS AS REQUIRED. B. CONDUIT STRAPS: HOT -DIP GALVANIZED, CAST MALLEABLE IRON, ONE HOLE TYPE STRAP WITH CAST CLAMP -BACKS AND SPACERS AS REQUIRED. O.Z. /GEDNEY #14 -50G STRAP AND #141G SPACER, REFCOR #231 STRAP AND #131 SPACER, OR EQUAL C. CONSTRUCTION CHANNEL 1 -1/2 INCH BY 1 -1/2 INCH 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL CHANNEL WITH 17/32 INCH DIAMETER BOLT HOLES, 1 -1/2 INCHES ON CENTER, IN BASE OF THE CHANNEL KINDORF 905 SERIES, UNISTRUT P-1000-HS, OR EQUAL D. FASTENERS (GENERAL): WOOD SCREWS FOR FASTENING TO WOOD. MACHINE SCREWS FOR FASTENING TO STEEL TOGGLE BOLTS FOR FASTENING TO HOLLOW CONCRETE BLOCK, GYPSUM BOARD OR PLASTER WALL. EXPANSION ANCHORS FOR ATTACHMENTS TO PRE- POURED CONCRETE. 2.11 IDENTIFYING DEVICES A. PANELBOARD DIRECTORIES: A CIRCUIT DIRECTORY WITH METAL FRAME AND GLASSINE PAGE SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE INSIDE OF THE DOOR UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. THE DIRECTORY SHALL BE TYPEWRITTEN, INDICATING THE SERVICE CONTROLLED BY EACH CIRCUIT FOR NEW AND EXISTING PANELS. THE ROOM NUMBERS USED SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH THE OWNER AND SHALL NOT NECESSARILY BE THOSE USED IN THE DRAWINGS. B. WIRE & TERMINAL MARKERS: SELF - ADHERING, PRE - PRINTED VINYL WITH SELF- LAMINATING WRAP GROUND STRIP BRADY B191 SERIES, THOMAS & BE 115 WSI SERIES, OR EQUAL C. PROVIDE NAMEPLATES, ENGRAVED, THREE LAYER LAMINATED PLASTIC W/ WHITE LETTERS ON A BLACK BACKGROUND AND 1/4" LETTERS FOR EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION AND 1/8" LETTERS FOR SOURCE CIRCUIT. NUMBER FOR THE FOLLOWING (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) EQUIPMENT; PANEL BOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS INCLUDING EACH INDIVIDUAL DEVICE OR PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE SWITCHBOARD, MOTOR CONTROL CENTER (MCC) INCLUDING EACH DEVICE WITHIN THE MCC AND ENCLOSED SWITCHES, STARTERS, CONTACTORS, CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND TRANSFORMERS. 3.01 B. C. D. A. A. 2.13 A. B. C. D. E. F. 2.14 A. B. C. D. 2.15 A. B. PART 3 A. B. PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS WHERE INDICATED FOR TELEPHONE OR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TERMINALS, OR FOR MOTOR CONTROL OR OTHER EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLES, PROVIDE BACKBOARDS OF SIZE INDICATED. 1. USE DOUGLAS FIR PLYWOOD, EXTERIOR GRADE WITH "B" FACE, PRIME AND FINISHED PAINTED. 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE 3/4 INCH THICK PLYWOOD. 3. ALL PLYWOOD SHALL BE FIRE RESISTANT. GROUNDING GREEN, INSULATED COPPER GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE FURNISHED TO EACH PANEL AND /OR DEVICE. RACEWAYS /CONDUITS SHALL NOT BE RELIED UPON FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING. BRANCH/FEEDER CONDUITS SHALL INCLUDE A GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZED PER NEC. GROUND ALL CONDUITS, CABINETS, MOTORS, BOXES, ENCLOSURES, PANELS AND OTHER EXPOSED NON-CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL PROVISIONS OF THE NEC ARTICLE 250 AND LOCAL CODES THAT MAY APPLY. ELECTRICALLY GROUND METALLIC BOXES. WHERE WIRING TO ITEM INCLUDES GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, PROVIDE GROUNDING TERMINAL IN INTERIOR OF BOX. ENCLOSURES OF EQUIPMENT, RACEWAYS, AND FIXTURES SHALL BE PERMANENTLY AND EFFECTIVELY GROUNDED. PROVIDE CODE-SIZED, (UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED) COPPER, INSULATED GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUND WITH ALL BRANCH AND FEEDER CIRCUIT RUNS. EQUIPMENT GROUND SHALL ORIGINATE AT PANELBOARD GROUND BUS AND SHALL BE BONDED TO ALL SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE BOXES AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES. BUILDING SERVICES SHALL BE GROUNDED TO BUILDING STEEL AND TO COLD METALLIC WATER PIPING. ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTORS SHALL TERMINATE ON ISOLATED GROUND BUS AND RECEPTACLE ISOLATED GROUND LUGS ONLY. DOOR BUZZER AND PUSHBUTTON SYSTEM PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATING DOOR BUZZER SYSTEM WITH ALL NECESSARY ACCESSORIES, TRANSFORMER AND WIRING. BUZZERS SHALL BE EDWARDS #1064 -G5, MOUNTED 8' AFF IN STOCK AND MEZZANINE AREAS, AND 2' AFF UNDER CASH WRAP COUNTER. PUSHBUTTON SHALL BE EDWARDS #1786 -B, MOUNT AT 4' AFF. TRANSFORMER RATED 20 VA, 24VAC SHALL BE EDWARDS #592, MOUNT AT 8' AFF LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATING LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM WITH ALL NECESSARY WIRING, CONTACTORS, PHOTOELECTRIC DEVICE, AND PROGRAMMING. PROVIDE ALL PROGRAMMING AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE OWNER'S SCHEDULING. THE OWNER, FOR OPERATING THE 11MECLOCK. EXECUTION CONDUIT INSTALLATION GENERAL 1. CONDUIT SYSTEM SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS EXPOSED WORK IS CLEARLY CALLED FOR ON DRAWINGS. 2. CONDUITS SHALL BE TIGHTLY COVERED AND WELL PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION USING METALLIC BUSHINGS AND BUSHING "PENNIES" TO SEAL OPEN ENDS. 3. IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS OR DUCTS, INSTALL A 200 -POUND TENSILE STRENGTH POLYETHYLENE PULLING ROPE (INCLUDING ALL COMMUNICATION CONDUITS). 4. CONDUIT SYSTEMS SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS THROUGHOUT. INSTALL CODE SIZE, INSULATED, COPPER, GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN ALL CONDUIT RUNS PULLED WITH PHASE AND NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS. 5. SIZE RACEWAYS AS REQUIRED BY NEC (OR LARGER IF SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS) EXCEPT THAT MINIMUM SIZE SHALL BE 3/4" UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO THE CONTRARY. EXCEPT THAT 1/2" FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT MAY BE USED FOR TAP CONNECTIONS BETWEEN LIGHTING FIXTURES AND JUNCTION BOXES. LAYOUT 1. LOCATIONS OF CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE PLANNED IN ADVANCE OF THE INSTALLATION AND COORDINATED WITH THE DUCTWORK, PLUMBING, CEILING AND WALL CONSTRUCTION IN THE SAME AREAS AND SHALL NOT UNNECESSARILY CROSS OTHER CONDUITS OR PIPE, NOR PREVENT REMOVAL OF CEILING OR TILES OR PANELS, NOR BLOCK ACCESS TO MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 2. EXACT ROUTING OF CONDUIT WITHIN BUILDING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ANY COST REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUIT DIFFERENT THAN IT IS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE INCURRED BY THE CONTRACTOR. CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE ROUTED AT RIGHT ANGLES OR PARALLEL TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, WALLS, FLOOR OR CEILING AND SUPPORTED AT INTERVALS NO GREATER THAN 1O' -0 ". 3. WHERE PRACTICAL, INSTALL CONDUITS IN GROUPS, IN PARALLEL, FOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL RUNS AND AT ELEVATIONS THAT AVOID UNNECESSARY OFFSETS. 4. PASS RACEWAYS OVER & MAINTAIN A SEPARATION OF NOT LESS THAN 12 INCHES FROM PARALLEL RUNS OF HEATED PIPE LINES AND FLUES OR 3 INCHES FROM SUCH LINES CROSSING PERPENDICULAR TO THE RUNS.. WHEN RACEWAYS AND HEATED PIPE LINES ARE CLOSER THAN 6 INCHES, INSTALL ONE -PIECE INSULATION JACKETED WITH EMBOSSED VAPOR BARRIER LAMINATED ON CONDUIT. WHERE AVAILABLE, JACKET FLAPS WITH FACTORY - APPLIED PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE MAY BE REQUIRED. 5. AT FLUSH FLOOR RECEPTACLE LOCATIONS, ASSOCIATED CONDUIT- SHALL BE RUN WITHIN WOOD FLOORING PLYWOOD UNDERLAYMENT. COORDINATE LAYOUT WITH FLOORING CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO UNDERLAYMENT INSTALL TO ACCOMMODATE CONDUIT CUT -OUTS IN PLYWOOD. CONDUIT LAYOUT SHALL NOT BE PARALLEL WITH WOOD FLOOR PLANKS SCHEDULED FOR INSTALL ON TOP OF UNDERLAYMENT. MAINTAIN MINIMUM 30 DEGREE ANGLE FROM PARALLEL SUPPORTS 1. ALL RACEWAY SYSTEMS SHALL BE SECURED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURES USING SPECIFIED FASTENERS, CLAMPS AND HANGERS SPACED ACCORDING TO CODE REQUIREMENTS. 2. SUPPORT SINGLE RUNS OF CONDUIT USING ONE HOLE PIPE STRAPS. WHERE RUN HORIZONTALLY ON WALLS IN DAMP OR WET LOCATION, INSTALL "CLAMP- BACKS" TO SPACE CONDUIT OFF THE SURFACE. 3. MULTIPLE CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE SUPPORTED USING "TRAPEZE" HANGERS FABRICATED FROM SPECIFIED CONSTRUCTION CHANNEL, MOUNTED TO 3/8 INCH DIAMETER, THREADED STEEL RODS SECURED TO BUILDING STRUCTURES., FASTEN CONDUIT TO CONSTRUCTION CHANNEL WITH STANDARD ONE HOLE PIPE CLAMPS OR THE EQUIVALENT. ACCESSORIES, RELAYS, PROVIDE TRAINING TO TERMINATION AND JOINTS 1. RACEWAYS SHALL BE JOINED USING SPECIFIED COUPLING OR TRANSITION COUPLINGS WHERE DISSIMILAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS ARE JOINED. 2. CONDUITS SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO CABINETS, BOXES AND GUTTERS USING TWO LOCKNUTS AND AN INSULATING BUSHING OR SPECIFIED INSULATED CONNECTORS. INSTALL GROUNDING BUSHINGS OR BONDING JUMPERS ON ALL CONDUITS TERMINATING AT CONCENTRIC KNOCKOUTS. IN PANELS, PULL BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, GUTTERS, ETC. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE TIED WITH PLASTIC TIES, NEATLY FANNED OUT AND TAGGED WITH ADHESIVE MARKERS. (3M, BRADY OR APPROVED EQUAL) WHICH ARE CLEARLY MARKED WITH CIRCUIT NUMBERS, ALL IN AN APPROVED WORKMANLIKE MANNER. 3. CONDUIT TERMINATIONS EXPOSED AT WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURES AND CAST OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE MADE WATERTIGHT USING SPECIFIED CONNECTORS AND HUBS. 4. INSTALL EXPANSION FITTINGS ON CONDUIT RUNS EVERY 200 FEET OF LINEAR RUN, WHEREVER STRUCTURAL EXPANSION JOINTS ARE CROSSED OR WHERE REQUIRED BY THE PROJECT CONDITIONS. EXPANSION FITTINGS SHALL HAVE GROUND JUMPER AND INTERNAL BEARING ASSEMBLY. MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS FOR CONDUIT SUCH AS REDUCERS, CHASE NIPPLES, LONG OR SHORT NIPPLES AND PLUGS SHALL BE USED AS APPLICABLE. THREE PIECE AND SPLIT COUPLINGS SHALL BE USED FOR RENOVATION OR ADD -ON WORK ONLY WHERE NECESSARY. 5. CUT CONDUIT ENDS SQUARE, REAM SMOOTH, PAINT MALE THREADS OF FIELD THREADED RACEWAYS WITH GRAPHITE BASE PIPE COMPOUND. DRAW UP TIGHT WITH RACEWAY COUPLINGS. 6. EACH END OF ANY CONDUIT RUN TERMINATING IN A SHEET METAL BOX OF ANY KIND SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH GALVANIZED LOCK NUT INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF THE BOX WITH INSULATED BUSHING ON END OF CONDUIT. 7. CAP UNUSED KNOCKOUT HOLES WHERE BLANKS HAVE BEEN REMOVED AND PLUG UNUSED CONDUIT HUBS. USE BLANK PLATES ON OUTLET BOXES IN WHICH NO DEVICE IS INSTALLED. E. PENETRATIONS 1. ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SEALED WATER - TIGHT. MAINTAIN FIRE RATING AS REQUIRED. 2. FIRE -SAFE ALL RATED WALL PENETRATIONS USING 3M LISTED FIRE-SAFING SEALANTS AND ASSEMBLIES. 3.02 CABLE AND WIRE INSTALLATION GENERAL 1. CONDUCTORS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT UNTIL ALL WORK OF ANY NATURE THAT MAY CAUSE DAMAGE IS COMPLETED. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN IN PULLING CONDUCTORS SO THAT INSULATION IS NOT DAMAGED. U.L APPROVED NON - PETROLEUM BASE AND INSULATING TYPE PULLING COMPOUND SHALL BE USED AS NEEDED. 2 . ALL CABLES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND WARRANTY. SPUCING AND TERMINATING 1. ALL ASPECTS OF SPLICING AND TERMINATING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CABLE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED PROCEDURES. 2. MAKE UP ALL SPLICES IN OUTLET BOXES WITH CONNECTORS AS SPECIFIED HEREIN WITH SEPARATE TAILS OF CORRECT COLOR TO BE MADE UP TO SPLICE. PROVIDE AT LEAST SIX (6) INCHES OF TAILS PACKED IN BOX AFTER SPLICE IS MADE UP. 3. ALL WIRE AND CABLE IN PANELS, TERMINAL CABINETS AND EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES SHALL BE BUNDLED AND CLAMPED. C. MC CABLE INSTALLATION 1. INSTALL CABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72. 2. USE SOLID CONDUCTOR FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS 12 AWG AND SMALLER. 3. BEND CABLE PER NEC. 4. GROUNDING: ALL CABLE SHALL CONTAIN A GREEN WIRE GROUND. THE JACKET SHALL NOT SERVE AS THE ONLY GROUNDING MEANS. 5. SUSPENSION: 1. CABLE SHALL BE STRAPPED TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF DECKING WHERE PRACTICAL 2. CABLE SHALL HAVE INDEPENDENT SUSPENSION AND SHALL NOT BE TIED TO CEILING GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM, PLUMBING PIPING, OR SPRINKLER PIPING. 3. CABLE SHALL BE GROUPED SEPARATELY FROM LOW VOLTAGE CABLE SYSTEMS. 4. SUPPORT CABLE EVERY 6 FEET, MAXIMUM. 5. CABLE SHALL BE STRAPPED EVERY 6' --0', AT EACH TURN, AND WITHIN 12 INCHES OF ALL JUNCTION BOXES USING CABLE STRAPS, NOT TIES. 6. BUNDLING: INSTALL NO MORE THAN 4 CABLES TOGETHER IN A SINGLE BUNDLE 6. ROUTING: 1. BENDING RADIUS SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY 12 TIMES THE EXTERNAL DIAMETER OF THE METAL SHEATH. 2. ROUTING OF THE CABLE SHALL FOLLOW THE ORTHOGONAL GRID OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OF THE BUILDING, SUCH AS BEAMS AND PURLINS. 3. CABLE IN CEILINGS SHALL RUN AS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE, AND IN NO CASE (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF DROPS) LESS THAN 12 INCHES ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS. 4. MC CABLE SHALL NOT BE USED IN FINAL HOMERUN CONNECTION TO THE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL 5. ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUITS AND NORMAL GROUND CIRCUITS SHALL BE RUN IN SEPARATE CABLES. 6. CABLE SHALL BE INSTALLED USING BUSHINGS OR BUSHED FITTINGS. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND WIRING SERVICES A. GENERAL 1. ALL OUTLETS SHALL FINISH FLUSH WITH WALL FINISHES AND CEIUNG, EXCEPT WHERE EXPOSED WORK IS CALLED FOR. THERE SHALL BE NO GAP BETWEEN BOX AND WALL OR CEIUNG MATERIAL ANY OPENING BETWEEN BOX AND WALL OR CEILING SHALL BE CAULKED AIRTIGHT. 2. INSTALL RAISED DEVICE COVERS ON ALL OUTLET BOXES AS REQUIRED TO FINISH FLUSH WITH SURFACE. COVERS SHALL BE OF A DEPTH TO SUIT THE WALL OR CEILING FINISH. 3. LEAVE NO UNUSED OPENINGS IN ANY BOX. INSTALL CLOSE -UP PLUGS AS REQUIRED TO SEAL OPENINGS. 4. EXPOSED OUTLET BOXES AND BOXES IN DAMP AND WET LOCATIONS SHALL BE CAST METAL WITH GASKETED CAST METAL COVER PLATES. B. BOXES LAYOUT 1. OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. MAKE ADJUSTMENTS TO LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS AND TO SUIT COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS OF OTHER TRADES. 2. OUTLET BOXES IN STUD WALL AND PARTITIONS SHALL NOT BE MOUNTED BACK -TO -BACK NOR SHALL THROUGH -WALL BOXES BE PERMITTED. 3. WHERE INSTALLATION IS WITHIN OR BEHIND CASEWORK, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH CASEWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN TO ENSURE ACCESSIBILITY. C. SUPPORTS 1. BOXES INSTALLED IN STUD WALLS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH BRACKETS DESIGNED FOR ATTACHING DIRECTLY TO THE STUDS OR SHALL BE MOUNTED ON HEAVY GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BOX SUPPORTS. 2. FIXTURE OUTLET BOXES INSTALLED IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS OF GYPSUM BOARD OR LATH AND PLASTER CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE MOUNTED TO 16 GAUGE METAL CHANNEL BARS ATTACHED TO MAIN CEILING RUNNERS. 3. FIXTURE OUTLET BOXES INSTALLED IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS SYSTEMS SUPPORTING ACOUSTICAL TILES OR PANELS SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURES ABOVE WHEREVER PENDANT - MOUNTED FIXTURES ARE INSTALLED FROM THE BOX. D. MOUNTING HEIGHTS: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE HEIGHTS ARE FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTER LINE OF DEVICE BOX SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS OF STATE CODE. DEVICE: HEIGHT(INCHES) CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE & TELEPHONE OUTLET 18 CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES ABOVE COUNTERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED SWITCHES, LIGHT 3.05 TRANSFORMER INSTALLATION A. TRANSFORMER SHALL BE FLOOR MOUNTED AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE MOUNTING HARDWARE TO SAFELY CARRY THE WEIGHT OF THE TRANSFORMER. MAINTAIN ADEQUATE SPACING FOR 1.03 VENTILATION AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND REQUIRED BY CODE. PROVIDE KORFUND TYPE VIBRATION ISOLATION PADS FOR EACH TRANSFORMER. CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMER SHALL BE MADE WIN FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT. INSTALL GROUND CONDUCTORS IN EACH CONDUIT AND PROVIDE GROUNDING BUSHINGS AS REQUIRED. D. PROVIDE HEAT INSULATING BARRIER BELOW TRANSFORMER WHERE INSTALLED ON COMBUSTIBLE SURFACE. B. C. END OF SECTION 44 46 SECTION 16510: LIGHTING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. WORK INCLUDED 1. PROVIDE COMPLETE LIGHTING SYSTEM, WIRED, ASSEMBLED AND OPERABLE, INCLUDING LIGHTING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED IN THE FIXTURE SCHEDULES AS NECESSARY TO PROPERLY AND COMPLETELY INSTALL THE FIXTURES IN THE TYPE OF CEILINGS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEIUNG PLANS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. ACCESSORIES INCLUDE CANOPIES, SUSPENSION OF PROPER LENGTHS, HICKEYS, CASTINGS, SOCKETS, HOLDERS, REFLECTORS, BALLASTS, DIFFUSING MATERIAL, LOUVERS, PLASTER AND MOUNTING FRAMES, LAMPS, RECESSING BOXES, SUPPORTING BRACKETS AND CHANNELS TO SPAN STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. FIXTURES TO BE FACTORY PREWIRED AND PREASSEMBLED. 2. INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION OF ALL FIXTURES, LAMPS, BALLASTS, LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES, RELAYS, RELATED COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORY WIRING AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS, FIXTURE SCHEDULE OR AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. 3. FINAL AIMING AND ADJUSTMENT OF RECESSED ADJUSTABLE FIXTURES AND TRACK MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL BE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. B. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: REFER TO SECTION 16050 FOR REQUIREMENTS THIS SECTION. 1.02 COORDINATION: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF LIGHTING 1.03 SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 16050: CONTROL DEVICES, RELAYS AND CABINETS AND WIRING DIAGRAMS. PRODUCTS LAMPS INCANDESCENT LAMPS: GENERAL PURPOSE A BASE LAMPS SHALL BE INSIDE FROSTED, RATED 120 VAC, OR AS NOTED ON FIXTURE SCHEDULE. REFLECTOR STYLE LAMPS, R AND PAR, AS NOTED ON FIXTURE SCHEDULE. MR16 LAMPS SHALL BE G.E. PRECISE CONSTANT COLOR TYPE. FLUORESCENT LAMPS 1. 24, 36 AND 48 INCH LONG LAMPS SHALL BE T8 ENERGY SAVING DELUXE WARM - WHITE, UON. 2. COMPACT TWIN -TUBE AND DOUBLE TWIN -TUBE, 9, 13 AND 18 WATTS NOMINAL, 735 K SPX35. C. LAMPS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED AS INDICATED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ONLY. 2.02 BALLASTS A. FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS 1. BALLASTS SHALL COMPLY WILL ALL APPLICABLE UL AND ANSI STANDARDS AND SHALL BE UL LISTED. BALLASTS PERFORMANCE MAY BE CERTIFIED BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY WITH A U.S. GOVERNMENT REGISTERED CERTIFICATION MARK FOR FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS. PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATION SHALL BE CONDUCTED PER ETL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI TEST METHODS. INTERIOR BALLASTS SHALL CONFORM TO THE STATE ENERGY STANDARDS. FLUORESCENT BALLASTS SHALL BE WARRANTED AGAINST FAILURE DUE TO DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD OF THREE (3) YEARS FROM DATE OF INSTALLATION ACCEPTANCE REGARDLESS OF THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE. BALLASTS SHALL BE CLASS P, SOUND RATED A, "FULL - OUTPUT" ENERGY -- SAVING, ELECTRONIC BALLASTS FOR OCTRON LAMPS AS MANUFACTURED BY MAGNETEK. 2. BALLASTS FOR COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL HAVE HIGH POWER FACTOR. 3. BALLASTS SHALL BE APPROVED FOR USE WITH ENERGY SAVING LAMPS BY THE LAMP MANUFACTURER. PART 2 2.01 A. B. APPLICABLE TO FIXTURES. TIME SWITCHES, 2.03 A. REFRACTORS, REFLECTORS AND LOUVERS (FURNISHED BY OWNER) ALL GLASSWARE, PLASTER AND METAL SHALL BE UNIFORM, FREE FROM DEFECTS, AND PHOTOMETRICALLY TESTED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY. PLASTIC DIFFUSERS SHALL BE OF VIRGIN ACRYLIC PLASTIC. POLISHED REFLECTORS USED WITH TRIPHOSPHOR COMPACT LAMPS SHALL HAVE ANTI- IRIDESCENT OPTICAL COATING. LIGHTING FIXTURES FIXTURES SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES OR ETL TESTING LABORATORIES. LIGHTING FIXTURE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG NUMBERS ARE INDICATIVE OF DESIRED DESIGN, APPEARANCE QUAILTY AND PERFORMANCE. OTHER FIXTURES OFFERING THESE SAME FEATURES MAY BE CONSIDERED AS SUBSTITUTIONS, ALTHOUGH THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS ARE TO BE MADE BY THE ARCHITECT. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE CERTIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE STATE ENERGY COMMISSION. EXIT LIGHTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH MOUNTING AND DIRECTIONAL HARDWARE TO MEET FIELD CONDITIONS. VERIFY PRIOR TO ORDERING. EXECUTION INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HANDLING AND STORAGE. FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED PLUMB, LEVEL, IN STRAIGHT LINES WITHOUT DISTORTION AND CLEAN. INSTALL EACH FIXTURE IN A MANNER RECOMMENDED BY THE FIXTURE MANUFACTURER AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE WORK, FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ADDITIONAL CEILING BRACING, HANGER SUPPORTS AND OTHER STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENTS TO THE BUILDING REQUIRE TO PROPERLY AND SAFELY SUSPEND FIXTURES, ALL AS APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. C. FIXTURES IN AREAS OF EXPOSED DUCT AND PIPE WORK SHALL BE SUSPENDED TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH SAME. D. PENDANT FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BALL AUGNERS AND SWAY ADAPTERS. FIXTURE CHAIN SHALL NOT BE USED FOR SUPPORTING FIXTURES. E. BALLASTS: BALLASTS JUDGED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO BE NOISY, AND FAILED OR MALFUNCTIONING BALLASTS SHALL BE REPLACED AT OWNER'S EXPENSE. 3.02 FIXTURE SUPPORT - SUSPENDED CEILINGS A. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES INSTALLED IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS MUST BE FASTENED TO CEILING FRAMING MEMBERS PER NEC AND TO BUILDING STRUCTURE PER UBC. PROVIDE EARTHQUAKE CUPS & SEISMIC SUPPORT BRACING AS REQUIRED. LIGHT FIXTURES INSTALLED IN AREAS WHERE THERE IS NO CEIUNG SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE ONLY USING APPROVED SUPPORTS. B. C. 2.04 A. B. C. PART 3 3.01 A. B. END OF SECTION SECTION 16720: FIRE ALARM SYSTEM BIDDER DESIGN (NOT PART OF THIS PROJECT) PART 1 1.01 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK A. PROVIDE A COMPLETE BIDDER DESIGN FIRE ALARM SYSTEM FOR THE TENANT SPACE TO INCLUDE, BUT SHALL NOT BE LIMITED TO: 1. COMPLETE SYSTEM DESIGN. THIS SHALL INCLUDE COORDINATION OF LANDLORD AND JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. DEVELOP PERMIT SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTATION, INCLUDING SHOP DRAWINGS AND BATTERY CALCULATIONS. 3. ALL WORK, ITEMS, ARTICLES, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, WIRING, AND RACEWAY FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 4. SYSTEM TESTING, DEMONSTRATION, AND TRAINING. 5. WARRANTY. 6. ALL DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED BY NFPA. B. SUBMITTALS - BIDDER DESIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SUBMITTALS AS FOLLOWS: 1. SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL OF DEVICE LOCATIONS AND FINISH. 2. SUBMIT ALL DOCUMENTATION TO LANDLORD AND LOCAL JURISDICTION AS REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL AND TO OBTAIN PERMITS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, SHOP DRAWINGS, BATTERY CALCULATIONS. USING INFORMATION, AND PRODUCT DATA. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS A. TENANT SYSTEM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL JURISDICTIONAL CODES, AND SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE LANDLORD'S STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS. APPROVED CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLER A. ALL WORK RELATED TO THE TENANT FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INSTALLATION SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LANDLORD APPROVED CONTRACTOR. ALL WORK REQUIRED TO BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD OR THE LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR SHALL BE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE TENANT FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. 1.04 DEVICE COORDINATION A. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES, NOTES, AND RELATED INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL PLANS ILLUSTRATES THE INTENT OF DEVICE LOCATIONS AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS, AND SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESIGN. BIDDER DESIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE EXACT SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND JURISDICTION. B. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INSTALLER SHALL COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND ALL OTHER TRADES FOR PROPER PLACEMENT OF DEVICES TO ELIMINATE CONFLICTS WITH OTHER SYSTEMS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1.01 B. DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT A. ALL WIRING, DEVICES, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW AND COMPATIBLE WITH LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. B. ALL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L. LISTED, FM APPROVED, AND LABELED FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM USE. AUDIBLE/VISUAL DEVICES, IF REQUIRED, SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR AND CEIUNG MOUNTED, UNLESS NOT ALLOWED BY LANDLORD OR JURISDICTION. IF CEIUNG MOUNT DEVICE ARE NOT ALLOWED BY JURISDICTION OR LANDLORD, PROVIDE THE REQUIRED WALL MOUNT DEVICES. D. PULL STATIONS, IF REQUIRED, SHALL BE FLUSH. E. FOR INSTALLATIONS REQUIRING COMMUNICATOR OR DIALER, PROVIDE REQUIRED PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TELEPHONE LINES TO CONTROL PANEL AND PROVIDE 120 VAC DEDICATED BRANCH CIRCUIT AS REQUIRED FOR POWER. PART 3 INSTALLATION 1.01 INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH LANDLORD AND JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.02 INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OUTLINED IN TENANT DESIGN CRITERIA MANUAL. 1.03 WIRING 1.06 C. PART 4 1.01 1.02 A. AT AREAS THAT ARE WITHIN PUBLIC VIEW, ALL FIRE ALARM CABLING SHALL BE RUN IN EMT. B. AT NON- PUBLIC AREAS, CABUNG MAY BE RUN EXPOSED ABOVE 10' A.F.F. UNLESS LANDLORD /JURISDICTION REQUIRES METALLIC RACEWAY. IF SO, PROVIDE REQUIRED RACEWAY. FOR CABUNG BELOW 10' A.F.F., RUN CONCEALED IN WALL OR IN RACEWAY. 1.04 CEIUNG MOUNT DEVICES A. AT AREAS WITH GWB OR ACT CEILING, PROVIDE REQUIRED BACKBOX AND FLUSH MOUNT DEVICE IN CEILING. B. AT AREAS OPEN TO STRUCTURE, PROVIDE APPROPRIATE BACKBOX ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE WITH SURFACE MOUNT DEVICE. FOR AUDIBLE /VISUAL DEVICE SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE WITH 3/8" THREADED ROD WITH DEVICE AT THE REQUIRED ELEVATION. 1.05 COORDINATION A. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, INSTALLER SHALL REVIEW WITH THE LOCAL JURISDICTION AND THE LANDLORD, THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICE LOCATIONS. INSTALLATION SHALL NOT OCCUR UNTIL APPROVAL OF LAYOUT IS OBTAINED BY BOTH AGENCIES AND COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECT. B. IF CEIUNG MOUNTED AUDIBLE/VISUAL DEVICES ARE NOT ALLOWED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION, NOTIFY ARCHITECT. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM BIDDER DESIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING All RACEWAY REQUIRED FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INSTALLATION. TESTING AND CLOSEOUT PROVIDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM TEST AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 72, AND THE LANDLORD. TEST ALL CONDUCTORS AS REQUIRED IN NFPA 72, CHAPTER 7 AND COMPLETE THE INSPECTION AND FORM IN NFPA 72, FIGURE 7-5.2.2. 1.03 SUBMIT ALL TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORTS, SHOP DRAWINGS, AND AS -BUILT DRAWINGS TO OWNER AND AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 72. COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER & BURGOZ. INC. at &t Carter:: Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DRAWN 6Y: RT ` 21 2000 ,; PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: I EXPIRES 08/26/09 I ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BLD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPROVED BY: CNB 441805.011.039.0001 NONE E -004 PAN EL "C" ' PANEL "8" TYPICAL 0 PANEL "A" 1 STORAGE 006 TYPICAL 16q NL 16 ------- L 16r I r., . • , `i ; i... , .i mai) —6" I] B1 (VERT) 34j Q ; I 16 i I ;B2 B2 005-A P 1 1 '1/41 MANAGER'S , :..'- , OFFICE ---_:-- \: 1 L2 002 B2 22c F 24d 1 :22c Cl I I • r INVENTORY/MDF RESTROOM 16 2 \ ROOM L2 NL 16 004 A I I I ' i 4 EMPLOYE LOUNGE 28f I V 26,28 A 'B"-16 NL 34j Q 1 — ! — ; ; r fie , 1 1 i 1 I J_ 22 C1128 1 B. 0 `. 1 1 1 ig 1 9 , i 1 an ¢ 2 e 1 ..v i l i l -1 o_ 1— 4_ 1 --- I , co I 1 =! 1 128 I ' C 1 1 ;22c Cl , ( .1r 126e 1 = .11 ILI 128f -** 22c C11 /- 1 C 16 ELECTRICAL 14 1 ROOM 007 t ) 26e "B-30,3,34 34j Q A 003 16 i; 11 cr.d g;hireif a-, b - S = 1 1 1 : r --- ' ---- - /- -------/- ---- — - ---- l• _ i - 4 i 1 = 121' I /1 i — - i / _ 7 7 1 I V-18,20 — 4 1 16m TYPICAL FOR "82" 28f A 26e 4- lypHcAr. (a:) 34j Q 34j Q , a c) F24 ; 1 , 1 I 1 i 28f A 26 NL A 1 28f (4) #3 T 1 - 1 , I I ) - 1 - i 7 — 1 l 1 i 1 1 , 1 I ; --I-- 1 132 1 NL 130g 32h 30g ; 1 , 34j 341 Q ,„, 7 999.9-- ••:- 1. I , I I I I 1 ) I , i 7 " . !I 1-- T1, „. 1 ; ; 1:11i 1 i 1 : ; I i ..- ;: 1 I, ; ; I 1 11 _...- ; ; ; ,. . ____ . 7' '!",..'; . ;. ; ; 1 1 ;;;; , , ; J._;,ito..;;J.0,.qth:___„,, I i I 1 1 1 I i 1 i4::1101---';-.- 1 i f 1 i 1 1 - , I i ; , i .! 1 i ! i ; ; 1 , i i , ; , i ; , ,.. __t_ . .... i i n rI 1 g lErk-----L— , L —1 J 0 T , . ', ; (2 \ i ; i . i E. I 1--- I i +72"AFF I ) B TOP & BO (TTOM) B j c.".._ i : , 18a it : _ 02 6 18a ..—! , 1 i i F _ i: 32 6 18a B2 1 a B2 ; 4- V 18a B 20b III. 0 ; fi V18a C11 1 1 1 , , 1 i i18a C11,/ tx. i 1 , _ , I ,- I / , i — --i r 20b ., , 1 111 0 ! I I 1 0 ,,, I I I : ,l'r .1 ' L 118a C1 i ';':---: ; i III I o III o Ill o III o o , i 26e! 28f i 26e! 28f ; 26e' - 28f ..1. , , „..— I • ,, .... , ..,- i N. , I C I C I C 1 C I C C I ' . , ,... 1 .. ; • ..... ,.. ; 1--- -i \ ; , ; 1 /. s•...."., ; i 1 I.-Z 1 i L --‘-, I --r--'- ! , , 4,- _..1__, 1 28f A 26e Ai 1 128f 26e 128f SALES! AREA . ../ N .. `-,, ...' ,.., '.. \ ../ , ,.. \ .,. 001 26e r 32 NL 1 4-• 1 ; I I 1 132h 32h ; Al 30g A 3 NL A 130g A 2E61-- 1 © (3) #12 A ; 28f 28f 26e C ( 4 2 C1 22b 3 126 i 1 r- _ _ _ I/ 34j ; I I_ _ ._,-; .___ __. _ i = - -------- ' ------------ f ------ f -- / / i ± I , _L_____i_ I 1 ;-- - -1 1 I I ; 1 i 30g , A I 32h 1 A _ .__ 1 _ ___ _ _ _, , / i 1 7 ,- 1 2-1 34j / -I-72"AFF B (TOP & BOTTOM , i 22c B B — I - -- NL A i 30g A 132h I- .. 1 1 . 1 5' B2 8a — F 20b F 20b - -- t AI NL A 1309 A A 30 NL / 34j // 1 ; I 1 ; 30 . I PZ I 1 1.41„ 4 34 i Q f I ri ‚I i ig I ii ell I I s / ' TYPICAL GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES, LIGHTING HXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHT, LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND OTHER DETAILS ON LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS. 2. HELD VERIFY FOR EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL AND LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT LOCATION. MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. 3. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR AREA OF ELECTRICAL DEMOLMON WORK. REMOVE / RELOCATE ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING FIXTURES, DEVICES AND ASSOCIATED CONDUIT AND WIRE THAT INTERFERE wrm NEW CONSTRUCTION. DISPOSE OF DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. MAINTAIN POWER CONNECTION TO EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND LIGHTING FIXTURES TO REMAIN. 4. PROVIDE A TIME CLOCK, CONTACTOR PANEL, MANUAL OVERRIDE SWITCH AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT AND WIRING AS REQUIRED FOR AUTOMATIC LIGHTING SHUT—OFF AFTER HOURS. SEE TYPICAL LIGHTING CONTROL DETAIL ON SHEET E-103. 5. FIELD COORDINATE FOR ALL NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT LOCATION. MAKE PROPER ADJUSTMENTS. 6. SEE PANEL SCHEDULES AND SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E-103 FOR REFERENCE TO CIRCUITING REQUIREMENTS. ROUTE ALL UGHTING CIRCUITS VIA LIGHTING CONTACTOR PANEL PROVIDE UNSWETCHED HOT TO EMERGENCY EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES. 7. FIELD VERIFY THAT EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES PROVIDE 1 FOOT—CANDLE MINIMUM AT FLOOR LEVEL ADD EMERGENCY LIGHTS AS REQUIRED. 8. LIGHTING FIXTURES SHOWN SHADED ARE NIGHT LIGHTS AND MUST ALWAYS STAY ON. PROVIDE INTEGRAL 90 MINUTES EMERGENCY POWER BATTERY AND UNSWITCHED POWER CONNECTION AS SHOWN. 9. LIGHTING FIXTURES TYPE "B", "B1" AND "B2" (SHOWN DASHED) ARE PROVIDED WITH FURNITURE AND ARE MOUNTED ON THAT FURNITURE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SWITCHED RECEPTACLE AS SHOWN FOR PROPER POWER AND CON1ROL CONNECTION. HELD VERIFY FOR EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH—IN. 10. PROVIDE #10 CONDUCTORS IN CONDUITS WITH MORE THAN (6) SIX CURRENT—CARRYING CONDUCTORS, UNO. PLAN NOTES: 0 PROVIDE MANUAL MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH AND POWER CONNECTION TO RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN AS SHOWN. EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE RESTROOM LIGHTING SWITCH. 0 PROVIDE NEW SWITCHBANK TO CONTROL SALES FLOOR LIGHTING CIRCUITS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER FOR UGHTING SWITCH LOCATIONS. ADJUST AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE ONE SINGLE POLE SWITCH FOR EACH CIRCUIT. MOUNT ALL SWITCHES IN GANGED WALL BOX WITH SINGLE COVERPLATE. PROVIDE ENGRAVED DESCRIPTION AT EACH SWITCH — "TRACK LIS, WALL UNIT LIS", ETC. 0 PROVIDE 2'X4' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH T8 LAMPS AND ELECTRONIC BALLAST. FIXTURE TYPE SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN CEILING TYPE SPECIFIED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. TYPICAL @ PROVIDE EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE AND LED EXIT SIGN AS SHOWN. PROVIDE UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT. TYPICAL e PROVIDE 20A, 125V LIGHTING SWITCH AS SHOWN. TYPICAL PROVIDE MANUAL OVERRIDE SWITCH. FIELD VERIFY FOR LOCATION AND PROPER OPERATION. MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER. 0 UGHTING FIXTURE "1:12" AND ASSOCIATED CORD AND PLUG ARE BEING PROVIDED AS PART OF THE WALL UNIT. PROVIDE OUTLET 26" AFF, BEHIND THE WALL UNIT, WITHIN 6" OF THE END. THE OUTLET SHALL BE SWITCHED AS SHOWN. ANOTHER UNSWITCHED OUTLET SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR POWER CONNECTION TO PHONES AND ACCESSORIES. SEE SHEET E-102 FOR DETAILS. TYPICAL FOR WALL UNIT FIXTURES. FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO ROUGH—IN. ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" '7 1 - 47k. 4 ‘: •-• COPYRIGHT C 2008 CARTER & BURGSS, INC. atsit Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 I EXPIRES 08/26/09 1 ISSUES/REVISIONS — 11-30-07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 IIAR 2 7 20L',3 DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BD DRAWN BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: NORTH ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN E101 APPROVED BY: CNB 441 805.01 1.039.0 001 AS SHOWN ® PANEL "C" EX SERVICE ® ENTRANCE RATED DISCONNECT SWITCH } ® PANEL "B" \ PANEL "A" ® TRANSFORM.ER I 14 18 "C"- 14,16,18 8 ELECTRICAL 1 STORAGE 006 +H4 A 18 18 { 1 Q 37 +40'AFF ;i2 'B'- 37,39,41 11 "C 27! INVENTORY/ MDF ROOM 004 #10 #10 REST ROOM 005 -B ;I ! i ' .r. j fI II 002 U 8 4 \ , ,...__ MANAGER'S "C "--24 OFFICE ® I I 5 2 " — REST i ROOM 005-A 39 2 DEDICATED1 _ PRINTER I! CIRCUIT. - MOUNT 111` ` l OUTLETS h� 1 �' +20"AFF i V1 L "C'-- 20,22,24 TELEPHONE 07 1 -1/2' C.O. BACKBOARD 12 003 EMPLOYEE I -4 LOUNGE 5 fI ; i i ._.... { i i 'C " -25 ` ! t 11 "B "- 7,9,11 03 "B "- 8,10,12 +45" AFF "C "- 8,10,12 3/4 "C- 3 #10 & 1 #10IG D TO PANEL "A" 1'C -3 #6 & 1 #8 GND DEDICATED PRINTER TO PANEL 'A' -2,4,6 CIRCUIT. MOUNT OUTLETS +20 "AFF "B "- 19,21,23 'C "- 31,33,35 % X % X .` `` ` ``` ` : x • .` • ` % '` \,%/ '22 ,` 4:11 .b �� PSI i �, .. i _..._ v . I . j ' 23 33 i I I i 1 1 I I 4 J . ___ L_. _..;... -_._ ._._ . L. LOCATE OUTLET 26" AFF;•.BEHIND THE WALL' UNIT, WITHIN 6 "OF ( THE END. ANOTHER SWITCHED POWER SHALL I s PROVIDED POWER BE ;CONNECTION_ TO WALL _UNIT LIGHTING FIXTURE. SEE S E--101 FOR DETAILS. TYPICAL FOR WALL UNIT RECEPTACLES fur— 1 pp i TYPICAL 19 } % % `. i I I I SALES AREA 001 y "C"- 37,39,41 ..T_..... _ ...._ - 'T Vie;! iIii i'!}..— ! t f Il Ylil;; lil!1;1 "B "- 13,15,17 ' DEDICATED PRINTER CIRCUIT. MOUNT I Ii. 35 A "C 13,15,17 FE.._ 111 _f A 21 r - I ► 1 GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT OF DEVICES AND OTHER DETAILS ON POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIONS. 2. HELD VERIFY FOR EXISTING ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE SERVICE LOCA11ON. 3. SEE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL / PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, RELATED DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT CONTROLS. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL / PLUMBING CONTRACTOR FOR POWER AND CONTROL CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN. ALL CONTROL CONDUITS ARE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROL WIRING IS BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE CIRCUIT SIZES, DISCONNECTS AND TERMINATION LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE ROUGH —IN. PROVIDE 120VAC POWER CONNECTION TO DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 5. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR AREA OF ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION WORK. FIELD VERIFY AND REMOVE / RELOCATE ALL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT THAT INTERFERE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE ASSOCIATED CONDUIT AND WIRE BACK TO THE LAST ACTIVE DEVICE OR BACK TO PANEL AS REQUIRED. MAINTAIN POWER CONNECTION TO EXISTING DEVICES TO REMAIN. 6. SEE PANEL SCHEDULES AND SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E -103 FOR REFERENCE TO CIRCUITING REQUIREMENTS. 7. PROVIDE COMPLETE CONDUIT SYSTEM FOR POWER AND CONTROL CONNECTIONS TO ALL MECHANICAL, SECURITY, FIRE ALARM AND OTHER DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL, ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE ALARM AND OTHER DRAWINGS. FIELD COORDINATE FOR EXACT REQUIREMENTS. 120V AND UP WIRING IS BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. LOWER VOLTAGE WIRING IS BY OTHERS, U.N.O. 8. EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, CONDUIT AND WIRE SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE NEW, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 9. PROVIDE CORES, PATCH AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS. 10. MOUNT NEW DEVICES FLUSH IN WALLS. PATCH AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS. 11. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES OUTSIDE AND ON THE ROOF SHALL BE WEATHER PROOF. 12. RECEPTACLES ON ROOF SHALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED WEATHERPROOF AND GA WITH "TAYMAC" ENCLOSURE OR APPROVED EQUAL TO MEET NEC 410.57b. PROVIDE UNISTRUT SUPPORT AS REQUIRED. MOUNT WEATHERPROOF /GFI RECEPTACLE AT EACH HVAC UNIT. 13. CONDUIT PENETRATIONS SHALL BE THROUGH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CURBS, NO INDMDUAL CONDUIT ROOF JACKS. CAULK AROUND THE CONDUITS FOR WEATHER PROOF AT POINT OF ENTRY TO THE ROOF. TYPICAL FOR ALL CONDUITS PENETRATING THE ROOF. 14. PROVIDE BOXES, POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS, CONDUIT AND WIRE AT CASHWRAPS AS REQUIRED PER FIELD CONDMONS. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INSTALLATION AND WIRING OF OUTLETS IN THE MILLWORK SHALL BE DONE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. PLAN NOTES: - - -� 01 RECEPTACLES AND COMMUNICATION OUTLETS SHALL BE MOUNTED IN CASHWRAP BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE WIRED TO A JUNCTION BOX WITHIN CASHWRAP. PROVIDE BRANCH CONNECTION TO JUNCTION BOX AND ENERGIZE RECEPTACLES. SEE DETAIL NO.3, SHEET E -104. ® PROVIDE RECEPTACLE IN WIREMOLD AT UNDERSIDE OF CASHWRAP COUNTER FOR POWERING LAMP MOUNTED ON UPRIGHT. SEE DETAIL NO.2, SHEET E -104. ® ROUTE BRANCH CIRCUIT FROM ABOVE CEIUNG, DOWN CASHWRAP UPRIGHT SUPPORT TO POWER DEVICES INDICATED. SEE DETAIL NO.3, SHEET E -104. 04 PROVIDE DEDICATED OUTLETS FOR POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTION TO STORE EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. FIELD COORDINATE. 05 FIELD VERIFY FOR POWER AND COMMUNICATION OUTLETS IN NEW ROOM. PROVIDE AS REQUIRED. ® PROVIDE BACKBOX AND 1/2" C.O. FROM THE THERMOSTAT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO CORRESPONDING AC UNIT ON ROOF. CONTROL WIRING IS BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR THERMOSTAT LOCATION AND CONTROL CONDUIT CONNECTION DETAILS. 07 PROVIDE 3/4 "x6'x8' FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD TELEPHONE BACKBOARD. PROVIDE THREE (3) QUAD RECEPTACLES ON DEDICATED CIRCUITS. MOUNT ONE RECEPTACLE AT THE TOP, ANOTHER TWO AT THE BOTTOM. PROVIDE 1 -1/2" C.O. FROM BUILDING TELECOM SERVICE TO NEW TELEPHONE BACKBOARD. FIELD COORDINATE CONDUIT ROUTING. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR TELEPHONE / DATA SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED RACK 48" HIGH, 24' DEEP, 19" WIDE, SWING OUT, WITH MINIMUM 150 LB CAPACITY. OS PROVIDE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CORRESPONDING FEEDERS AS SHOWN ON SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E -103. PROVIDE FEEDER FROM EXISTING IN STORE SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED DISCONNECT SWITCH AND EXTEND TO NEW PANEL "A ". FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN. SEE SHEET E -103 FOR DETAILS. MAINTAIN 3' CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. ® PROVIDE POWER CONNECTION TO STORE SIGNAGE. SIGNAGE CIRCUIT SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE TIME CLOCK. FIELD COORDINATE FOR SIGNAGE LOCA11ON AND POWER / CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN. PROVIDE A 120V, 20A TOGGLE SWITCH AS A LOCAL DISCONNECT. 10 PROVIDE POWER CONNECTION TO HVAC EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN. EQUIPMENT LOCA11ON IN CEILING SPACE IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. FIELD VERIFY. FIELD VERIFY FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT POWER AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN. WIRING TO PANEL AND FUSE SIZES SHALL MATCH UNIT NAMEPLATE RATING. PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN FIELD VERIFY FOR REQUIRED PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZE, CONDUCTORS SIZE, DISCONNECT SWITCH SIZE, ETC. MAKE PROPER ADJUSTMENTS. PROVIDE POWER CONNECTION TO ASSOCIATED DEVICES AS SHOWN. 11 PROVIDE POWER CONNECTION TO RESTROOM'S WATER HEATER. PROVIDE A HEAVY DUTY TOGGLE SWITCH AS A LOCAL DISCONNECT (MOTOR RATED SWITCH -- 3HP MINIMUM, 1 PHASE, NON— FUSED) BY SQUARE —D OR EQUAL. COORDINARE WITH WATER HEATER INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN. @ PROVIDE FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED POWER / COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS AS SHOWN. PROVIDE WIREMOLD #881 RC4ATCBK FLOOR BOX WITH CORRESPONDING ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED PER FIELD CONDI11ONS. RUN COMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT AND POWER CONDUIT & WIRE UNDERFLOOR TO THE NEAREST WALL, THEN UP TO CEIUNG SPACE. EXTEND POWER CONDUIT AND WIRE TO ELECTRICAL PANEL AS SHOWN. EXTEND COMMUNICATION CONDUIT TO THE TELEPHONE BOARD IN INVENTORY ROOM. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND FIELD COORDINATE FOR OUTLET LOCATION PRIOR TO SAW CUTTING THE FLOOR. UNDERFLOOR CONDUIT ROUTING MAY BE ADJUSTED PER FIELD CONDITIONS. FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN. PROVIDE BLACK COVER FOR CARPET FLOORING AND BRASS COVER FOR WOOD FLOORING. 13 RECEPTACLES AND COMMUNICATION OUTLETS SHALL BE MOUNTED IN CASHWRAP BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE WIRED TO A JUNCTION BOX WITHIN CASHWRAP. PROVIDE BRANCH CONNECTION TO JUNCTION BOX AND ENERGIZE RECEPTACLES. 14 PROVIDE FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED POWER / COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS AS SHOWN. PROVIDE FLOOR BOX AND CORRESPONDING ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED PER FIELD CONDITIONS. RUN COMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT AND POWER CONDUIT & WIRE UNDERFLOOR TO THE NEAREST WALL, THEN UP TO CEILING SPACE. EXTEND POWER CONDUIT AND WIRE TO ELECTRICAL PANEL AS SHOWN. EXTEND COMMUNICATION CONDUIT TO THE TELEPHONE BOARD IN INVENTORY ROOM. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND FIELD COORDINATE FOR OUTLET LOCATION PRIOR TO SAW CUTTING THE FLOOR. UNDERFLOOR CONDUIT ROUTING MAY BE ADJUSTED PER FIELD CONDITIONS. FLOOR BOXES SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN THE TYPE OF FLOOR BEING PROVIDED IN THE STORE. HELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO ROUGH—IN. PROVIDE BLACK COVER FOR CARPET FLOORING AND BRASS COVER FOR WOOD FLOORING. ELECTRICAL POWER & COMMUNICATIONS PLAN SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" COPYRIGHT C MOB CARTER & BURGESS. INC. at &t Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc, 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 NO. DATE t1A 21 0liU3 DRAWN BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: I EXPIRES 08/26/09 1 ISSUES /REVISIONS 2 03 -13 -08 TENANT CHANGES — 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 NORTH DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BD ELECTRICAL POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS ;; PLAN 441805.011.039.0001 AS SHOWN E -102 APPROVED BY: CNB EXISTING SERVICE FEEDER \ GENERAL NOTES 2- CHANNEL 365 DAY /HOLIDAY PROGRAMMABLE DIGITAL TIME CLOCK IN A NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE. (INTERMAIIC ET70000C SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL). (E) [ISTINC SWITCHBOARD " 1A " 0 (E) 2000A 480/277V, 30, 4 WIRE \ 1. SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD I VERIFY THAT THE AAPACITY OF THE SERVICE DISCONNECT AND FEEDER ARE ADEQUATE FOR THE CAPACITY OF THE PANELBOARD SHOWN. / 2. INSPECT AND RE- TORQUE EXISTING PANELBOARD Q �M' O 0 200A 13P 1- -- M ` (E) (E) 13P M' (E) I (E) 13P I 7 FEEDER AND BUS TERMINATIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 3. HELD VERIFY AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT 7 SERVICE ENTRANCE WITH UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO PROCUREMENT OF ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT, AND VERIFY MINIMUM FAULT INTERRUPTING RATINGS OF TENANT ELECTRICAL 4. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BONDED AND E ELECTRICAL LE INTERIOR LJGHTING CONTACTOR CONTROL PANEL, IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE. PROVIDE POLES AS REQUIRED, REFER TO PANEL I SCHEDULES. PROVIDE MINIMUM 1 SPARE I I I I J_ IT I I i I- I I I r I I /� L H �� .- .._ .__ _. H H — — — — H H H �� H I� H H 1 I J GND BUS (EXISTING) - - - I T "" ""'- CODES AND JURISDICTIONS. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FULLY RATED FOR THE \ EXISTING FEEDER EXISTING FEEDER TO OTHER EXISTING EXISTING FEEDER TO OTHER EXISTING MAXIMUM AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED FOR CONTINUOUS OPERATION AT 100% OF ITS RATING. KEY NOTES: I - I L J 0 -2 -HOUR MANUAL OVERRIDE TIMER SWITCH (INTERMATIC #FF2H OR _ (E) a 2 "C WITH APPROVED EQUAL) H N CIRC. B--18 N CIRC. B -20 N CIRC. B -22 N CIRC. B -24 N CIRC. B -26 N CIRC. B -28 N CIRC. B -30 r N CIRC. B -32 � . N CIRC. B -34 4 #3/O, 1 #6G TENANT TENANT EXISTING TO E REMAIN. NT FIELD VERIFY R O ARE EQUIPMENT AND FEEDER SIZES AND EQUIPMENT "HOT" UNSWITCHED TO NIGHT LIGHT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES AIC RATING. 200AMP )3P i CB PANEL O "C" a PROVIDE FEEDER AS SHOWN AND EXTEND TO NEW PANEL A. SEE SHEET E -102 FOR MORE INFORMATION. Q3 PROVIDE 480/277V, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE PANEL "A" AS SHOWN ON PANEL SCHEDULE BELOW. PROVIDE A 3 POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR POWER CONNECTION TO TRANSFORMER AS SHOWN. 0 PROVIDE TRANSFORMER, 208/120V, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE PANEL "B" AND ASSOCIATED FEEDERS AS (- I L N H — — — — H H — _J PANEL "A" at&t STORE 90AMP ) 3P a3 at8Ct STORE 1 1/2" C - 4 #1, 1 #8G 0 SHOWN. - a5 PROVIDE A 3 POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER IN PANEL "B ", "C SIGNAGE CONTACTOR CONTROL PANEL, IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE. PROVIDE POLES AS REQUIRED, REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES. PROVIDE MINIMUM 1 SPARE 04 D Di CIRC. B -14 N CIRC. B -33 N CIRC. B -35 N SPARE 1 -1/2 - 3 #1, 1 #8G Q XFMR O 0 100AMP )3P CORRESPONDING FEEDER AND PANEL "C" AS SHOWN. 225AMP PANEL ) 3P "B" MAIN CB at&t STORE 4 u,..AJ 75KVA 480V -- 208/120V 3 PHASE, WIRE — 3/4 "C - 1#2 BARE CU GND N N- 2 -1 /2 "C - 4 #4/0, 1#4G 0 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM SCALE: 2 TYPICAL LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM SCALE: 1 NONE NONE GENERAL NOTES: PANELBOARD 'A' PANELBOARD 'B' PANELBOARD 'C' 1. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL PANELS AS SHOWN ON SINGLE UNE DIAGRAM AND PANEL SCHEDULES THIS SHEET. PROVIDE TYPED PANEL SCHEDULES. 2. ADJUST CIRCUITING ON PANEL TO MAINTAIN 10% PHASE IMBALANCE MAXIMUM. 3. SEE LIGHTING PLAN ON SHEET E -101 AND DETAIL THIS SHEET FOR LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. ROUTE ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS VIA LIGHTING CONTACTOR. 4. PROVIDE SWITCH RATED CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR CIRCUITS SUPPLYING EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES. 5, PROVIDE GFCI TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR CIRCUITS SUPPLYING WATER HEATERS. 6. PROVIDE HACR TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR CIRCUITS SUPPLYING HVAC UNITS. 7. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR POWER CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS TO HVAC EQUIPMENT, WATER HEATERS, EXHAST FANS, ETC. VERIFY REQUIRED CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZE AND CORRESPONDING CONDUIT & WIRE SIZES PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. SEE SHEET E -102 FOR MORE INFORMATION. MAKE PROPER CORRECTIONS TO PANEL SCHEDULE IF REQUIRED. ,4.'",- MAIN: 480/277 VOLT / 3 PHASE / 4 WIRE MAIN BREAKER: 200 AMP MOUNTING: SURFACE BUS: 1 SECTION: SINGLE LUGS NEMA ENCLOSURE BUS: 200 AMP 0 A.I.C. RATING: 22K MAIN: 120/208 VOLT / 3 PHASE / 4 WIRE MAIN BREAKER: 225 AMP MOUNTING: SURFACE BUS: 1 SECTION: SINGLE LUGS NEMA ENCLO BUS: 225 AMP A.I.C. RATING: 10K MAIN: 120/208 VOLT / 3 PHASE / 4 WIRE MAIN BREAKER: MLO MOUNTING: SURFACE BUS: 1 SECTION: SINGLE LUGS NEMA ENCLOSURE I BUS: 100 AMP A.I.C. RATING: 10K LOAD VA LOAD DESCRIPTION OUTLETS CB / P # 1>f3 PHASE # 1»3 CB / P OUTLETS LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD VA LOAD VA LOAD DESCRIPTION OUTLETS CB / P # 1>f0 PHAS # 1>10 CB / P OUTLETS LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD VA LOAD VA LOAD DESCRIPTION OUTLETS CB / P #1>3 PHASE .1>10 CB / P OUTLETS LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD VA T' M - R - L L R M M "" R " L L R M M .. _ L R M 3667 VAV -1 1 20/3 50/3 1 1 VAV -2 10000 10000 720 CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES 20/1 20/1 TELEPHONE BOARD RECEPT. TELEPHONE BOARD RECEPT. 1000 1000 . • i ; ■ • ∎∎ • : - - 2 20/1 1 A 2 20/1 2 MANAGER OFFICE CCTV REC. 500 3667 -- -- 1 1080 CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES co 20/1 CO 20/1 N 600 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1 20/1 2011 6 MANAGER OFFICE RECEPT. 1080 3667 -- 5 C 6 ---- 10000 360 CASH WRAP RECEPTACLES 2 20/1 5 C 6 20/1 2 TELEPHONE BOARD RECEPT. 1000 :0 I 8 1 30/2 ff ; E I � 20/1 SPARE --- - -- 20446 75 KVA TRANSFORME 1 - 9013 - - - -- -_ - 7 - -- 9 Q j m 1 8 10 - .------ - - - - -- __ -- SPACE --- __.____�_ ._____- _..- �__.____ SPACE 1080 CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES ES 6 20/1 7 A 8 20/1 6 INVENTORY ROOM RECEPT. 1080 2080 - 7 A 8 20/1 1 REFRIGERATOR RECEPT. 600 20752 ____._..-- -_ - -_- - -- 720 CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES 4 20/1 9 B 10 20/1 2 I -PHONE CABINET RECEPT. 500 2080 INSTAHOT 1 30/2 9 E 10 20/1 2 MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE 600 18542 ---- 11 12 14 SPACE 360 CASH WRAP RECEPTACL 2 20/1 11 C 12 20/1 4 BACK AREA RECEPTACLES 720 2080 - 11 C 12 20/1 4 OPEN OFFICE RECEPTACLES 720 - -- SPACE 13 SPACE 720 CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES 4 20/1 13 A 14 20/1 1 TIME CLOCK 200 1400 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE 1 2011 13 A 14 20/1 4 STORAGE COUNTER RECEPT. 720 SPACE 15 B 16 SPACE 720 CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES 20/1 15 16 20/1 14 2 BACK AREA LIGHTING 968 1400 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE 1 20/1 15 B 16 20/1 2 PRINTER / COPIER RECEPT. 600 SPACE 17 C 18 SPACE 500 PRINTER RECEPTACLE 20/1 17 (± 18 20/1 10 SALES AREA LIGHTING 654 1200 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE E 1 20/1 20/1 17 19 21 ! v i ¢ 18 20 22 20/1 20/1 20/1 STORAGE RECEPTACLES FLOOR RECEPTACLES 900 SPACE 19 A 20 SPACE 720 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES 20/1 19 20 20/1 5 SALES AREA LIGHTING (TRACK) 750 SPARE SPARE 500 SPACE 21 B 22 SPACE 720 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES 20/1 21 22 2011 12 SALES AREA LIGHTING 858 20/1 FLOOR RECEPTACLES 500 SPACE 23 C 24 SPACE 500 PRINTER RECEPTACLE 2 2011 23 C 24 20/1 4 SALES AREA LIGHTING (TRACK) 600 SPARE 20/1 23 C 24 20/1 1 FLOOR RECEPTACLES 1000 PHASE A B C PANEL LOCATION: STORE 540 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES 3 20/1 25 A 26 20/1 18 SALES AREA LIGHTING 980 500 EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE -_ ] ! I j w iN l 1 - -- 20/1 20/1 20/1 25 27 29 C l V 1 26 28 30 20/1 1 FLOOR RECEPTACLES SPARE 1000 PHASE TOTAL VA: PANEL TOTAL: CONNECTED 34113 100741 34419 VA 32209 AREA SERVED: STORE FED FROM 100A SERVICE 540 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES 3 20/1 27 B 28 20/1 15 SALES AREA LIGHTING 811 500 EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE - SPARE 20/1 500 PRINTER RECEPTACLE 2 2 20/1 20/1 29 31 C A 30 32 34 20/1 20/1 2011 11 8 15 SALES AREA DAY LIGHTING _� 568 496 675 20/1 SPARE 500 PRINTER RECEPTACLE f _ SALES AREA DAY LIGHTING STORE FRONT LIGHTING 1400 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE 1 20/1 31 A 32 20/1 SPARE (L.C.L.) @125 %: (0) 0 VA EXISTING PANEL LOAD: 0 VA 25% PER NEC 220-35 (2): 0 VA LESS LOAD REMOVED: 0 VA DEMAND LOAD ON "B" 5361 PLUS LOAD ADDED: 100741 VA 1200 STORE SIGNAGE 1 20/1 33 5 1400 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE 1 20/1 33 B 34 20/1 SPARE (SIGNS & SHOW WIND. @12 (0) 0 VA 1200 STORE SIGNAGE 1 20/1 35 C A 36 38 20/1 100/3 SPARE 1200 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE 1 20/1 35 C 36 20/1 SPARE WATER HEATER @ 125% (0) 0 VA 1400 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE 1 20/1 37 1 SUB -PANEL "C" _ 10260 R - 9 - 76 - 0 - 10380 1200 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE 1 20/1 37 A 38 20/1 SPARE 1200 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE 1 20/1 39 B 40 --- 1000 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE 1 20/1 39 B 40 20/1 SPARE (HVAC) @ 100 %: (41001) 41001 VA 1200 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE 1 20/1 41 C 42 -- ----------------------- • --- - -- 1200 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE 1 B 2011 C 41 C 42 PANEL 20/1 LOCATION: SPARE STORE (LARGEST MOTOR) @125% (0) 0 VA PHASE A B C PANEL LOCATION: STORE AREA SERVED: STORE PHASE A GEN. RECEPT. DEMAND (0) 0 VA PHASE TOTAL VA: 20446 20752 18542 PHASE TOTAL VA: 10260 9760 10380 AREA SERVED: STORE REMAINING @100% 59740 VA PANEL TOTAL: CONNECTED 59740 VA FED FROM: PANEL "A" VIA XFMR PANEL TOTAL: CONNECTED 30400 VA FED FROM: PANEL "B„ PANEL TOTAL W/ DEMAND: 100741 VA NEW PANEL LOAD: 106102 VA 127.7 FULL LOAD AMPS (L.C.L.) @125 %: (6685) 8356 VA EXISTING PANEL LOAD: 0 VA 25% PER NEC 220-35 (2): 0 VA LESS LOAD REMOVED: 0 VA DEMAND LOAD ON SUB -PNL: 4930 VA PLUS LOAD ADDED: 60171 VA (L.C.L) @125 %: (0) 0 VA E4STING PANEL LOAD: 0 VA 25% PER NEC 220-35 (2): 0 VA LESS LOAD REMOVED: 0 VA DEMAND LOAD ON SUB -PNL: VA PLUS LOAD ADDED: 35330 VA (SIGNS & SHOW WIND. @1. (6200) 7750 VA (SIGNS & SHOW WIND. @1. (11400) 14250 VA WATER HEATER @ 126% (0) 0 VA WATER HEATER @ 125% (8320) 10400 VA (HVAC) @ 100 %: (0) 0 VA (HVAC) @ 100 %: (0) 0 VA GEN. RECEPT. DEMAND (15580) 12790 VA GEN. RECEPT. DEMAND (7780) 7780 VA (LARGEST MOTOR) @125% (0) 0 VA (LARGEST MOTOR) @125 °A (0) 0 VA REMAINING @100% 31275 VA REMAINING @10O% 2900 VA PANEL TOTAL W/ DEMAND: 60171 VA NEW PANEL LOAD: 65101 VA 180.8 FULL LOAD AMPS PANEL TOTAL W/ DEMAND: 35330 VA NEW PANEL LOAD: 35330 VA 98.1 FULL LOAD AMPS PANEL SCHEDULES AND LOAD CALCULATION SCALE: 3 NONE COPYRIGHT ® 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. at &t Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. DATE hay �i� 21 LOC axe : - _•,z lH DRAWN BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: I EXPIRES 08/26/09 ISSUES /REVISIONS 2 03 -13 -08 TENANT CHANGES 1 01 -19 -07 PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: TNS ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES, DETAILS AND SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION APPROVED BY: CNB 441805.011.039.0001 AS SHOWN -103 JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. CASHWRAP DETAIL GENERAL NOTES: O ROUTE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING WITHIN SORBETTI UPRIGHT SLIDER DOWN TO COUNTER TOP AND INTO LOW VOLTAGE SECTION OF WIREMOLD MOUNTED BENEATH COUNTER. 02 MC CABLE ROUTED FROM JUNCTION BOX IN CEILING, WITHIN THE SORBETTI UPRIGHT, TO WIREMOLD MOUNTED BENEATH COUNTER. 03 45' MC CONNECTOR BETWEEN MC CABLE AND WIREMOLD. ® WIREMOLD BASE WITH COVER. 05 WIREMOLD. ® WIREMOLD DUPLEX RECEPTACLE DEVICE PLATE. 07 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONDUITS AND SURFACE MOUNTED JUNCTION BOXES FOR RECEPTACLES AND TELECOM OUTLETS AS SHOWN ON POWER PLAN. CASHWRAP DETAIL - ELEVATION SCALE: NTS 3 NOTE: ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLING MUST BE IN CONDUIT ABOVE T -GRID. CASEWORK COUNTER TOP SORBETTI UPRIGHT SLIDER SORBETTI UPRIGHT CASHWRAP DETAIL GENERAL NOTES: 01 JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. 02 LOW VOLTAGE CABLING ROUTED FROM CEILING SPACE, WITHIN THE SORBETTI UPRIGHT SLIDER, DOWN INTO WIREMOLD MOUNTED BENEATH COUNTER. ® MC CABLE ROUTED FROM JUNCTION BOX IN CEILING, WITHIN THE SORBETTI UPRIGHT, INTO WIREMOLD MOUNTED BENEATH COUNTER. ® NOT USED. O CONTRACTOR SHALL AND TELLECOMAOUTL SURFACE AS SHOWN ON PLAN. G.W.B. CEILING A.C.T. CEILING CASHWRAP CASEWORK — CASHWRAP DETAIL - PERSPECTIVE SCALE: NTS 2 L 00 MOUNTING HEIGHT TO BOTTOM OF STROBE LENS WALL MOUNTED HORN /STROBE d UGHT SWITCHES FIRE ALARM PULL STATION WALL OUTLETS MOUNTED HORIZ. ABOVE COUNTERS. FIELD VERIFY -d- WALL OUTLETS IN RESTROOMS RECEPTACLES AND DATA/VOICE OUTLETS FINISHED FLOOR TYPICAL DEVICE MOUNTING DETAIL SCALE: NTS s 1.25" 4.5" 1.25" a 0 0 0 10" -- � W 1.75" ° `_ —S• ��_=-4. WIREMOLD EQUIPMENT GENERAL NOTES: 01 WIREMOLD V4000 B/C BASE WITH COVER. ® V4010B END FITTING. 03 V40486 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. ® G4000D DIVIDER. 4.75" Db"14-1-LILfr WIREMOLD EQUIPMENT DETAIL GROUND BOND TO METAL BOX CONVENTIONAL GROUND TO STRAP IG GROUND TO IG TERMINAL PROVIDE SEPARATE NEUTRAL FOR EACH CIRCUIT. — OUTLET BOX SINGLE LEADS TO DEVICE TYPICAL WIRE CONNECTORS RACEWAYS, CABLE, ETC TYPICAL IG OUTLET WIRING (DIAGRAMMATIC) TYPICAL OUTLET WIRING (DIAGRAMMATIC) SCALE: NTS SCALE: NTS SCALE: NTS 4 GROUND BOND IF METAL BOX CONVENTIONAL GROUND TO DEVICE WIRING DEVICE RACEWAYS, �^ CABLE, ETC „ BOX , SINGLE LEADS TO DEVICE TYP. WIRE CONNECTORS 5 COPYRIGHT 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT at &t Carter:: Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 EXPIRES 08/26/09 I ISSUES /REVISIONS NO. DATE DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 hiJi 21 2003 DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BLD DRAWN BY: RT ELECTRICAL DETAILS PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: APPROVED BY: CNB 441805.011.039.0001 NONE + , E -104 H VAC SYMBOLS (ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS) H VAC ABBREVIATIONS (ALL ABBREVIATIONS SHOWN ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS) PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: DUCTWORK A F P ABV ABOVE FA FIRE ALARM P PUMP AC AIR CONDITIONING FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL PC PUMPED CONDENSATE ACCU AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT FC FAN COIL PD PRESSURE DROP ADJ ADJUSTABLE FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT PH PHASE AD ACCESS DOOR PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE FD FIRE DAM, F PLBG PLUMBING AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR FLA FULL LOAD D AMPS FLOOR DRAIN AH AIR HANDLING FLR FLOOR PNL PANEL AL ALUMINUM FPI FINS PER INCH POC POINT OF CONNECTION AMPS AMPERES FPM FEET PER MINUTE POD POINT OF DISCONNECT AP ACCESS PANEL PRESS PRESSURE FS FLOW SWITCH, FLOOR SINK PRS PRESSURE REDUCING STATION APD AIR PRESSURE DROP FSD FIRE -SMOKE DAMPER APPROX APPROXIMATE PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE FOOT, FEET FT FOOT DEGREE FAHRENHEIT PS PRESSURE SWITCH ARCH ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL ' AS AIR SEPARATOR PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT FV FACE VELOCITY ASHRAE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS FEED WATER PSIA POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH ABSOLUTE AUX AUXILIARY G PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAUGE AV AIR VENT PSV PRESSURE SAFETY VALVE G (NATURAL) GAS PV PVC PLUG VALVE GA GAUGE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE B CAL GALLON GALV GALVANIZED GALLONS Q B BOILER GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR PER ROHOUR QTY QUANTITY BOO BACKDRAFT DAMPER GPH BD BLOW -DOWN GPM GALLONS PER MI NUTE BEL BELOW GV GRAVITY VENTILATOR R BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR RAD RADIANT BP/ BUTTERFLY VALVE H RA RETURN AIR BFW BOILER FEED WATER RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER H HEIGHT, HUMIDISTAT REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE BKR BREAKER HB HOSE BIBB RD ROOF DRAIN BLDG BUILDING HC HEATING COIL RE: REFERENCE, REFER BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT HD HEAD, HUB DRAIN RECIRC RECIRCULATE BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE HHWR HEATING HOT WATER RETURN REFRIG REFRIGERANT BOS BOTTOM OF STEEL HHWS HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY REINF REINFORCING BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT HHWP HEATING HOT WATER PUMP REQD REQUIRED BV BALL VALVE HOA HORIZ HAND - OFF - AUTOMATIC RG REVISION, REVISE HORIZONTAL REV RETURN GRILLE HP HORSEPOWER, HEAT PUMP RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY C HS HUMIDITY SENSOR RHG REFRIGERANT HOT GAS CA COMPRESSED AIR HSTAT HUMIDISTAT RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID CAP HTG HIGH PRESSURE STEAM RM RUNNING LOAD AMPS HEATING RLA CONSTANT AIR VOLUME HSTM CAV CAPACTIY ROOM CC COOLING COIL HTR HEATER RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE CD CEILING DIFFUSER HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION HW HOT WATER RTU ROOF TOP UNIT CFH CUBIC FEET PER HOUR HYD HYDRANT RWR RETURN WALL REGISTER CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CH CHILLER HX HEAT EXCHANGER CHWR CHILLED WATER RETURN HZ HERTZ S CHWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHWP CHILLED WATER PUMP I SA SUPPLY AIR CI CAST IRON SD SANITARY SEWER CIRCULATING ID INSIDE DIAMETER SAN CIRC Q SMOKE DAMPER, STORM DRAIN IE CLG CEILING IN INCH INVERT ELEVATION SEER SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT IN WO INCHES WATER GAUGE SF SUPPLY FAN CO CLEANO T IN WC INCHES OF WATER COLUMN SQ FT SQUARE FEET COL COLUMN SHT SHEET COP COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE SIM SIMILAR COND CONDENSATE J SHT MIL SHEET METAL CP CONDENSATE PUMP J -BOX JUNCTION BOX SMACNA SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CPVC CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION CR CONDENSATE RECEIVER K SOV SHUT OFF VALVE CT COOLING TOWER SP STATIC PRESSURE CU CONDENSING UNIT KW KILOWATT SPEC SPECIFICATION CW COLD WATER KWH KILOWATT -HOUR SQ SQUARE CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY SS STAINLESS STEEL SERVICE SINK CWR CONDENSER WATER RETURN ST SOUND TRAP, STEAM TRAP CWP CONDENSER WATER PUMP L STM STEAM 'C DEGREES CELSIUS L LENGTH STD STANDARD LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE STL STEEL LB(S),# POUND(S) STRUC STRUCTURAL D LDB LEAVING DRY BULB SURF SURFACE Le LINEAR FEET SUSP SUSPEND D DEPTH LP LOW PRESSURE SV SUPPLY VALVE DB DRY BULB LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS SWR SUPPLY WALL REGISTER dB DECIBEL LSTM LOW PRESSURE STEAM (15 PSIG) SYM SYMBOL ppC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL LTG LIGHTING DESIG DESIGNATION LWB LEAVING WET BULB T DEG DEGREE LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE DIA DIAMETER TAU THERMAL AIR UNIT DIM DIMENSION TEMP TEMPERATURE DISC DISCONNECT M TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD DISCH DISCHARGE MAX MAXIMUM THRU THROUGH DN DOWN TP TOTAL PRESSURE MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR DP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TS TEMPERATURE SENSOR MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY DPS DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE DS DOWNSPOUT T THERMOSTAT MD MOTORIZED DAMPER DWG(S) DRAWING(S) MECH MECHANICAL TYP TYPICAL DX DIRECT EXPANSION MFR MANUFACTURER MG MOTOR GENERATOR U E MH MANHOLE, METAL HALIDE U/C UNDER CUT MINIMUM (E) EXISTING TO REMAIN MIN MTD MOUNTED U/F UNDERFLOOR EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO MU MAKE -UP U/G UNDERGROUND EA EXHAUST AIR, EACH MUA MAKE -UP AIR UNIT U/S UNDERSLAB EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE MZ MULTI -ZONE UNIT UTR UP THROUGH ROOF ECC ECCENTRIC UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. EDB ENTERING DRY BULB UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED EF EXHAUST FAN N UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY EFF EFFICIENCY EG EXHAUST GRILLE N/A NOT APPLICABLE V EL ELEVATION NC NOISE CRITERIA, NORMALLY CLOSED EEC ELECTRICAL NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL V VOLT, VENT ENCL ENCLOSURE MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION VAC VACUUM EQUIP EQUIPMENT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE NO NORMALLY OPEN VD VOLUME DAMPER ET EXPANSION TANK NO. NUMBER VEF VEHICLE EXHAUST FAN EV EXHAUST VALVE NOM NOMINAL VEL VELOCITY EWB ENTERING WET BULB NTS NOT TO SCALE EWR EXHAUST WALL REGISTER VENT VERTICAL VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE EXH EXHAUST 0 W DT EXTERNAL EXP. JOINT EXPANSION JOINT OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER W WATT, WIDTH OC ON CENTER W/ WITH OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER W/0 WB WITHOUT OF OVERFLOW WET BULB OH OVERHEAD WC WATER COLUMN OPNG OPENING WPD WATER PRESSURE DROP OPER OPERATING WP WEATHER PROOF OSA OUTSIDE AIR WR WATER RISER OSHA U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR OCCUPATIONAL WSHP WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP SAFETY AND HEALTH ORGANIZATION WT WATERTIGHT, WEIGHT 1. THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED PER AVAILABLE AS -BUILT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE TO BECOME FULLY FAMILIAR WITH THE SCOPE OF WORK AND REVIEW EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. 2. EXACT LOCATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 3. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL EXISTING CONDI11ONS (SIZE, LOCATION, ETC.) PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY IN FIELD, EXACT SEWER WASTE AND COLD WATER PIPE LOCATIONS. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY INVERT ELEVATIONS OF SEWER POINTS OF CONNECTION PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WASTE SYSTEM. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL PLUMBING LINES WITH DUCT WORK AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES. 7. THE INSTALLATION OF ALL VALVES, UNIONS, THERMOMETERS, GAUGE, OR OTHER INDICATING OR RECORDING EQUIPMENT, OR SPECIALTIES REQUIRING FREQUENT READING, REPAIRS, ADJUSTMENT, INSPECTION, REMOVAL OR REPLACEMENT SHALL BE CONVENIENTLY AND ACCESSIBLY LOCATED WITH REFERENCE TO THE FINISHED BUILDING. $. ALL VENTS THROUGH ROOF SHALL BE 10'-0" FROM ALL A/C UNITS OR AIR INTAKES, ETC. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CUT, NOTCH AND /OR BORE EXISTING JOIST, BEAMS AND /OR JOIST WITHOUT FIRST SECURING WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ARCHITECT. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL DIELECTRIC UNIONS AT ALL CONNECTIONS WITH DISSIMILAR METALS. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL ROUGH -IN ALL WASTES AND SUPPLIES TO SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. ALL SUPPLIES SHALL BE VALVED. 12. SEISMIC RESTRAINTS SHALL BE REQUIRED ON SEVERAL PIECES OF EQUIPMENT WITHIN THIS PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN AND ALL REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 13. INSULATE ALL EXPOSED SUPPLY AND WASTE PIPING AT HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE SINKS. 14. REFER TO SHEET M -003 AND M -004 FOR ALL PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS AND WORK REQUIREMENTS. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK IN A COMPLETE AND WORKMANLIKE WAY IN COMFOMANCE WITH ALL CODES, AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTS, ELECTRICAL AND STRUCTURAL. ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND WORKING SYSTEM. 16. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PERMITS, FEES, TESTING, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A ONE YEAR WARRANTY /GURANTEE FOR ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. HVAC GENERAL NOTES: : :: �J SUPPLY DIFFUSER, 4 -WAY SUPPLY DIFFUSER, 2 -WAY / RETURN GRILLE EXHAUST GRILLE SUPPLY WALL REGISTER - RETURN /EXHAUST WALL REGISTER - H -> LINEAR SLOT 12 "0 8 ROUND DUCTWORK. DIAMETER INDICATED IN INCHES 12'10 RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK. SIZE INDICATED IN ) 20X12 ) 20X12 INCHES FIRST NUMBER IS SIDE SHOWN C ( RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK. SIZE INDICATED IN 20X12 INCHES FIRST NUMBER IS SIDE SHOWN. DASHED 20X12 LINES INDICATE ACOUSTICAL LINER. DIMENSIONS INDICATES CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS SUPPLY OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT I� RETURN AIR DUCT I -< RELIEF OR EXHAUST AIR DUCT MIIII SUPPLY OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT UP Mi SUPPLY OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT DOWN IA RETURN AIR DUCT UP �IU RETURN AIR DUCT DOWN 1. PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT EXISTING AIR CONDITIONING UNITS WORK PROPERLY AND CAN DELIVER THE CFM SPECIFIED. SUBMIT TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. 2. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES WITH SUSPENDED CEILING AND LIGHT FIXTURES. 3. WHERE DUCTS ARE USED FOR BOTH HEATING AND COOLING, THE MINIMUM INSULATION SHALL BE PER SECTION 15250 OF THE SPECIFICATION ON M -003. 4. TRANSVERSE JOINTS FOR ALL AIR SUPPLY DUCTS INSTALLED SHALL BE SEALED WITH APPROVED MASTIC. 5. VERIFY LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. INFORM THE ENGINEER OF DISCREPANCIES. 6. COORDINATE THE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING WITH OTHER TRADES, TO AVOID INTERFERENCES. 7. CONNECTION, DEMOLITION OR INTERRUPTION TO EXISTING SERVICES SHALL BE MINIMIZED AND COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 8. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED, DUCTED AND /OR PIPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 9. EQUIPMENT DESIGNED TO BE FIXED IN POSITION SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED IN PLACE. 10. ALL SHEET METAL DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 11. AT COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, BALANCE VAV TERMINALS AND DIFFUSERS /REGISTERS TO PROVIDE SUPPLY AIR CFM INDICATED ON PLANS. BALANCE UNIT TO PROVIDE OUTSIDE AIR AS STATED. SUBMIT 4 COPIES OF CERTIFIED AIR BALANCE REPORT FOR APPROVAL. 12. THE LOCATION OF ACCESS PANELS FOR CONCEALED VALVES, FUSIBLE LINKS, DAMPER OPERATORS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL TRADES. 13. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING AND REPAIRING WORK AREAS, AS A RESULT OF THEIR WORK. REPAIR TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES. 14. ACCURATE "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION. INDICATE DUCT AND EQUIPMENT SIZES AND LOCATIONS. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK IN A COMPLETE AND WORKMANLIKE WAY IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL CODES, AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTS, ELECTRICAL AND STRUCTURAL. ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND WORKING SYSTEM. 16. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PERMITS, FEES, TESTING, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A ONE YEAR WARRANTY /GUARANTEE FOR ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. 17. THIS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT HAS NOT MODIFIED THE THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENVELOPE. 18. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXISTING BUILDING'S OUTSIDE AIR SHAFT INTO THE BUILDING. ADJUST DAMPERS TO MATCH THE MECHANICAL VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS IN THESE DRAWINGS. 19. THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED PER AVAILABLE AS -BUILT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE TO BECOME FULLY FAMILIAR WITH THE SCOPE OF WORK AND REVIEW EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. 20. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS (SIZE, LOCATION, ETC.) PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 21. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CUT, NOTCH AND /OR BORE EXISTING JOIST, BEAMS AND /OR JOIST WITHOUT FIRST SECURING WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ARCHITECT. `� D bl , 444, I � RELIEF OR EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP I REL OR EXHAUST AIR DUCT DOWN I iit ( IN -LINE 90 DEGREE DROP (RISE) IN DUCT C UP UP INCLINED RISE IN DUCT C C DN a 1. DN INCLINED DROP IN DUCT ( ELBOW WITH VANES -1• FLEXIBLE DUCT FIRE DAMPER (3-0W4- MOTORIZED DAMPER M BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER Li ® POINT OF DISCONNECT POINT OF CONNECTION - NEW TO EXISTING at TERMINAL AIR UNIT \ \ \ \ TS ® -�- HHW (AS APPLICABLE) \\ DEMOLITION TEMPERATURE SENSOR THERMOSTAT DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR SD DRAWING/DETAIL REFERENCE KEY TO REFER DRAWING /DETAIL NUMBER 1 r RE: 2 / 0.0 1 I M0.01 DRAWING/ DETAIL SHEET NUMBER OF DRAWING DETAIL a1 PLAN NOTE REFERENCE MI FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL 0' FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL EM FURNISHED BY ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL ® FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL COPYRIGHT m 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. t &t Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. rcd� 21 CIF 3 DRAWN BY: DL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: I EXPIRES 03/15/08 DATE ISSUES /REVISIONS - 11 - 30 - 07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DESIGNED BY: KL CHECKED BY: MV APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.039.0001 NONE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING LEGEND, SYMBOLS AND ):ABBREVIATIONS -00 �3. 0 4, Building Location (for weather data): Climate Zone: Heating Degree Days (base 65 degrees F): Cooling Degree Days (base 50 degrees F): Project Type: COMcheck Software Version 34.2 Mechanical Compliance Certificate 2006 IECC Report Date: 11/29/07 Data filename: R:\ JOB1 Cingular\ WASHIN- 1\SOUTHC- 1 \CalcstCalcstmech.cck Section 1: Project Information Project Title: at &t Construction Site: Owner /Agent: Designer/Contractor: 633 Southcenter Mall Cingular Wireless, L.L.C. Carter & Burgess Seattle, WA 98188 1920 Customer Care Way 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Atwater, CA 95301 Santa Ana, CA 92707 Section 2: General Information Seattle, Washington 40 4611 2120 New Construction Section 3: Mechanical Systems List uantl y System Type & DescripAcn 1 HVAC System 1: Heating: Other, Electric 1 Cooling: Other, Capacity > =65 - <90 kBtulh, Air- Cooled Condenser / Single Zone 1 HVAG System 2: Heating: Other, Electric! Cooling: Other, Capacity X54 kl3tu /h, Air - Cooled Condenser! Single Zone Section 4: Requirements Checklist Requirements Specific To: HVAC System 1 : 1. Integrated air economizer required - Exception: Air /evap condenser serving space with open -case refrigeration Requirements Specific To: HVAC System 2 : None Generic Requirements: Must be met by all systems to which the requirement is applicable: 1. Load calculations per 2001 ASHRAE Fundamentals 0 2. Plant equipment and system capacity no greater than needed to meet loads - Exception: Standby equipment automatically off when primary system is operating - Exception: Multiple units controlled to sequence operation as a function of load Minimum one temperature control device per system Minimum one humidity control device per Installed humidification/dehumidification system Thermostatic controls has 5 degrees F deadband - Exception: Thermostats requiring manual changeover between heating and cooling 6. Automatic Controls: Setback to 55 degrees F (heat) and 85 degrees F (cool): 7-day clock, 2 -hour occupant override, 10 -hour backup - Exception: Continuously operating zones ^5 . Page 1 of 2 - Exception: 2 kW demand or less, submit calculations %7. Outside -air source for ventilation; system capable of reducing OSA to required minimum K S. R -5 supply and retum air duct insulation in unconditioned spaces R -8 supply and return air duct insulation outside the building R-8 insulation between ducts and the building exterior when ducts are part of a building assembly - Exception: Ducts located within equipment - Exception: Ducts with interior and exterior temperature difference not exceeding 15 degrees F. Exception: Continuously welded and locking -type longitudinal joints and seams on ducts operating at static pressures less than 2 inches w.g. pressure classification v(9. Mechanical fasteners and sealants used to connect ducts and air distribution equipment 10.Ducts sealed - longitudinal seams on rigid ducts; transverse seams on all ducts; UL 181A or 181B tapes and mastics 0 11.Operation and maintenance manual provided to building owner 4 2C12.Balancing devices provided in accordance with IMC 603.15 f 13.Motorized, automatic shutoff dampers required on exhaust and outdoor air supply openings - Exception: Gravity dampers acceptable in buildings <3 stories - Exception: Gravity dampers acceptable in systems with outside or exhaust air flow rates less than 300 cfm where dampers are interlocked with fan © 14.Stair and elevator shaft vents are equipped with motorized dampers Section 5: Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed mechanical design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed mechanical systems have been designed to meet the 2006 MCC requirements in COMcheck Version 3.4.2 and to comply with the mandatory requirements in the Requirements Checklist. W =N&T /1 &4.4x44, bE5 fp t Name - Title 11 2 . -c Date Page 2 of 2 COPYRIGHT 0 2006 CARIER d: BURGESS. INC. Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 I EXPIRES 03/15/08 I ISSUES /REVISIONS - 11 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DESIGNED BY: KL CHECKED BY: MV DRAWN BY: KL tzn PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS at &t DESCRIPTION APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.039.0001 NONE M -002 SECTION 15010 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DMSION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. B. INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL EQUIPMENT, TRANSPORTATION AND SERVICES TO FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND ALTERATIONS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND HEREIN SPECIFIED. THE WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO: 1. ALL PLUMBING WORK. 2. CONNECTION TO ALL UTIUTIES. 3. HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING. 4. INSULATION. 5. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. EXTENT OF MECHANICAL WORK IS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED IN DMSION 15 SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATION. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SUPERVISION AND SERVICE NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE MECHANICAL SYSTEM. 1.03 QUALTIY ASSURANCE A. ALL WORK ACCOMPLISHED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE LOCAL COUNTY, STATE, ACCEPTED MECHANICAL CODE, PLUMBING CODE, BUILDING CODE, ETC. UNDER THIS JURISDICTION B. IN ADDITION, FOLLOW ALL REQUIREMENTS PERTAINING TO THE MALL TENANT DESIGN MANUAL 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOR REVIEW, SIX COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS, LITERATURE, AND EQUIPMENT UST WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER CONTRACT IS LET. FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED PER DMSION 1. B. SUBMIT PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR DELIVERY. C. SUBMIT COMPLETE, AT ONE TIME. PARTIAL SUBMITTALS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED (EXCEPT AS NOTED ABOVE FOR CONTROLS AND DUCTWORK). D. CATALOG SHEETS SHALL BE COMPLETE AND THE ITEM OR MODEL TO BE USED SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED. E. LIST SUBSTITUTE ITEMS SEPARATELY AND SO IDENTIFIED. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND OF MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED HEREIN. THEY SHALL BE U.S. MADE (EXCEPT CANADIAN COPPER PIPE IS ACCEPTABLE) AND BEAR THE U.L, Ell. OR CSA LABEL WHERE POSSIBLE. B. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REGULARLY CATALOGUED ITEMS OF THE MANUFACTURER AND IN USE FOR AT LEAST TWO YEARS AND SHALL BE SUPPLIED AS A COMPLETE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND ANY OPTIONAL ITEMS REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION FOR THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND BEST TRADE PRACTICES. 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS A. IN ALL CASES IN THIS SPECIFICATION WHERE AN ARTICLE IS FOLLOWED BY THE WORDS OR APPROVED EQUAL ", THE ARCHITECT IS THE SOLE JUDGE OF THE QUALITY OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION. B. WHEN THE ARCHITECT /OWNER APPROVES A SUBSTINTION, THE APPROVAL IS GIVEN WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT THE CONTRACTOR GUARANTEES THE ARTICLE OR MATERIAL SUBSTITUTED TO BE EQUAL TO OR BETTER IN EVERY RESPECT THAN THE ARTICLE OR MATERIAL SPECIFIED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO ASSUME COMPLETE RESPONSIBIUTY THAT THE ARTICLE OR MATERIAL WILL FIT THE JOB AS FAR AS SPACE, ACCESS AND SERVICING REQUIREMENTS. C. WHERE SEVERAL MATERIALS ARE SPECIFIED BY NAME FOR ONE USE, SELECT FOR USE ANY OF THOSE SO SPECIFIED. NOTE THAT EQUIPMENT LAYOUT IS BASED ON EQUIPMENT LISTED IN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES. ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT USED MUST FIT IN AVAILABLE SPACE WITH ALL ACCESS AND SERVICING REQUIREMENTS MAINTAINED. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CHECK THAT THIS EQUIPMENT WILL MEET THESE REQUIREMENTS. D. WHENEVER ITEM OR CLASS OF MATERIAL IS SPECIFIED EXCLUSIVELY BY DETAIL SPECIFICATION, TRADE NAME, MANUFACTURER'S NAME OR BY CATALOG REFERENCE, USE ONLY SUCH ITEM, UNLESS WRITTEN APPROVAL IS GIVEN FOR SUBSTITUTION PRIOR TO BID. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 DRAWINGS A. THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS ARE GENERALLY DIAGRAMMATIC. COMPLETE DETAILS OF THE BUILDING WHICH AFFECT THE MECHANICAL INSTALLATION MAY NOT BE SHOWN. FOR ADD[ONAL DETAILS, THE CONTRACTOR IS REFERRED TO THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, & ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 3.02 CODES, ORDINANCES AND PERMITS A. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES. TAKE OUT AND PAY FOR ALL INSPECTION FEES AND PERMITS. COMPLIANCE WITH CODES AND ORDINANCES SHALL BE AT THE CONTRACTOR'S D(PENSE. INCLUDE ALL CONNECTION AND PERMIT FEES IN BID. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT L &I FOR INSPECTION OF ALL PRESSURE VESSELS IN A TIMELY MANNER BEFORE OCCUPANCY OF THE BUILDING. 3.04 TESTING A. WATER PIPING TEST ALL WATER PIPING SYSTEMS AT 125 PSI WATER PRESSURE AND HOLD FOR FOUR (4) HOURS. TEST IN SECTIONS BEFORE COVERING. TEST ENTIRE SYSTEM WHEN COMPLETELY INSTALLED. REPAIR ANY DEFECTS SHOWN BY TEST AND RETEST UNTIL ENTIRELY TIGHT. B. WASTE AND SEWER PIPING TEST ALL WASTE, SEWER AND VENT PIPING BY FILLING WITH WATER TO ROOF. HOLD FOR FOUR HOURS. TEST IN SECTIONS AS WORK PROGRESSES. REPAIR ANY DEFECTS SHOWN BY TEST AND RETEST UNTIL ENTIRELY TIGHT. C. VALVES TEST ALL VALVE BONNETS FOR TIGHTNESS. OPERATE ALL VALVES AT LEAST ONCE FROM CLOSED-TO-OPEN-TO-CLOSED WHILE UNDER PRESSURE. 3.05 CLEAN UP AND HOUSEKEEPING A. LEAVE ALL EQUIPMENT CLEAN AND READY FOR USE. B. REMOVE ALL LABELS, PAINT, PLASTER, ETC., FROM FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND PIPING. 3.06 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. SCOPE: 1. PROVIDE COMPLETE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND 2. PROVIDE FOUR COPIES OF EACH BOUND INTO BOOKLET FORM. 3. DELIVER BOOKLETS TO THE ARCHITECT BEFORE FINAL INSPECTION. B. CONTENTS: EACH BOOKLET SHALL CONTAIN AT LEAST, BUT NOT LIMITED TO MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND PARTS LIST AS FOLLOWS: 1. BASIC DESCRIPTION OF ALL SYSTEMS. 2. DESCRIPTION OF ROUTINE MAINTENANCE REQUIRED FOR EACH COMPONENT, 3. SUGGESTED FREQUENCY OF MAINTENANCE. 4. PARTS LIST OF ALL EQUIPMENT. 5. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTIES ON ALL EQUIPMENT. 6. CONTROLS: AS -BUILT WIRING DIAGRAMS 7. MECHANICAL AS -BUILT DRAWINGS. 8. TROUBLE - SHOOTING UST. 9. NAME, ADDRESS, PHONE NUMBER OF ALL CONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS 3.07 RECORD DRAWINGS A. PROVIDE THE ARCHITECT WITH RECORD DRAWINGS. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BE NEW, REPRODUCIBLE MYLARS AND SHALL SHOW THE MEASURED LOCATIONS OF ALL CONCERNED PORTIONS OF THE WORK AND SHALL SHOW ALL CHANGES THE CONTRACTOR HAS MADE. B. DRAWINGS MUST SHOW ALL ADDENDUM ITEMS, CHANGE ORDERS AND DEVIATIONS FROM THE PLANS. 3.08 INTERFERENCE A. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'S ATTEN11ON IS CALLED TO THE RESTRICTED SPACE FOR INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. OFFSETS, REROUTING AND COORDINATION WILL BE REQUIRED TO FIT ALL ELEMENTS IN AVAILABLE SPACE AND THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE PROVISIONS FOR SUCH IN HIS BID. B. DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED TO CLEAR LIGHT FIXTURES. COORDINATE ROUTING OF DUCTWORK AND PIPING WITH EACH OTHER SO GRADE OF PIPING CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED, AND TO FIT IN AVAILABLE SPACE. C. DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED TO CLEAR LIGHT FIXTURES AND TO FIT IN AVAILABLE SPACE. PROVIDE OFFSETS, V OR SLEEVES AS REQUIRED. MAINTAIN EQUIVALENT FREE AREA OF DUCTWORK. D. DUCTWORK TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER PIPING FOR AVAILABLE SPACE AND ROUTING. COORDINATE INSTALLATION BASED ON THIS PRECEDENCE. E. DUCTWORK AND /OR PIPING SHALL NOT BE RUN OVER ELECTRICAL PANELS. 3.09 WORKMANSHIP A. ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH BEST TRADE PRACTICE. ANY SUBSTANDARD WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 3.10 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS ON ALL PIPING AND DUCTWORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "GUIDUNES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS" AS PREPARED BY SMACNA AND THE PLUMBING PIPING INSTITUTE COUNCIL B. PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS ON ALL EQUIPMENT AND PROVIDE SLACK CABLE RESTRAINTS ON ALL SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT. COMPLETE RESTRAINT SYSTEM SHALL BE SELECTED, SHOP DRAWINGS SEALED BY AND CERTIFICATION PROVIDED BY A PROFESSIONAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. END OF SECTION 15010 SECTION 15030 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS TO MECHANICAL WORK PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 STANDARDS A. FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCTS, EMPLOY WITH APPLICABLE NEMA STANDARDS, AND REFER TO NEMA STANDARDS FOR DEFINITIONS OF TERMINOLOGY HEREIN. COMPLY WITH NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA 70) FOR WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND TO APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF DIVISION 16 OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS A. MANUFACTURER 1. EXCEPT WHERE ITEM OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (WHICH OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS) MUST BE INTEGRALLY EQUIPPED WITH MOTOR PRODUCED BY ANOTHER MANUFACTURER, PROVIDE MOTORS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. B. MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS 1. EXCEPT WHERE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED, AND EXCEPT WHERE REQUIRED ITEM OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CANNOT BE OBTAINED WITH FULLY COMPLYING MOTOR, COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS FOR MOTORS OF MECHANICAL WORK: A. TEMPERATURE RATING: RATED FOR 40 DEG. C ENVIRONMENT WITH MAXIMUM 50 DEG. C TEMPERATURE RISE FOR CONTINUOUS DUTY AT FULL LOAD (CLASS A INSULATION). B. STARTING CAPABILITY: PROVIDE EACH MOTOR CAPABLE OF MAKING STARTS AS FREQUENTLY AS INDICATED BY AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM, AND NOT LESS THAN 5 STARTS /HOUR FOR MANUALLY CONTROLLED MOTORS. C. PHASES AND CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS: PROVIDE SQUIRREL -CAGE INDUCTION POLYPHASE MOTORS FOR 1 HP AND LARGER, AND PROVIDE CAPACITOR -START SINGLE -PHASE MOTORS FOR 3/4 HP AND SMALLER, EXCEPT 1/6 HP AND SMALLER MAY, AT EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S OPTION, BE SPLIT -PHASE TYPE. COORDINATE CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS WITH POWER SPECIFIED IN DMSION -16 SECTIONS, AND WITH INDMDUAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN OTHER DMSION -15 REQUIREMENTS. FOR 2 -SPEED MOTORS PROVIDE 2 SEPARATE WINDINGS ON POLYPHASE MOTORS. DO NOT PURCHASE MOTORS UNTIL POWER CHARACTERISTICS AVAILABLE AT LOCATIONS OF MOTORS HAVE BEEN CONFIRMED, AND UNTIL ROTATION DIRECTIONS HAVE BEEN CONFIRMED. D. SERVICE FACTOR: 1.15 FOR POLYPHASE MOTORS, AND 1.35 FOR SINGLE -PHASE MOTORS. C. MOTOR CONSTRUCTION 1. PROVIDE GENERAL PURPOSE, CONTINUOUS DUTY MOTORS, DESIGN "B EXCEPT "C" WHERE REQUIRED FOR HIGH STARTING TORQUE. A. FRAMES: NEMA NO. 48. B. BEARINGS: BALL OR ROI I FR BEARINGS WITH INNER AND OUTER SHAFT SEALS, PERMANENTLY SEALED. WHERE BELT DRIVES AND OTHER DRIVES PRODUCE LATERAL OR AXIAL THRUST IN MOTOR, PROVIDE BEARINGS DESIGNED TO RESIST THRUST LOADING. REFER TO INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS OF DMSION -15 FOR FRACTIONAL-HP LIGHT -DUTY MOTORS WHERE SLEEVE -TYPE BEARINGS ARE PERMITTED. C. ENCLOSURE TYPE: EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED PROVIDE OPEN DROP -PROOF MOTORS FOR INDOOR USE WHERE SATISFACTORILY HOUSED OR REMOTELY LOCATED DURING OPERATION, AND PROVIDE GUARDED DRIP -PROOF MOTORS WHERE EXPOSED TO CONTACT BY EMPLOYEES OR BUILDING OCCUPANTS. PROVIDE WEATHER - PROTECTED TYPE I FOR OUTDOOR USE, TYPE II WHERE NOT HOUSED. REFER TO INDMDUAL SECTIONS OF DMSION -15 FOR OTHER ENCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS. D. OVERLOAD PROTECTION: PROVIDE BUILT -IN THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION FOR 120V MOTORS. E. EFFICIENCY: MOTORS ARE TO BE "ENERGY EFFICIENT" HAVING MINIMUM EFFICIENCY AS SCHEDULED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IEEE STANDARD 112, TEST METHOD B. F. PROVIDE MOTORS WITH MINIMUM 85% POWER FACTOR. WHERE LESS THAN 85 %, PROVIDE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION TO MINIMUM 90% PER ENERGY CODES. D. NAMEPLATE PROVIDE METAL NAMEPLATE ON EACH MOTOR, INDICATING FULL IDENTIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER, RATINGS, CHARACTERISTICS, CONSTRUCTION, SPECIAL FEATURES, AND SIMILAR INFORMATION. 2.02 STARTERS, ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND WIRING A. MOTOR STARTER MANUFACTURER 1. EXCEPT WHERE ITEM OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE INTEGRALLY FURNISHED WITH MOTOR STARTER PRODUCED BY ANOTHER MANUFACTURER, PROVIDE MOTOR STARTERS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: CUTLER - HAMMER, GE OR SQUARE D. B. MOTOR STARTER CHARACTERISTICS 1. COMPLY WITH NEMA STANDARDS AND NEC. PROVIDE TYPE I GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURES WITH PAD LOCK EARS, AND WITH FRAMES AND SUPPORTS FOR MOUNTING ON WALL, FLOOR OR PANEL AS INDICATED. PROVIDE TYPE AND SIZE OF STARTER RECOMMENDED BY MOTOR MANUFACTURER AND EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICABLE PROTECTION AND START -UP CONDMON; REFER TO INDMDUAL EQUIPMENT SECTIONS FOR BASIC LOAD REQUIREMENTS. A. MANUAL SWITCHES: PROVIDE MANUAL SWITCH AND PILOT LIGHT FOR MOTORS 1/2 HP AND SMALLER, EXCEPT W HERE INTERLOCK OR AUTOMATIC OPERATION IS INDICATED. 1) OVERLOAD PROTECTION: PROVIDE MELTING ALLOY TYPE THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS. B. MAGNETIC STARTERS: PROVIDE MAGNETIC STARTERS FOR 3 PHASE MOTORS AND FOR SMALLER MOTORS WHERE INTERLOCK OR AUTOMATIC OPERATION IS INDICATED. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1) HAND - OFF -AUTO SWITCH AND PILOT LIGHTS, PROPERLY ARRANGED FOR SINGLE -SPEED OR MULTI -SPEED OPERATION AS INDICATED. 2) TRIP -FREE THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS, EACH PHASE. 3) INTERLOCKS, PNEUMATIC SWITCHES, AND SIMILAR DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR COORDINATION WITH CONTROL REQUIREMENTS OF DMSION -15 CONTROLS SECTIONS. 4) BUILT -IN 120-VOLT CONTROL CIRCUIT TRANSFORMER, FUSED FROM LINE SIDE, WHERE SERVICE EXCEEDS 240 VOLTS. WHEN A TRANSFORMER ISN'T USED THE CONTROL COIL SHALL BE FUSED. 5) EXTERNALLY OPERATED MANUAL RESET. 6) UNDERVOLTAGE RELEASE OR PROTECTION FOR EACH PHASE. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 STARTERS A. PROVIDE STARTERS AND WIRING DEVICES FOR MOTORS. INSTALLATION BY DMSION 16000. 3.02 MOTORS A. INSTALL MOTORS ON MOTOR MOUNTING SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MOTOR MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, SECURELY ANCHORED TO RESIST TORQUE, DRIVE THRUSTS, AND OTHER EXTERNAL FORCES INHERENT IN MECHANICAL WORK. SECURE SHEAVES AND OTHER DRIVE UNITS TO MOTOR SHAFTS WITH KEYS AND ALLEN SET SCREWS, EXCEPT MOTORS OF 1/3 HP AND LESS MAY BE SECURED WITH ALLEN SCREWS ON FLAT SURFACES OF SHAFT. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, SET MOTOR SHAFTS PARALLEL WITH MACHINE SHAFTS. 3.03 EQUIPMENT FABRICATION A. FABRICATE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FOR SECURE MOUNTING OF MOTORS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL ITEMS INCLUDING IN WORK. PROVIDE EITHER PERMANENT ALIGNMENT OF MOTORS WITH EQUIPMENT, OR ADJUSTABLE MOUNTINGS AS APPLICABLE FOR BELT DRIVES, GEAR DRIVES, SPECIAL COUPLINGS AND SIMILAR INDIRECT COUPLING OF EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE SAFE, SECURE, DURABLE, AND REMOVABLE GUARDS FOR MOTOR DRIVES, ARRANGED FOR LUBRICATION AND SIMILAR RUNNING MAINTENANCE WITHOUT REMOVAL OF GUARDS. END OF SECTION 15030 SECTION 15050 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 STANDARDS A. ANSI COMPLIANCE COMPLY WITH ANSI A13.1 FOR LETTERING SIZE, COLORS, AND INSTALLED VIEWING ANGLES OF IDENTIFICATION DEVICES. PART 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 ENGRAVED PLASTIC- LAMINATE SIGNS A. PROVIDE ENGRAVED STOCK MELAMINE PLASTIC LAMINATE, COMPLYING WITH FS L- P -387, ENGRAVED WITH ENGRAVER'S STANDARD LEIItR STYLE OF SIZES AND WORDING, BLACK WITH WHITE CORE (LEIItR COLOR) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PUNCHED FOR MECHANICAL FASTENING EXCEPT WHERE ADHESIVE MOUNTING IS NECESSARY BECAUSE OF SUBSTRATE. PROVIDE 1/16" THICKNESS FOR UNITS UP TO 20 SQ. IN. OR 8" LENGTH; 1/8" FOR LARGER UNITS. PROVIDE FASTENING PER SELF - TAPPING STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS, EXCEPT CONTACT -TYPE PERMANENT ADHESIVE WHERE SCREWS CANNOT OR SHOULD NOT PENETRATE SUBSTRATE. PROVIDE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT. 2.02 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. ON ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT THAT HAS POWER CONNECTORS, PROVIDE WITH PERMANENT MARKER, THE ELECTRICAL PANEL AND BREAKER NUMBER. MARK ON DISCONNECT. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INSTALL ENGRAVED PLASTIC LAMINATE SIGN ON OR NEAR EACH MAJOR ITEM OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND EACH OPERATING DEVICE. PROVIDE SIGNS FOR WATER HEATERS, FANS, HVAC UNITS AND OTHER OPERATIONAL DEVICES. END OF SECTION 15050 SECTION 15060 PIPE TUBE & FITTINGS PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DMSION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. CERTIFY BRAZING PROCEDURES, BRAZERS, AND OPERATORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI 831.5. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING MATERIALS A. COPPER TUBE: ASTM B88. B. DWV COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 306. C. HUBLESS CAST -IRON SOIL PIPE: CISPI 301, WITH COUPLING ASSEMBLY, CISPI 310. D. STEEL PIPE: ASTM 106B, SCH 40, TREADED. 2.02 PIPE/TUBE FITTINGS A. CAST -IRON FLANGED FITTINGS: ANSI 816.1. B. CAST -IRON THREADED FITTINGS: ANSI B16.4. C. MALLEABLE IRON THREADED UNIONS: ANSI B16.3; GALVANIZED PIPING SYSTEMS. D. MALLEABLE IRON THREADED UNIONS: ANSI B16.39. E. DUCTILE IRON PRESSURE PIPING FITTINGS: ANSI A21.10; AWWA C110 F. THREADED PIPE PLUGS: ANSI B16.14. G. CAST -IRON THREADED DRAINAGE FITTINGS: ANSI B16.12. H. PIPE NIPPLES: SAME PIPING MATERIAL AS CONNECTING PIPING; SCHEDULE 80 FOR 1 -1/2" UNTHREADED LENGTH WITH PIPE SIZES LESS THAN 1 -1/4 "; NO CLOSE NIPPLES ALLOWED. I. WROUGHT- COPPER SOLDER -JOINT FITTINGS: ANSI 816.22. J. CAST - COPPER SOLDER -JOINT DRAINAGE FITTINGS: ANSI B16.23. K. WROUGHT - COPPER SOLDER -JOINT DRAINAGE FITTINGS: ANSI B16.29. L COPPER -TUBE UNIONS: ANSI B16.15. M. RUBBER - GASKET JOINTS: ANSI A21.11; AWWA C111. N. HUBLESS CAST -IRON SOIL PIPE FITTINGS: CISPI 301. 0. HUB-AND SPIGOT CAST-IRON PIPE FITTINGS: ASTM A74. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING MATERIALS /PRODUCTS A. SOLDERING MATERIALS: PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FOR EACH SERVICE: TIN -LEAD SOLDER: ASTM B32, GRADE 50A; FOR DRAINAGE PIPING OR TIN - ANTIMONY SOLDER: ASTM B32, GRADE 95TA FOR PRESSURE PIPING. B. PIPING CONNECTORS FOR DISSIMILAR NON- PRESSURE PIPE ELASTOMERIC ANNULAR RING INSERT, OR ELASTOMERIC FLEXIBLE COUPLING SECURED AT EACH END WITH STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS, SIZED FOR EXACT FIT TO PIPE ENDS AND SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY PLUMBING CODE. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. INSTALL PIPE, TUBE AND FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES WHICH WILL ACHIEVE PERMANENTLY LEAKPROOF PIPING SYSTEMS, CAPABLE OF PERFORMING EACH INDICATED SERVICE WITHOUT PIPING FAILURE. INSTALL EACH RUN WITH MINIMUM JOINTS AND COUPLINGS, BUT WITH ADEQUATE AND ACCESSIBLE UNIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY AND MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT OF VALVES AND EQUIPMENT. REDUCE SIZES (WHERE INDICATED) BY USE OF REDUCING FITTINGS. ALIGN PIPING ACCURATELY AT CONNECTIONS, WITH 1/16" MISALIGNMENT TOLERANCE. 3.02 THREAD PIPE A. THREAD PIPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI B2.1. APPLY PIPE JOINT COMPOUND OR PIPE JOINT TAPE (TEFLON) ON MALE THREADS AND TIGHTEN JOINT TO LEAVE NOT MORE THAN 3 THREADS EXPOSED. 3.03 SOLDER JOINTS A. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF "COPPER TUBE HANDBOOK" BY CDA. 3.04 HUBLESS CAST -IRON JOINTS A. COMPLY WITH CISPI 310. 3.05 CLEANING, FLUSHING, AND INSPECTING A. GENERAL CLEAN EXTERIOR SURFACES OF INSTALLED PIPING SYSTEMS OF SUPERFLUOUS MATERIALS, AND PREPARE FOR APPLICATION OF SPECIFIED COATINGS (IF ANY). FLUSH OUT PIPING SYSTEMS WITH TEST MEDIA BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH REQUIRED TESTS. INSPECT EACH RUN OF EACH SYSTEM FOR COMPLETION OF JOINTS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORY ITEMS. 1. INSPECT PRESSURE PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROCEDURES OF ANSI B31. 2. DISINFECT WATER MAINS AND WATER SERVICE PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWWA C601. 3.06 PIPING TESTS A. GENERAL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT FOR TESTING, TEST BEFORE INSULATION IS INSTALLED, REMOVE CONTROL DEVICES BEFORE TESTING. TEST EACH SECTION OF EACH PIPING SYSTEM INDEPENDENTLY. FILL EACH SECTION WITH WATER, AND TEST PER SECTION 15010 3.04. B. REPAIR PIPING SYSTEMS SECTION WHICH FAIL TEST, BY DISASSEMBLY AND RE- INSTALLATION, USING NEW MATERIALS TO OVERCOME LEAKAGE. DO NOT USE CHEMICALS, STOP -LEAK COMPOUNDS, MASTICS, OR OTHER TEMPORARY REPAIR METHODS. END OF SECTION 15060 SECTION 15100 VALVES PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DMSION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. PROVIDE FACTORY - FABRICATED VALVES RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR USE IN SERVICE INDICATED. PROVIDE VALVES OF TYPES AND PRESSURE RATINGS INDICATED; PROVIDE PROPER SELECTION AS DETERMINED BY INSTALLER TO COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE SIZES AS INDICATED, AND CONNECTIONS WHICH PROPERLY MATE WITH PIPE, TUBE, AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. WHERE MORE THAN ONE TYPE IS INDICATED, SELECTION IS INSTALLER'S OPTION. 2.02 BALL VALVES A. SELECT WITH PORT AREA EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN CONNECTING PIPE AREA, INCLUDE SEAT RING DESIGNED TO HOLD SEALING MATERIAL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: 1. BRONZE VALVES: MILWAUKEE "BUTTERBALL" OR EQUAL 2. MANUFACTURER: CRANE, FAIRBANKS, MILWAUKEE OR NIBCO. 2.03 AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL VALVES PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL VALVES WHERE REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING VALVES IN BRANCH LINES WHERE NECESSARY TO ISOLATE SECTIONS OF PIPING. LOCATE VALVES SO AS TO BE ACCESSIBLE AND SO THAT SEPARATE SUPPORT CAN BE PROVIDED WHEN NECESSARY. B. INSTALL VALVES WITH STEMS POINTED UP, IN VERTICAL POSITION DOWNWARD FROM HORIZONTAL PLANE. END OF SECTION 15100 SECTION 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. AT A MINIMUM, INSULATION VALUES SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE ENERGY CODE, IF APPLICABLE. 1.02 FLAME /SMOKE RATINGS A. PROVIDE COMPOSITE MECHANICAL INSULATION (INSULATION, JACKETS, COVERINGS, SEALER, MASTICS AND ADHESIVES) WITH FLAME SPREAD INDEX AT 25 OR LESS, AND SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 50 OR LESS, AS TESTED BY ASTM E84 (NFPA 225) METHOD. PART 2.00 -- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. GLASS FIBER PIPE INSULATION: ASTM C 1136 & 547 TYPE I. B. GLASS FIBER PIPE FITTING INSULATION: ASTM C 553. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. CERTAINTEED CORP., KNAUF FIBER GLASS, MANVILLE CORP., OWENS- CORNING FIBERGLASS CORP., IMCOA, NOMACO. 2.03 PIPING INSULATION A. OMIT INSULATION ON EXPOSED PLUMBING FIXTURE RUN -OUTS, (EXCEPT AT HANDICAPPED FIXTURES) FROM FACE OF WALL OR FLOOR TO FIXTURE; ON UNIONS, FLANGES, STRAINERS, FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS, AND EXPANSION JOINTS. 1. INSULATE THE FOLLOWING COLD PIPING SYSTEMS: A) DOMESTIC COLD WATER AND CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING. 2. INSULATE THE ABOVE COLD PIPING WITH THE FOLLOWING INSULATION: A) GLASS FIBER, 1" THICK ON ALL PIPE SIZE EXCEPT 1" DIAMETER AND LESS PIPE AND RUNOUTS UP TO 2" DIAMETER PIPE SIZE. 3. INSULATE THE FOLLOWING HOT PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS: A) DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING. 4. INSULATE THE ABOVE HOT PIPING WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING INSULATIONS: A) DOMESTIC FIBERGLASS: 1 THICK FOR UP TO 2" DIAMETER PIPE SIZE AND 1.5" THICK FOR 2 -1/2" DIAMETER AND LARGER PIPE SIZES. 5. PROVIDE ASJ (ALL SERVICE JACKET) ON ALL PIPING, EXCEPT PIPING EXPOSED TO THE OUTSIDE SHALL HAVE AN ALUMINUM JACKET. 6. ALL PLUMBING SYSTEMS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE INSULATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE APPLICABLE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE. WHERE INSULATION THICKNESS SPECIFIED ARE LARGER THAN THOSE LISTED IN THE ENERGY CODE, THE LARGER VALUES SHALL BE USED. 2.04 DUCT SYSTEM INSULATION A. INSULATE ALL SUPPLY & VENTILATION AIR DUCTWORK WITH FSK GLASS FIBER INSULATION HAVING A MINIMUM INSTALLED R -VALUE OF 7. B. DO NOT WRAP SOUNDLINED DUCT. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - PIPE AND DUCT INSULATION A. EXAMINE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH MECHANICAL INSULATION WILL BE INSTALLED. DO NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. B. INSTALL INSULATION PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES TO ENSURE THAT INSULATION SERVES ITS INTENDED PURPOSE. C. INSTALL INSULATION ON MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SUBSEQUENT TO TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE OF TESTS. D. CLEAN AND DRY MECHANICAL SURFACES PRIOR TO INSULATING. BUTT INSULATION JOINTS FIRMLY TOGETHER TO ENSURE COMPLETE AND TIGHT FIT OVER SURFACES TO BE COVERED. E. MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF VAPOR - BARRIER JACKETS ON MECHANICAL INSULATION, AND PROTECT TO PREVENT PUNCTURE OR OTHER DAMAGE. F. COVER VALVES, FITTINGS AND SIMILAR ITEMS IN EACH PIPING SYSTEM WITH EQUIVALENT THICKNESS AND COMPOSITION OR EFFICIENCY OF INSULATION AS APPLIED TO ADJOINING PIPE RUN. G. EXTEND MECHANICAL INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS AND SIMILAR PIPING PENETRATIONS, EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED. H. INSTALL PROTECTIVE METAL SHIELDS AND INSULATED SADDLES TO PREVENT COMPRESSION OF INSULATION. I. REPAIR DAMAGED SECTIONS OF EXISTING MECHANICAL INSULATION, DAMAGED DURING THIS CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. USE INSULATION OF SAME THICKNESS AS EXISTING INSULATION, INSTALL NEW JACKET LAPPING AND SEALED OVER EXISTING. END OF SECTION 15250 SECTION 15401 WATER PIPING PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER COND[ONS AND DIV 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 COMPLIANCE A. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PLUMBING CODE STANDARDS PERTAINING TO MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE STANDARDS PERTAINING TO MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND INSTALLATION OF PROCESS WATER PIPING (INCLUDING CONDENSER WATER). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS REQUIRED FOR WORK OF THIS SECTION, ARE SPECIFIED IN DMSION -15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF SIZES, RATINGS, AND CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED, WHICH COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MATERIALS, DESIGN, AND CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH PUBLISHED PRODUCT INFORMATION; PROVIDE PROPER QUANTITY OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2.02 PIPE, TUBE AND FITTINGS A. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 1. COPPER TUBE: TYPE L HARD -DRAWN TEMPER; WROUGHT- COPPER FITTINGS; SOLDERED JOINTS WITH 95 -5 SOLDER. 2.03 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. PIPE ESCUTCHEONS INSTALL ON EACH PIPE PENETRATION EXPOSED TO VIEW IN OCCUPIED SPACES. B. DRIP PANS INSTALL UNDER PIPES PASSING OVER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. C. SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND SEALS PROVIDE FACTORY - FABRICATED HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ANCHOR COMPLYING WITH MSS SP -69. INSTALL COMPLYING WITH MSS SP-89. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING RUNOUTS TO FIXTURES A. PROVIDE HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING RUNOUTS TO FIXTURES OF SIZES INDICATED, BUT IN NO CASE SMALLER THAN REQUIRED BY THE PLUMBING CODE. 3.02 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION A. CONNECT HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING SYSTEM TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED, AND COMPLY WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE AND UNION FOR EACH CONNECTION, PROVIDE DRAIN VALVE ON DRAIN CONNECTION. END OF SECTION 15401 SECTION 15405 SOIL & WASTE PIPING SYSTEM PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DMSION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 STANDARDS A. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PLUMBING CODE STANDARDS PERTAINING TO MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND INSTALLATION OF DRAINAGE PIPING AND EQUIPMENT. B. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PDI STANDARDS PERTAINING TO PRODUCES AND INSTALLATION OF SOIL AND WASTE PIPING SYSTEMS. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS REQUIRED FOR THIS SECTION, ARE SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 15 PIPE, TUBE & FITTINGS SECTION. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF TYPES, SIZES, RATINGS, AND CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED, WHICH COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MATERIALS, DESIGN, AND CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH PUBLISHED PRODUCT INFORMATION; PROVIDE PROPER QUANTITY OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2.02 PIPES, TUBES AND FITTINGS GENERAL PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING SELECTIONS AT INSTALLER'S OPTION A. ABOVE GROUND BUILDING PIPING AND FITTINGS: 1. CAST -IRON HUB - AND - SPIGOT SOIL PIPE: SERVICE WEIGHT, CAST IRON HUB -AND- SPIGOT SOIL PIPE FITTINGS WITH COMPRESSION GASKETS. 2. CAST -IRON HUBLESS SOIL PIPE: SERVICE WEIGHT CAST -IRON HUBLESS SOIL PIPE FITTINGS; HUBLESS JOINTS. B. UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAIN PIPING 1. CAST -IRON HUB -AND- SPIGOT SOIL PIPE FITTINGS, COMPRESSION GASKETS. 2. CAST -IRON HUBLESS SOIL PIPE: SERVICE WEIGHT; CAST -IRON HUBLESS SOIL PIPE FITTINGS; HUBLESS JOINTS. C. SUPPORTS, ANCHORS AND SEALS PROVIDE FACTORY - FABRICATED HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS COMPLYING WITH MSS SP -69. INSTALL COMPLYING WITH MSS SP -89. D. DRAINAGE PIPING PRODUCTS 1. CLEANOUT PLUGS: CAST- BRONZE OR BRASS, THREADS COMPLYING WITH ANSI B2.1, COUNTERSUNK HEAD. INSTALL IN CLEANOUTS AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED BY THE PLUMBING CODE. E. FLOOR CLEANOUTS CAST -IRON BODY AND FRAME; ADJUSTABLE ROUND TOP AS FOLLOWS: 1. NICKEL - BRONZE TOP: PATTERN TO SUIT ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH. INSTALL IN OCCUPIED AREAS. 2. CAST -IRON TOP: PATTERN TO SUIT ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH. INSTALL IN UNOCCUPIED AREAS. F. WALL CLEANOUTS CAST -IRON BODY ADAPTABLE TO PIPE WITH CLEANOUT PLUG, STAINLESS STEEL ROUND COVER AND SCREW. G. DRAINAGE PIPING PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER JOSAM, SMITH, WADE OR ZURN. H. FLOOR DRAINS: AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. Dbri pr 2 1 20C3 d; ai3 DRAWN BY: DL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COPYRIGHT ® 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. at &t Ccirter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 I EXPIRES 03/15/08 I 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 ISSUES /REVISIONS MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS DESIGNED BY: KL CHECKED BY: MV APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.039.0001 NONE M -003 PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS PROVIDE SOIL AND WASTE PIPING RUNOUTS TO PLUMBING FIXTURES AND DRAINS, WITH APPROVED TRAP, OR SIZES INDICTED; BUT IN NO CASE SMALLER THAN REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL PLUMBING CODE. B. LOCATE PIPING RUNOUTS AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO BOTTOM OF FLOOR SLAB SUPPORTING FIXTURES OR DRAINS. C. TEST SOIL AND WASTE PIPING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL PLUMBING CODES. D. COORDINATE WITH SOIL AND WASTE PIPING AS NECESSARY TO INTERFACE FLOOR DRAINS WITH DRAINAGE PIPING SYSTEMS. E. INSTALL FLOOR DRAINS IN ACCORDANCE WITH WRITTEN MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AT LOW POINTS OF SURFACE AREAS TO BE DRAINED, OR AS INDICATED. SET TOPS OF DRAINS FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. F. INSTALL DRAIN FLASHING COLLAR OR FLANGE SO THAT NO LEAKAGE OCCURS BETWEEN DRAIN AND ADJOINING FLOORING. MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF WATERPROOF MEMBRANES, WHERE PENETRATED. 3.02 SEWER ONES A. INSTALLATION INSTALL UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAINS AS INDICATED AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLUMBING CODE. LAY UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAINS BEGINNING AT LOW POINT OF SYSTEMS, TRUE TO GRADES AND ALIGNMENT INDICATED WITH UNBROKEN CONTINUITY OF INVERT. PLACE BELL ENDS OF PIPING FACING UPSTREAM. INSTALL REQUIRED GASKETS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR USE OF LUBRICANTS, CEMENTS, AND OTHER SPECIAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. CLEAN INTERIOR OF PIPING OF DIRT AND OTHER SUPERFLUOUS MATERIAL AS WORK PROGRESSES. MAINTAIN SWAB OR DRAG IN UNE AND PULL PAST EACH JOINT AS IT IS COMPLETED. PLACE PLUGS IN ENDS OF UNCOMPLETED PIPING AT END OF DAY OR WHENEVER WORK STOPS. B. INSTALL SOIL AND VENT PIPING PITCHED TO DRAIN AT MINIMUM SLOPE OF 1/4" PER FOOT (2 %) AND 1/8" PER FOOT WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. VENT PIPING MAY BE INSTALLED HORIZONTAL IF REQUIRED TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH BUILDING ELEMENTS. C. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER AT ALL FLOOR DRAINS. TRAP PRIMERS SHALL HAVE EASY MAINTENANCE ACCESS. D. CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE PVC, UNLESS LANDLORD REQUIRES COPPER PER TENANT CRITERIA. 3.03 PIPING SPECIALITIES A. PIPE ESCUTCHEONS: INSTALL ON EACH PIPE PENETRATION EXPOSED TO VIEW IN OCCUPIED SPACES. B. DRIP PANS: INSTALL UNDER PIPES PASSING OVER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. END OF SECTION 15405 SECTION 15410 PLUMBING PART 1.00 -- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED HEREIN AND INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL PRODUCT DATA, ASSEMBLY -TYPE SHOP DRAWINGS, AND MAINTENANCE DATA, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01300 IF SUBMITTING AS APPROVED EQUAL PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. PROVIDE ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES INDICATED AND SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. ALL FAUCETS AND DRINKING FOUNTAINS, ETC., SHALL BE LEAD FREE AS DEFINED BY THE SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT AMENDMENTS FO 1986 AND THE LEAD CONTAMINATION CONTROL ACT OF 1988. CONTAMINATION CONTROL ACT OF 1988. 2.02 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER A. PROVIDE ALL WATER HEATERS INDICATED AND SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. 2.03 WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR A. PROVIDE ALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS INDICATED AND SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 FIXTURES A. FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS, COMPLETE WITH TRAPS, VALVES, STOPS AND ALL FITTINGS. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE FIRMLY ANCHORED AGAINST MOVEMENTS. LOCATE IN CENTER OF AREA ALLOWED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE WITH ALL FITTINGS AND NUMBERS SHALL INCLUDE THE FITTINGS AS IF THEY WERE COMPLETELY LISTED AND SPECIFIED WITH EACH FIXTURE. PROVIDE CAULKING BETWEEN WALL AND FIXTURE ON ALL WALL HUNG FIXTURES. USE RESILIENT (FLEXIBLE) PRODUCT SUCH AS GE SIULCONE BATHTUB SEALANT. PROVIDE SEALED WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS ON HW AND CW SUPPLY PIPES AT EACH FIXTURE OR BANK OF FIXTURES. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. B. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL FIXTURES NOT NOTED IN THIS SPECIFICATION. COMPLY WITH HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY CODE REQUIREMENTS. C. TRAP PRIMERS SHALL BE EASILY ACCESSIBLE. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL IN WALL END OF SECTION 15410 SECTION 15820 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 COMPLIANCE A. AMCA COMPLIANCE: TEST AND RATE AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AMCA STANDARDS, AND PROVIDE AMCA CERTIFIED RATINGS SEAL B. UL COMPLIANCE: PROVIDE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS OF AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT WHICH HAVE BEEN LISTED AND LABELED BY UL 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL PRODUCT DATA OF APPROVED EQUALS (SUBMITTALS ARE NOT REQUIRED IF PRODUCT MATCHES SPECIFIED ITEMS ON DRAWINGS), ASSEMBLY - TYPE SHOP DRAWINGS, LADDER -TYPE WIRING DIAGRAMS DIFFERENTIATING BETWEEN PORTIONS OF WIRING THAT ARE FACTORY INSTALLED AND PORTIONS TO BE FIELD - INSTALLED, AND MAINTENANCE DATA. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HVAC SYSTEMS A. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED WITH ALL OPTIONS AS DESCRIBED ON THE MECHANICAL SCHEDULES ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. B. WHEREVER POSSIBLE, PROVIDE BELT DRIVEN EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED OR PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER WITH ALL OPTIONS INCLUDED IN THE SCHEDULES OR REQUIRED TO MEET THE PERFORMANCES NOTED ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. UNITS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAILS ON DRAWINGS. B. ALL EXHAUST FAN SYSTEMS TO HAVE BACKDRAFT OR MOTORIZED DAMPERS IN THE SYSTEM. C. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS TO ALL FANS. D. PROVIDE ROOF CURBS FOR ALL ROOF HOODS, ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AND DUCT PENETRATIONS THRU ROOF. E. PROVIDE FACTORY AUTHORIZED STARTUP OF ALL EQUIPMENT. END OF SECTION 15820 SECTION 15840 DUCTWORK PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND CONDITIONS AND DMSION 1 - GENERAAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTATION AND SERVICES TO FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE ALL DUCTWORK AND RELATED SYSTEMS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND INDICATED ON THE DRAWING. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEETMETAL WORK A. FURNISH ALL DUCTWORK AS SHOWN ON PLANS. ALL DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH SMACNA STANDARDS AND LOCAL MECHANICAL CODE STANDARDS, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. DUCT CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE VELOCITY CLASSIFICATIONS FOUND IN SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, FIRST EDITION (1985). 1. DUCTWORK BETWEEN VAV AIR HANDLING UNITS AND TERMINAL BOXES: MAXIMUM +6" W.G., 4,000 F.P.M., VARIABLE AIR VOLUME. 2. DUCTWORK DOWNSTREAM OF TERMINAL BOXES: +2"W.G., 2,500 F.P.M., VARIABLE AIR VOLUME. 3. EXHAUST DUCTWORK (ALL EXHAUST FAN SYSTEMS WHERE DESIGN FAN STATIC IS USTED AT 1.0" W.G. OR ABOVE): +2" TO - 2"W.G., 2500 F.P.M., CONSTANT VOLUME. 4. RETURN, RELIEF OR EXHAUST DUCTWORK WHERE FAN DESIGN STATIC IS LISTED BELOW 1.0"W.G.: +1" TO -1" W.G., 2,500 F.P.M., CONSTANT VOLUME. 5. SUPPLY DUCTS NOT USTED ABOVE: +2" TO -2" W.G., 2,500 F.P.M., CONSTANT VOLUME. 6. TRANSFER DUCTS: +0.5" TO --0.5" W.G., 2,000 F.P.M., CONSTANT VOLUME. B. PRIOR TO ANY FABRICATING OF SHEET METAL WORK, THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY MEASURE (AT THE SITE) AVAILABLE SPACE FOR SHEET METAL WORK. HE SHALL PREPARE LARGE SCALE SHOP DRAWINGS OF SHEET METAL WORK SHOWING ALL OTHER ELEMENTS OF THE BUILDING INCLUDING PIPING, STRUCTURAL AND ELECTRICAL SO ALL ARE COORDINATED AND FIT AVAILABLE SPACE. THE SHOP DRAWINGS WILL NOT GO THROUGH A FORMAL SUBMITTAL PROCESS, BUT 2 COPIES SHALL BE GIVEN TO THE ARCHITECT AS EVIDENCE OF THEIR BEING COMPLETED. C. LONGITUDINAL SEAMS IN DUCTS SHALL BE FLAT, DOUBLE LOCK TYPE. S AND DRIVE TYPE. D. TRANSVERSE SEAMS SHALL BE OF TYPE AND SPACING AS FOLLOWS: MAX. SIDE TYPE SPACING UP TO 30" DRIVE SUP 7' -10" 31" TO 60" 1 -1/2" POCKET SUP 7' --10" 61" AND UP 1 -1/2" POCKET SUP 3'- 9" CROSS BREAK PANELS 18" AND OVER IN WIDTH. E. STANDING SEAMS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE ON ANY DUCTWORK. F. JOINT LOCKING: THE SUPJOINT IN POCKET SUP SEAMS SHALL BE SCREWED USING NOT LESS THAN ONE SCREW PER FACE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF 2' -O ". G. DAMPERS PROVIDE DAMPERS AND QUADRANTS IN DUCTWORK AS NECESSARY FOR BALANCING. PROVIDE ONE DAMPER IN THE DUCT LEADING TO EACH SUPPLY OR RETURN /EXHAUST OPENING. DAMPERS SHALL BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. DAMPERS SHALL BE FITTED WITH PARKER KALON DAMPER BEARINGS AND PARKER KALON NO. 195T QUADRANTS. DAMPERS SHALL BE OF 20 GA. G.I. SINGLE PLATE TYPE WITH EDGES HEMMED. FOR DAMPERS ABOVE "HARD" (GYPBOARD OR NON - ACCESSIBLE) CEILINGS, PROVIDE BOWDEN CABLE CONTROLLER WITH CONCEALED OPERATORS IN NEAREST RETURN GRILLE. SHOW LOCATION OF ALL REMOTE DAMPER OPERATORS & VOLUME DAMPERS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. INCLUDE DRAWING W /BALANCING REPORT. ADUSTABLE SPUTTER DAMPERS TO BE YOUNG REGULATOR 890B. H. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR IN FINISHED WALLS AND CEIUNGS WHERE REQUIRED TO REACH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, MILCOR OR EQUAL I. INSULATED LOW PRESSURE FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE A FACTORY FABRICATED ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF A ZINC - COATED SPRING STEEL HELIX, NON- PERFORATED INNER UNER, WRAPPED WITH A NOMINAL 1" THICK BY 1 LB /CU. FT. DENSITY FIBERGLASS INSULATION. THE ASSEMBLY SHALL BE SHEATHED IN A VAPOR BARRIER JACKET, FACTORY SEALED AT BOTH ENDS OF EACH SECTION, THUS ASSURING THE VAPOR RESISTANCE OF EACH SECTION AS WELL AS THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION. THE COMPOSITE ASSEMBLY INCLUDING INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIER SHALL MEET THE CLASS 1 REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA BULLETIN NO. 90 -A AND BE LABELED BY UL WITH A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 OR UNDER. FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A FULLY EXTENDED LENGTH REQUIRED TO MAKE THE CONNECTION. WHERE HORIZONTAL SUPPORT IS REQUIRED, FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE SUSPENDED ON 36" CENTERS WITH A MINIMUM 3/4" WIDE FLAT BANDING MATERIAL ALL JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE WITH 1/2" WIDE POSITIVE LOCKING STEEL STRAPS. INSULATED LOW PRESSURE FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE GREENFLEX TYPE SL -1 OR EQUAL PROVIDE SPIN -IN FITTINGS FOR CONNECTION TO TRUCK DUCT. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEX DUCT IS 5 FEET WITH ONE 90 DEGREE BEND. J. OFFSETS PROVIDE OFFSETS AND TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED TO FIT DUCTWORK INTO AVAILABLE SPACE. MAINTAIN EQUIVALENT FREE AREA OF DUCTWORK, AND TRANSITION SHALL BE SMOOTH (LESS THAN 15 DEGREES). 2.02 DUCT LINING A. JOHNS MANSVILLE 1" THICK 1.5 LB /CU.FT. DENSITY (WHERE CALLED OUT ON DRAWINGS AND OR WHERE SPECIFIED) UNACOUSTIC R -4 MIN. OR 1.5" THICK 1.5 LB /CU.FT. DENSITY UNACOUST1C R -5 MIN. WHERE "SOUNDLINED" OR "LINED" DUCT IS CALLED OUT ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED. SERVICE WITH GLUE AND CUPS. SPACE CUPS A MAXIMUM OF 18 "O.C. LINE ALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS (INCLUDES OUTSIDE AIR, SUPPLY, RETURN, EXHAUST AND TRANSFER DUCTS). THE NET FREE AREA OF THE DUCT DIMENSIONS GIVEN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED. INCREASE METAL DUCT DIMENSIONS AS NECESSARY TO COMPENSATE FOR ADDITION OF THE UNER. B. THE DUCT LINER SHALL BE APPLIED WITH 100% COVERAGE OF APPROVED FIRE RESISTANT ADHESIVE. LINER SHALL BE ADDITIONALLY SECURED WITH MECHANICAL FASTENERS ON MAXIMUM 15 CENTERS. FASTENERS SHALL START WITHIN 2" OF THE LEADING EDGE OF EACH SECTION AND WITHIN 3" OF THE LEADING EDGE OF Al CROSS JOINTS WITHIN THE DUCT SECTION. ALL EXPOSED EDGES AND THE LEADING EDGE OF ALL CROSS JOINTS OF THE LINER SHALL BE HEAVILY COATED WITH AN APPROVED FIRE RESISTANT ADHESIVE. THE DUCT LINER SHALL BE CUT TO ASSURE SNUG CLOSING CORNER JOINTS, THE BLACK SURFACE OF THE LINER SHALL FACE THE AIR STREAM, TRANSVERSE JOINTS SHALL BE NEATLY BUTTED, AND ANY DAMAGED AREAS SHALL BE HEAVILY COATED WITH AN APPROVED FIRE RESISTANT ADHESIVE. 2.03 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. GENERAL PROVIDE DAMPERS AT ALL OUTSIDE AIR AND RELIEF DUCTS INTAKING OR EXHAUSTING TO ATMOSPHERE. B. TYPE 1. BACKDRAFT DAMPERS ON FAN SYSTEMS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL OR ALUMINUM MULI1BLADE TYPE. BLADES SHALL HAVE FELT STRIPS RIVETED OR CRIMPED IN PLACE. BLADES SHALL BE JOINED TOGETHER WITH CONNECTION BARS. EACH BLADE SHALL BE RIGIDLY ATTACHED TO A PIVOT ROD. THE ROD SHALL EXTEND INTO OIL- IMPREGNATED BRONZE BUSHINGS, OR ANT1FRIC1ION BEARINGS, LOCATED IN THE FRAMES. RUSKIN CBD2 OR EQUAL. 2. FABRIC BACKDRAFT DAMPERS ON RELIEF DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO INDUSTRY STANDARDS. C. MANUFACTURER 2.04 LOUVERS A. FURNISH WONDER METAL MODEL 'SDL -4" DRAINABLE FORMED GALVANIZED STEEL STORM -PROOF MULLION NON- MECHANICAL FIXED WALL LOUVERS, OR AIR LOUVERS INC., THE AIROLFTE CO., CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES INC., RUSKIN, OR INDUSTRIAL LOUVERS INC. EQUIVALENT, OR APPROVED; SIZES AND CONFIGURATIONS AS SHOWN, COMPLETE WITH FLAT BAR ORNAMENTAL SHAPES WERE SHOWN; REFER TO EXTERIOR BUILDING ELEVATIONS AND LOUVER SCHEDULE, SECTION 22 OF PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME II. PROVIDE WITH BIRD SCREEN AND COLOR AS DESIGNATED BY ARCHITECT. B. LOUVERS SHALL HAVE BEEN TESTED AND RATED TO HAVE MINIMUM 45% FREE OPENING BASED ON A 4X4 FOOT SIZE LOUVER. C. FRAME AND BLADES TO BE 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL D. HEADS, SILLS AND JAMBS TO BE ONE PIECE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AS DETAILED AND SECURELY ANCHOR TO WALL CONSTRUCTION AS APPROVED. E. SUDEABLE INTERLOCKED MULLIONS TO HAVE PROVISION TO EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. F. FURNISH COMPLETE WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD BIRD SCREEN MOUNTED IN FOLDED "U" TYPE FRAME AND ATTACH TO INSIDE FACE OF LOUVER FRAME WITH STEEL SCREWS AT ACTIVE (OPEN) PORTIONS OF LOUVERS AND WITH 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL FACED INSULATED 'BLANK -OFF' PANELS AT INACTIVE LOUVER AREAS, COMPLETE WITH PERIMETER GASKETS AND FINISHED TO MATCH LOUVER. INSULATION CORE SHALL BE 1 INCH THICK EXTRUDED POLYSTRYENE HAVING A MINIMUM THERMAL RESISTANCE "R" VALUE OF 5.0. G. ALL LOUVERS TO BE FREE OF SCRATCHES AND BLEMISHES AND SHALL BE FINISH PAINTED WITH BAKED -ON ENAMEL POWDER COATING. 2.05 FIRE DAMPERS A. DYNAMIC FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL SAFETY STANDARD 555. EACH DAMPER SHALL HAVE A 1 1/2 HOUR RATING WITH 165 DEGREE F FUSABLE LINK AND BE TABLED PER UL 555 STANDARD. B. DYNAMIC COMBINATION FIRE /SMOKE DAMPERS,RUSKIN FSD36, SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF MIN. 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH STAINLESS STEEL BEARINGS, JAMB SEALS AND 450 DEG. F RATED BLADE EDGE SEAL DAMPERS SHALL BE 1 HR. RATED UNDER UL STANDARD 555 AND UL 555S. ALL DAMPERS USED UNDER THIS SPECIFICATION MUST BE UL TESTED & QUALIFIED IN THE COMPLETE RANGE OF SIZES USED. A SINGLE DAMPER TESTED WITHIN THIS RANGE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. LEAKAGE RATING SHALL BE CLASS 11. INCLUDE A UL CLASSIFIED FIRE STAT. FIRESTAT SHALL ELECTRICALLY AND MECHANICALLY LOCK DAMPER CLOSED WHEN DUCT TEMPERATURE EXCEEDS 165 DEG. F. DAMPER MUST BE OPERABLE ABOVE 250 DEG. F. FIRESTAT SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH TWO DAMPER POSITION INDICATORS FOR REMOTE INTERFACING WITH SMOKE DETECTORS & FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. ALSO PROVIDE INTEGRAL FLOW RATED DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS FOR DUCTED FIRE/ SMOKE DAMPERS AND NO -FLOW DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS FOR NON - DUCTED FIRE SMOKE DETECTORS. C. CEIUNG FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL CEILING REGISTERS AND GRILLES. IN THE RATED CEILING. FIRE DAMPERS CONSIST OF A RADIANT DAMPER IN THE DIFFUSER NECK AND THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET COVERING THE DIFFUSER PAN. THE ENTIRE SYSTEM SHALL BE UL RATED FOR FLOOR /CEIUNG AND ROOF /CEILING SYSTEM. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 SHEET METAL WORK A. PARTITIONS FORMING PLENUMS OR CASINGS SHALL BE #18 GA., WITH GALVANIZED IRON ANGLES AND RIVETS FOR SEAM CONNECTION AND STIFFENING. ALL JOINTS AND STANDING SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH APPROVED DUCT SEALANT. B. CORK GASKETS SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN ALL CONNECTIONS OF SHEET METAL TO COIL AND FILTER CASINGS. C. SHEET METAL CONNECTIONS OF PLENUMS AND AIR CHAMBERS TO WALL AND FLOORS SHALL BE MADE WITH GALVANIZED ANGLES ANCHORED TO WALL OR FLOOR CONSTRUCTION WITH ANCHOR BOLTS WITH SHEET METAL BOLTED OR RIVETED TO ANGLES. MASTIC SEALER SHALL BE INSTALLED AT CONNECTION OF ANGLES TO SHEET METAL TO PROVIDE AIR -TIGHT JOINTS. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN PLENUMS AND CHAMBERS WITH HANDLES OPERATED FROM BOTH SIDES, VENTLOCK NO. 205 OR APPROVED SUBSTITUTE. D. HINGED ACCESS DOORS IN SHEET METAL DUCT FOR ACCESS TO DAMPERS SHALL BE #18 GA., FRAMED WITH STEEL ANGLE AND HEMMED EDGES. E. CONNECT ALL GRILLES TO DUCTWORK. PAINT THE INSIDE OF THE DUCT A DULL BLACK AT ALL GRILLES. F. ALL AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS TO OUTSIDE SHALL HAVE BIRDSCREENS. BACKDRAFT DAMPER SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE MOTORIZED DAMPER IS NOT INDICATED. G. ALL DUCTS THROUGH ROOF SHALL BE FLASHED WATER - TIGHT. SEE DETAIL ALL DUCTS THRU WALLS AND FLOORS /ROOFS SHALL HAVE ANGLE ENCLOSURES. H. CONNECTIONS OF ALL DUCTS TO ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MADE WITH NEOPRENE. I. ELBOWS SHALL HAVE AN INSIDE RADIUS EQUAL TO 1/2 THE DUCT WIDTH. RECTANGULAR ELBOWS SHALL HAVE DUCT TURNS, T &B OR APPROVED EQUAL USE RECTANGULAR ELBOWS WHEREVER A ROUND ELBOW CANNOT BE USED AND WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. SQUARE INSIDE ELBOW AND ROUND OUTSIDE ELBOW ARE NOT PERMITTED. DO NOT INSTALL TURNING VANES IN GREASE EXHAUST DUCTWORK. J. SUPPORTERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STRAP OR ANGLE IRON HANGERS, ARRANGED TO PREVENT ANY BULGING, BENDING, OR SAGGING OF DUCTWORK. UNDER NO CONDITION SHALL HANGERS PIERCE THE DUCTS. VERTICAL DUCTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT EACH FLOOR WITH 18 GA. FORMED ANGLE. K. SEAL ALL DUCT JOINTS WITH APPROVED DUCT SEALANT. L HANGERS 1. PROVIDE HANGERS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS ON ALL DUCTWORK. 2. HANGERS FOR CIRCULAR DUCTS AND TUBING: A #18 GAUGE GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL STRAP SHALL BE WRAPPED AROUND THE DUCT AT EACH POINT OF SUPPORT. FOR CONCEALED WORK THIS STRAP SHALL BE BOLTED TO A STRAP HANGER OF SIMILAR GAUGE AND WIDTH; FOR EXPOSED WORK, BOLTED TO A STEEL ROD HANGER IN EACH CASE, ROD HANGER 1/4" SIZE FOR DUCTS UP TO 10" SIZE, 3/8" SIZE FOR LARGER DUCTS. WIDTH OF GALVANIZED STEEL STRAP WRAPPED AROUND THE DUCT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1" IN ANY CASE; WHERE DUCTS ARE IN EXCESS OF 10" IN DIAMETER SHALL BE 2 ". 3. SPACING OF HANGERS SHALL NOT EXCEED 10' -O" ON CENTERS IN ANY CASE; WHERE DUCTS ARE INSULATED AND ARE IN EXCESS OF 10" IN SIZE, SPACING SHALL NOT EXCEED 8' -0 ". M. A MAXIMUM OF 5 FEET LENGTH OF FLEX DUCT WITH ONE 90 DEGREE BEND WILL BE ALLOWED AT CONNECTIONS TO DIFFUSERS, WHERE FLEX DUCT IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. N. PROVIDE FIRE STOP AROUND DUCTWORK AT ALL DUCT PENETRATION OF RATED CONSTRUCTION. "FIRE STOP SEALANT' BY DOW CORNING. 0. BACKDRAFT DAMPERS ON RELIEF DUCTS SHALL BE METAL BLADE TYPE. P. PROVIDE DUCT TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED TO SOUND TRAPS AND ALL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. Q. PROVIDE DUCT UNING ON RECTANGULAR DUCTS WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS (OUTSIDE AIR, SUPPLY, RETURN, EXHAUST AND TRANSFER AIR DUCTS). THE NET FREE AREA OF THE DUCT DIMENSION GIVEN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED. INCREASE METAL DUCT DIMENSIONS AS NECESSARY TO COMPENSATE FOR ADDITION OF THE LINER. R. ALL DUCTWORK, INCLUDING, BUT NOT UMITED TO DUCTS, HANGERS, BRACKETS, FITTINGS AND JOINTS, SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER WHICH NEITHER REDUCES HEADROOM AND WALKWAY WIDTH NOR PROJECTS ANY SHARP EDGES INTO A CATWALK OR PASSAGE AREA. ANY DUCTWORK WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF THE ARCHITECT, PRESENTS A POSSIBLE HAZARD TO PEOPLE IN THE CATWALK AREA, SHALL BE CHANGED TO AN ACCEPTABLE AND SAFE MANNER. SUCH CHANGES MAY INCLUDE: MOVING THE EQUIPMENT, CHANGING RS CONFIGURATION, AND /OR ADDING PROTECTIVE PADDING TO THE EQUIPMENT. S. INTAKE BACKDRAFT DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE ENVELOPE OF THE BUILDING. T. INSTALL FIRE DAMPERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. END OF SECTION 15840 SECTION 15870 OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 COMPLIANCES A. ADC COMPLIANCE TEST AND RATE REGISTERS, GRILLES, CERTIFIED RATINGS SEAL ON EACH U B. AMCA COMPLIANCE TEST AND RATE LOUVERS, DAMPERS, SEAL ON EACH UNIT. AND DIFFUSERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ADC NIT. AND SHUTTERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AMCA EQUIPMENT TEST CODE 1062R4, PROVIDE STANDARD 500, PROVIDE CERTIFIED RATINGS 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL PRODUCT DATA UNLESS AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS, ASSEMBLY -TYPE SHOP DRAWINGS, AND MAINTENANCE DATA. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CEIUNG AIR DIFFUSERS A. GENERAL EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CEILING AIR DIFFUSERS WITH FIRE DAMPERS; OF SIZE, SHAPE, CAPACITY AND TYPE INDICATED; CONSTRUCTED OF MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS INDICATED AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. CEILING COMPATIBILITY PROVIDE DIFFUSERS WITH BORDER STYLES THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH ADJACENT CEILING SYSTEMS, AND THAT ARE SPECIFICALLY MANUFACTURED TO FIT INTO CEILING MODULE WITH ACCURATE FIT AND ADEQUATE SUPPORT. REFER TO GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR TYPES OF CEILING SYSTEMS WHICH WILL CONTAIN EACH TYPE OF CEIUNG AIR DIFFUSER. C. TYPES PROVIDE TITUS CEIUNG DIFFUSERS OF TYPE, CAPACITY, AND WITH ACCESSORIES AND FINISHES AS SCHEDULED. 2.02 REGISTERS AND GRILLES A. GENERAL EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WALL REGISTERS AND GRILLES WITH FIRE DAMPERS; OF SIZE, SHAPE, CAPACITY AND TYPE INDICATED; CONSTRUCTED OF MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. PERFORMANCE PROVIDE WALL REGISTERS AND GRILLES THAT HAVE, AS MINIMUM, TEMPERATURE AND VELOCITY TRAVERSES, THROW AND DROP, AND NOISE CRITERIA RATINGS FOR EACH SIZE DEVICE AS LISTED IN MANUFACTURER'S CURRENT DATA. C. COMPATIBILITY PROVIDE REGISTERS AND GRILLES WITH BORDER STYLES THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH ADJACENT WALL OR CEILING SYSTEMS, AND THAT ARE SPECIFICALLY MANUFACTURED TO FIT INTO CONSTRUCTION WITH ACCURATE FIT AND ADEQUATE SUPPORT. REFER TO GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION WHICH WILL CONTAIN EACH TYPE OF WALL REGISTER AND GRILLE. D. TYPES PROVIDE WALL REGISTERS AND GRILLES OF TYPE, CAPACITY, AND WITH ACCESSORIES AND FINISHES AS SCHEDULED. E. MANUFACTURERS: 1. TITUS PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL INSTALL OUTLETS AND INLETS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES TO INSURE THAT PRODUCTS SERVE INTENDED FUNCTIONS. REFER TO INSTALLATION DETAILS REFERENCED IN PARAGRAPH 2.03A ABOVE. B. COORDINATE WITH OTHER WORK, INCLUDING DUCTWORK AND DUCT ACCESSORIES, AS NECESSARY TO INTERFACE INSTALLATION OF OUTLETS AND INLETS WITH OTHER WORK. C. LOCATE CEILING AIR DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES, AS INDICATED ON GENERAL CONSTRUCTION "REFLECTED CEILING PLANS" AND "INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ". UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, LOCATE UNITS IN CENTER OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING MODULES. END OF SECTION 15870 SECTION 15880 FILTERS PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DMSION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 COMPLIANCE A. NFPA COMPLIANCE: INSTALL AIR TREATMENT EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 90A AND 90B. B. UL COMPLIANCE: PROVIDE AIR FILTER UNITS WHICH HAVE BEEN LISTED AND LABELED BY UL C. ASHRAE COMPLIANCE TEST AIR FILTER UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARI 850. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR FILTERS A. EXTENDED SURFACE FILTERS PROVIDE FACTORY - FABRICATED, DRY, EXTENDED SURFACE FILTERS; WHERE SHOWN, IN SIZES INDICATED. EQUIP WITH UL CLASS 1 FIBROUS MEDIA MATERIAL FORMED INTO 2" DEEP V- SHAPED PLEATS AND HELD BY SELF- SUPPORTING FRAMES. FARR 30/30 OR EQUAL. 2.02 FILTER FRAMES A. PROVIDE METAL FILTER FRAMES AS DETAILED ON DRAWINGS. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL AIR FILTERS AND HOLDING DEVICES OF TYPES INDICATED, AND WHERE SHOWN; IN ACCORDANCE WITH AIR FILTER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES; TO ENSURE THAT FILTERS COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS AND SERVE INTENDED PURPOSES. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF NFPA 70, 90A AND 8, PERTAINING TO INSTALLATION OF AIR FILTERS. PROVIDE AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. INSTALL FILTERS IN PROPER POSITION TO PREVENT PASSAGE OF UNFILTERED AIR. C. PROVIDE CLEAN SET OF FILTERS FOR ALL PIECES OF EQUIPMENT: 1. IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO AIR BALANCING. 2. WHEN FINAL PUNCHLIST IS DONE. 3. IN ADDITION, FURNISH ONE COMPLETE EXTRA SET OF FILTERS TO OWNER WHEN FINAL PUNCHLIST IS DONE. THREE SETS OF FILTERS ARE REQUIRED (TWO INSTALLED, ONE TURNED OVER TO OWNER). LOCATE EXTRA SET IN MECHANICAL ROOMS WHERE FILTERS ARE LOCATED. D. FILTERS SHALL BE EASILY CHANGED FROM FRAMES AND SHALL SLIDE FREELY ON TRACKS WITHOUT BINDING. MAINTAIN CLEAR ACCESS IN FRONT OF FILTER ACCESS DOOR TO FULL WIDTH OF THE FILTER. E. FILTER SECTIONS SHALL HAVE HINGED ACCESS DOORS WITH LATCHES. END OF SECTION 15880 SECTION 15980 BALANCING PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. ALL TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR WHO IS CURRENTLY UCENSED ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCING COUNCIL (AABC) OR NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB) BALANCING CONTRACTOR. NO OTHER BALANCE REPORTS WILL BE REVIEWED OR ACCEPTED. ALL BALANCING WORK MUST BE COMPLETE AND DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST RECENT STANDARDS OF THEIR SOCIETY. PAYMENT OF ALL COSTS FOR TESTING AND BALANCING SHALL BE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL BALANCING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED WITH ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND THIS SECTION. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS SIGNED BY TEST AND BALANCE SUPERVISOR WHO PERFORMED TAB WORK. SUBMIT RECORD HVAC PLAN SHOWING ALL VOLUME DAMPER & REMOTE VOLUME DAMPER OPERATOR LOCATIONS & CONNECTION LINKAGE. B. THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE ON THE AABC NATIONAL STANDARD REPORT FORMS OR THE NEBB CERTIFIED REPORT FORMS AS PUBUSHED IN THEIR MOST CURRENT EDITIONS AND SHALL INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION. 1. AABC OR NEBB CERTIFICATION NUMBER AND SIGNATURE OF BALANCING CONTRACTOR. 2. COPY OF A CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE WITH NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR THIS PROJECT. 3. INSTRUMENTATION UST WITH LAST CALIBRATION DATES. 4. MAKE AND MODEL NUMBERS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT. 5. AIR CFM AND STATIC PRESSURE READINGS (DISCHARGE AND SUCTION) AS MEASURED BY PITOT TUBE DUCT TRAVERSE AT THE UNIT. 6. MOTOR NAMEPLATE DATA WITH ACTUAL FIELD VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE READINGS FOR EACH LEG. 7. MOTOR AND FAN R.P.M: S, SHEAVE SIZES AND BELT SIZES. 8. OUTSIDE, RETURN, MIXED AND SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURES AND VOLUMES SHALL BE MEASURED AT FULL COOLING WITH MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR. RETURN /RELIEF /SMOKE EVACUATION AIRFLOW SHALL BE BALANCED AND MEASUREMENTS RECORDED BY PITOT DUCT TRAVERSE AT FULL ECONOMIZER AND POWER EXHAUST. 9. MAKE AND MODEL NUMBERS OF ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. 10. FINAL BALANCED AIR VOLUMES AT ALL OUTLETS (INCLUDING RETURNS WHERE DUCTED). 11. INDEXED PLAN WITH DIFFUSER AND RETURN LOCATIONS. ALSO INDICATE IF DIFFUSER IS 3 -WAY OR 2 -WAY. A. FIVE COPIES OF THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO HOLD EVERYTHING PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL PROVIDE ONE COPY OF APPROVED REPORT TO LANDLORD UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION FOR THE PREMISE AS A REQUIREMENT TO OPEN FOR BUSINESS. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. WORK WILL NOT PROCEED WITH TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING WORK UNTIL WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND IS OPERABLE. ENSURE THAT THERE IS NO LATENT RESIDUAL WORK STILL TO BE COMPLETED. INFORM ARCHITECT IN WRMNG WHEN PROJECT IS READY FOR ADJUSTING AND BALANCING. B. REFER TO LANDLORD TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL FOR SYSTEM BALANCING REQUIRED AS PART OF TENANT WORK. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. MECHANICAL SUB CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MOTORS, SHEAVES, BELTS, LADDERS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR BALANCER TO ACCOMPLISH WORK. B. BALANCING SUB CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HIRED BY THE DMSION 0 AT THE DMSION 0 EXPENSE. BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR, SEPARATE COMPANY FROM THE MECHANICAL SUB CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD, LANDLORD MAY REQUIRE SPECIFIC CONTRACTOR FOR BALANCING. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. EXAMINE INSTALLED WORK AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH TESTING IS TO BE DONE TO ENSURE THAT WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED, CLEANED AND IS OPERABLE. DO NOT PROCEED WITH TAB WORK UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED IN MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO TESTER. B. TEST, ADJUST AND BALANCE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS, AS INDICATED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN APPLICABLE STANDARDS. REFER TO LANDLORD TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL FOR SYSTEM BALANCING REQUIRED AS PART OF TENANT WORK. C. PREPARE REPORT OF TEST RESULTS IN FORMAT RECOMMENDED BY APPUCABLE STANDARDS. D. PATCH HOLES IN INSULATION, DUCTWORK AND HOUSING, WHICH HAVE BEEN CUT OR DRILLED IN MANNER RECOMMENDED BY THE ORIGINAL INSTALLER. E. MARK EQUIPMENT SETTINGS, INCLUDING DAMPER CONTROL POSMONS, VALVE INDICATORS, FAN SPEED CONTROL LEVERS, AND SIMILAR CONTROLS AND DEVICES, TO SHOW FINAL SETTINGS AT COMPLETION OF BALANCE WORK. PROVIDE MARKINGS WITH PAINT OR OTHER SUITABLE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS. F. INITIAL BALANCING SHALL INCLUDE BALANCING ALL AIR QUANTITIES TO WITHIN 10% OF THOSE LISTED ON THE DRAWINGS. G. BALANCER SHALL THEN CHECK ALL BUILDING TEMPERATURES AND READJUST AIR QUANTITIES TO EVEN OUT SPACE TEMPERATURES TO WITHIN 1 DEG. F WITHIN SPACES. H. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING REPORT MUST BE COMPLETE AND TURNED OVER TO HOLD EVERYTHING PROJECT MANAGER 1 WEEK PRIOR TO STORE TURNOVER. I. THE HVAC SUB CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PRESENT FOR AIR BALANCE TO VERIFY ACCESSIBILITY TO ALL DEVICES, VERIFY ALL OPERATING SEQUENCES AND INSTALL NEW FILTERS IN ALL UNITS JUST PRIOR TO THE AIR BALANCE. THE COMPLETE AIR BALANCE SHALL TAKE PLACE WITH OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS IN MINIMUM POSITION, EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE. HVAC SUB CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO INSTALL A NEW SET OF FILTERS AFTER PROJECT IS COMPLETE. J. BALANCE AIR TO WITHIN PLUS /MINUS 10% OF THAT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ANY REQUIRED CHANGES IN SHEAVES, BELTS, PULLEYS OR THE ADDITION OF DAMPERS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED FLOW RATES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE HVAC SUB CONTRACTOR WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO HOLD EVERYTHING. K. THE BALANCING SUB CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL APPLICABLE TESTING AND BALANCING FUNCTIONS REQUIRED FOR THE SYSTEM DESIGNED ON THESE DRAWINGS. ALL SYSTEMS UNABLE TO BE COMPLETELY BALANCED AT THE TIME OF ORIGINAL BALANCE MUST BE BALANCED IN FUTURE AT NO ADDMONAL EXPENSE TO HOLD EVERYTHING. THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL RECHECK ANY ITEMS THAT HOLD EVERYTHING DEEMS NECESSARY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO HOLD EVERYTHING. END OF SECTION 15980 SECTION 15990 CONTROLS 1. IN ADDITION TO THERMOSTATS AND REMOTE ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSORS, 2. SET RTU'S & AHU'S THERMOSTATS FOR 73 D.F. COOUNG AND 70 D.F. HEATING INITIALLY. END OF SECTION 15990 SECTION 15995 COMMISSIONING: PART 1.00 GENERAL 1. PROVIDE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL ENERGY CODE AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THISSPECIFICATION. ALL CONTROL SEQUENCES SHALL BE FUNCTIONALLY TESTED TO ENSURE THEY OPERATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2. HVAC UNITS: OPERATE SYSTEM IN COOLING MODE; RECORD OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE, MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE, SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE. WHERE ECONOMIZERS ARE SPECIFIED, DEMONSTRATE PROPER OPERATION OF CHANGEOVER FROM ECONOMIZER DAMPER OPERATION (FREE COOUNG WITH OUTSIDE AIR) TO MECHANICAL COOLING (MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR WITH COMPRESSOR COOLING). VERIFY THAT COOLING COIL SENSIBLE CAPACITY MATCHES THE TEMPERATURE DROP ON THE COOLING COIL VIA THE FORMULA COOLING CAPACITY (BTUH) = AIRFLOW (CFM) X (1.1) X DELTA T (MIXED AIR TEMP - SUPPLY AIR TEMP DEGREES F). OPERATE UNITS IN HEATING MODE: RECORD OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE, MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE, SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE. VERIFY THAT HEATING COIL CAPACITY MATCHES THE TEMPERATURE RISE ON THE HEATING COIL VIA THE FORMULA HEATING CAPACITY (BTUH) = AIRFLOW (CFM) X (1.1) X DELTA T (MIXED AIR TEMP - SUPPLY AIR TEMP DEGREES F). VERIFY THE OPERATION OF ANY CONTROL VALVES WHERE PRESENT (CHILLED WATER OR HEATING WATER VALVES). VERIFY THAT EACH UNIT OPERATES WITH THE CORRECT THERMOSTAT/ SENSOR. SET THERMOSTATS FOR 70 F HEATING SETPOINT AND 72 F COOLING SETPOINT. UNIT FANS SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING OCCUPIED MODE AND CYCLE ON /OFF DURING UNOCCUPIED MODE. SETUP AND VERIFY HOURS ON OPERATION (TIME SCHEDULE) FOR OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED MODE AND HOLIDAY /WEEKEND SCHEDULING. 3. VERIFY SMOKE DETECTOR SHUTDOWN OF ANY FAN UNITS SCHEDULED FOR SMOKE DETECTOR SHUTDOWN. 4. VERIFY PROPER OPERATION OF ANY OTHER HVAC EQUIPMENT THAT IS INTERLOCKED WITH OTHER EQUIPMENT. 5. PROVIDE CHECK OUT OF ALL PLUMBING SYSTEMS FOR PROPER OPERATION, INCLUDING HOT AND COLD WATER AT ALL FAUCETS, WATER HEATERS SET FOR PROPER TEMPERATURE, OPERATION OF ALL VALVES, GREASE TRAPS, GAS VALVES, MIXING VALVES. RECORD DATA ON ALL DEVICES CHECKED AND THE STATUS OF THEIR OPERATION. Do7 .°°1r 1 -1-44 COPYRIGHT d1 2008 CARIER & BURGESS, RAC. at &t Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 I EXPIRES 03/15/08 I ISSUES /REVISIONS - 11 - 30 - 07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 Ma 2 1 2003 P`..., �;<< DESIGNED BY: KL CHECKED BY: MV DRAWN BY: DL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.039.0001 NONE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS M -004 0 i i { 300 CFM CD VAV -1 8 200 CF '300 CFM { 7 U. (E) 14 "o 4 S1ORi C . . !nrsgs.Q 1 ! J- 1 L 77+ D 100 CFM , I 100 CFM M .;.'=,i ES?i O ""ICE 1 Y 6"o 6 "0 DROP • .r " I0rJ5' AA 100 CFM .:_: 6 "0 DROP • w „e . !! ! 12 "0 10 "0 i f I — .._... 3 250 CFM CD • / CD Q FD FD • VAV-2 E —_ — ' 4 •.;: -mo.. i1 L. I 1 J V 10 "o ECHA 300 CF' + a ; SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 18 "0 RG ' 1 2 L. ___._.1 200 CFM ENTRY WAY TO (E L ! I _..._ , t 1 • 16 "0 { lEXITI \ICAL FLOOR PLA\ f. --- E • I -,. AI EA 200 CFM - 8 " 300 CFM H ------ 1 I i II 1 ! . i j i s 1 I I ! ' 114 "O / ;300 CFM 10 "0 200 COI/ riLT CD NI C MALL COLUMN MAIN PARKIN PLAN NOTES: O PROVIDE NEW VARIABLE VOLUME BOX TO 3000 CFM. • PROVIDE NEW VARIABLE VOLUME BOX TO 1000 CFM. Ci) CONNECT TO MAIN SUPPLY DUCT TO MALL'S MAIN SYSTEM. VERIFY THAT THE EXISTING UNIT CAN PROVIDE OSA ACCORDING TO THE OUTSIDE AIR SCHEDULE. O INSTALL NEW THERMOSTAT AS SHOWN AT 48" AFF. SEE DETAIL 1/M-400. GANG BOX AND CONDUIT BY ELECTRICAL 0 INSTALL NEW DIFFUSER. BORDER TO MATCH CEILING TYPE. REFER TO DIFFUSER SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. • INSTALL NEW RETURN REGISTER. BORDER TO MATCH CEIUNG TYPE. REFER TO DIFFUSER SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. 0 INSTALL NEW EXHAUST FANS. REFER TO SCHEDULE ON SHEET M-600. 0 PROVIDE RETURN DUCT FOR TRANSFER AIR AT CEILING SPACE. VERIFY WITH THE OWNER THE EXACT LOCATION OF PENETRATION. 0 PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR FOR FIRE DAMPER. VERIFY WITH THE OWNER THE EXACT LOCATION OF INSTALLATION. at&t WIRELESS — 633 SOUTHCENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 98188 TOTAL FLOOR AREA —3541 S.F. OUTSIDE AIR PROVIDED — SALES FLOOR VAV-2: MANAGER'S OFFICE OPEN OFFICE INVENTORY RESTROOMS OUTSIDE AIR SCHEDULE MINIMUM OA 0.20 CFM/S.F. 20 CFM/PERSON 50 CFM/TOILET CALCULATION 2851 S.F. x 0.20 CFM/S.F.= 570 5 PERSON= 100 2 TOILETS= 100 TOTAL: 600 CFM 100 CFM 100 CFM 800 CFM TABLE IS BASED FROM 2006 WASHINGTON STATE VENTILATION AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY CODE. ER 2 1 2E3 PEis' TER Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 I EXPIRES 03/15/08 I ISSUES/REVISIONS — 11-30-07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT atsit NO. DATE DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: NORTH DESIGNED Ern DL CHECKED BY: KL Ammiimft MV AS NOTED MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN M-200 PLU V SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" L_1 r —i BI \G FLOOR PLAk - SA\ITARY I U ) r" 1 f F r \9 —(N) 3 /4 "CW :::._..m ...- - .... — (N) 3 /4"CW SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" i PLUvBI \G FLOOR PLA\ - WATER PLUMBING PLAN NOTES: a CONNECT NEW SANITARY WASTE TO EXISTING 4" SANITARY WASTE STUB -UP FROM MAIN SEWER BELOW. FIELD TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. CONNECT NEW COLD WATER TO EXISTING 3/4" MAIN. FIELD TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. COLD WATER CONNECTION TO INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER. 0 PROVIDE SHUT -OFF VALVE ON RISER ACCESS PANEL. 0 CONNECT NEW VENT TO EXISTING 3" MAIN VENT. FIELD TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. P � R copYRIcHr 0 2008 CARTER & EURcESS, NC. at &t Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. UER DRAWN BY DL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: DATE I EXPIRES 03/15/08 I ISSUES /REVISIONS 03 -12 -08 TENANT CHANGES - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DESIGNED BY: DL CHECKED BY: KL APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.039.0001 AS NOTED PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS M -201 Carterleurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 COPYRIair 0 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. - 11 - 30--07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT at &t I EXPIRES 03/15/08 I ISSUES /REVISIONS NO. DATE DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 R 21 2E3 PE DESIGNED BY: DL CHECKED BY: KL DRAWN BY: DL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DETAILS APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.039.0001 NONE M -400 ROOFCAP WITH INTEGRAL BIRDSCREEN (PROVIDED BY FAN MFR) ROOF TWO SHEET METAL ROOF JOIST, SEE SELF TAPPING ARCHITECTURAL FOR SCREWS ROOF TYPE ! TWO SHEET METAL SEE ARCH FOR FSHING SELF TAPPING I - SCREWS r l TWIST STRAP RIGID METAL DUCT PLAN REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FOR CEIUNG FOR S X X \ SOLID -LINED CEILING EXHAUST FAN CABINET SEE MECHANICAL EQUIP. SCHEDULE FOR SIZE. SEISMIC BRACING (TYP) EXHAUST GRILLE (PROVIDED BY FAN MFR) ■ - - -'\ / ROUND DUCTWORK am �� \ Vi gi F I RECTANGULAR E DUCTWORK NOTES ..w W W IYW Ws uun (SEE SIZE) TYPE BACKDRAFT DAMPER 1. ALL DUCT & SUPPORTS PER CMC. NOT USED SCALE: I 2 NOT USED SCALE: 9 CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN DETAIL SCALE: 6 DUCT HANGER DETAIL SCALE: 3 N.T.S. N.T.S. N.T.S. NONE PROVIDE BASE WITH, BOOT, AND CLAMPS. REFER TO FOR APPLICATION BOOT INSTALLATION ONE PIECE SPUN ALUMINUM GRADULATED STEPPED PVC ADJUSTABLE STAINLESS STEEL MIN 3 SHEET METAL SET BASE IN BED OF MASTIC. SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 3" WIDE SHEET METAL ' STRAP 4' -0" OC SCREWS PER CONNECTION. SEAL AIR .ITIGHT ARCHITECT'S DRAWING I I MINIMUM 12" f ABOVE ROOF . . /I OF VENT PIPE WITH ROOFING I _ SUPPORT TO DECK ABOVE, TYP 45' (2) 12 GA HANGER ° ROOF INSULATION II II CONNECT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE I d III II ROOF DECK h HOT OUTLET COLD �j JJ 3/8" COPPER COLD INLET PROVIDE BY TYPE MINIMUM PROVIDE REQUIRED VENT THRU NOTE: SLEEVE IF REQUIRED r ANCHOR PIPE DECK OR JOISTS U -BOLT AROUND AND ANGLE IRON TO ROOF WITH PIPE CONNECTORS PIPE. FEET HORIZONTAL OR THREE VERTICAL SURFACE. WITHIN SIX FEET OF VENT ii ,\...11 WIE INSTANT ROUND METAL OF ROOF DECK. �J FLOW HEATER�� TUBING 1/2" THREE WAY ANGLE STOP VALVE _j 12" BELOW ROOF WELDED OR SCREWED 110V BY ELEC ` HOT COLD DUCT, TIP INA& PIPE INCREASER WHERE TO DECK OR JOIST. TO MAKE MINIMUM 3 HUBLESS PIPE ACOUSTICAL FLEX DUCT CEIUNG DIFFUSER /RETURN GRILLE 5' -0" MAXIMUM LENGTH SUSPENDED CEILING ON CAST IRON 0 0 0,..:'-- J -BOX ROOF. • PIPE SIZES AND LOCATIONS. LOCATE VENT THRU ROOF MINIMUM TEN BUILDING OPENING OR FRESH AIR INTAKE, AND ONE FOOT FROM ANY WITH ALL - SERVICE JACKET ON VENT PIPE INSIDE BUILDING FLASHING AND COUNTER FLASHING WITH ROOFING CONTRACTOR. ATTACH FLEX TO DUCT AND CEIUNG DIFFUSER USING MIN OF 3 SHEET METAL SCREWS. SEAL AIR TIGHT REFER TO PLANS FOR VTR FEET VERTICAL ABOVE ANY PROVIDE 1" FIBERGLASS INSULATION THRU ROOF LOCATION. VERIFY NOT USED SCALE: 1 1 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER P IPING DETAIL SCALE 8 VENT THRU ROOF DETAIL SCALE: 5 CEILING DIFFUSER/RETURN GRILLE CONNECTION D DETAIL SCALE 2 N.T.S. NTS NONE NONE BRASS CLEANOUT PLUG WALL CONSTRUCTION dionr 1) DI 48" 30" 24" MAIN SUPPLY DUCT OR MAIN EXHAUST /RETURN DUCT (OR SUB -MAIN) SUB -MAIN) _ / 1/4 W, 4" I=1 /4W, 4 MIN MIN. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER _ TAPPED CLEANOUT TEE SMITH JR ZU N No. Z- 1446 OR EQUAL �— PROVIDE VOLUME BRANCH DUCT DAMPER BRANCH DUCT W —a— W =r —.6— 0° Oil THERMOSTAT, / t TOP OF THERMOSTAT, _ —0— � SUPPLY AIR DUCT EXHAUST /RETURN AIR DUCT VOLUME DAMPER AIR FLOW DU MAIN STAINLESS STEEL CLEANOUT COVER _ SWITCH, OUTLET, CONTROL -'rte SWITCH, OUTLET, CONTROL - _ - x < - - - - _ �� / A l �.. �, FINISHED FLOOR i LAR TO R OUND RECTSIDE A �J i ll s I�� D N UGU CT TAKE - O � BRANCH 'd, 18 GAUGE VOLUME DAMPER WITH N r� Eh a _ CONICAL TAP MAIN — , I' LOCKING QUADRANT SET (TYP FOR ALL SUPPLY EXHAUST AIR BRANCH RUNOUTS) NOT USED SCALE: I 0 WALL CLEAN OUT DETAIL SCALE: 7 BRANCH TAKE -OFF DETAIL SCALE: 4 MOUNTING HEIGHT OVER OBSTRUCTION SCALE: 1 N.T.S. N.T.S N.T.S. NONE Carterleurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 COPYRIair 0 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. - 11 - 30--07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT at &t I EXPIRES 03/15/08 I ISSUES /REVISIONS NO. DATE DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 R 21 2E3 PE DESIGNED BY: DL CHECKED BY: KL DRAWN BY: DL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DETAILS APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.039.0001 NONE M -400 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ITEM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER W V CW HW QTY. W &V MATERIAL REMARKS AND SPECIFICATIONS F.U. TOTAL F.U. . TOTAL TOTAL 0 -100 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER CHRONOMITE LABORATORIES, INC. - - 1 / 2 " 1/2" 3 - - - - #M -20L, TANKLESS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER, FLOW ACTIVATED, STAINLESS STEEL HEATING COILS, ONE -4160 WATT, 208/1/60 VOLT, SINGLE PHASE, 20 AMP, 1/2" WATER CONNECTION, 6 "HX9"WX2 -1/2 ", 80'F -105T TEMPERATURE RANGE. © MT 8 NO WATER CLOSET KOHLER 4" 2" 3 4" / - 2 4 8 2.5 5 #K -3544, 17-1/2" HIGH ELONGATED RIM VITREOUS CHINA TWO -PIECE TOILET, COMPLETE WITH POLISHED CHROME FLUSH ACTUATOR, BOWL: K -4324, TANK: K -4413, 5 -1/2" SEAT POST HOLE CENTER, ULTRA -LOW CONSUMPTION TOILET, FLUSHES ON 1.6 GAL. OF WATER. Al VW 0.1 STEEL LAVATORY KOHLER 2" 1 -1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 2 1 2 1 2 #K-2005, VITREOUS CHINA WALL -HUNG LAVATORY WITH HANGER, DRILLED FOR CONCEALED ARM CARRIER WITH FAUCET HOLES ON 4" CENTERS, FRONT OVERFLOW; FAUCET: #501 - WFHDF, SINGLE HANDLE LAVATORY DECK FAUCET; METAL POP -UP DRAIN AND LIFT HOLE IN POLISHED CHROME. 1 -1/4" TAILPIECE. PROVIDE 3/8" WALL SUPPLIES WITH STOP AND 1 -1/4" OFFSET DRAIN, METAL GRID STRAINER. (FURNISH AND INSTALL "BROCAR" #C500R -B TRAP WRAP FOR PF -2H) BROCAR TEL: (800) 827 -1207 AIL Mr 4 MOP SINK FLORESTONE 3" 2" 3/4" - 1 4 4 2.5 2.5 MODEL # 95 NEO ANGLE DROP FRONT TERRAllO MOP RECEPTOR. ® w TITUS PCS ADJUSTABLE BLADE PERFORATED FACE 551 -700 24X24 16 NO 25 0.1 STEEL WHITE s CD TITUS PCS DRINKING FOUNTAIN HALSEY TAYLOR HAC8FS -Q -SS 2" 1 -1/2" 1/2" - 1 0.5 . 0.5 . 0.5 . 0.5 . HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE WATER COOLER: SURFACE MOUNT ELECTRIC WATER COOLER, 7.8 GPH AT 50 DEC F TEMP., 120/1/60, 4.8 F.LA., 400 WATTS AND ` LIMITED 5 YEAR WARRANTY. ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL < CURRENT ADA REQUIREMENTS. DF 1 PERFORATED FACE - 24X24 6 NO 25 0.1 ALL FIXTURES TO BE SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. DIFFUSER SCHEDULE MARK NO MANUFACTURER & MODEL NO. TYPE CFM RANGE MODULE 16 NECK 5IN) OPPOSE DAMPER MAX NC MAX PD MATERIAL COLOR REMARKS CD TITUS PCS ADJUSTABLE BLADE PERFORATED FACE 0 -100 24X24 6 NO 25 0.1 STEEL WHITE OFF ICES 1 CD TITUS PCS ADJUSTABLE BLADE PERFORATED FACE 101 -200 24X24 8 NO 25 0.1 STEEL WHITE 1 2 CD TITUS PCS ADJUSTABLE BLADE PERFORATED FACE 201 -325 24X24 10 NO 25 0.1 STEEL WHITE 3 3 CD TITUS PCS ADJUSTABLE BLADE PERFORATED FACE 326 -400 24X24 12 NO 25 0.1 STEEL WHITE 4 CD TITUS PCS ADJUSTABLE BLADE PERFORATED FACE 401 -550 24X24 14 NO 25 0.1 STEEL WHITE 5 K CD TITUS PCS ADJUSTABLE BLADE PERFORATED FACE 551 -700 24X24 16 NO 25 0.1 STEEL WHITE s CD TITUS PCS ADJUSTABLE BLADE PERFORATED FACE 0 -80 12X12 6 NO 25 0.1 STEEL WHITE 7 � TITUS PXP PERFORATED FACE - 24X24 6 NO 25 0.1 STEEL WHITE a 1 NOTES: O PROVIDE ROUND TO SQUARE ADAPTOR AS NEEDED. VARIABLE VOLUME UNIT SCHEDULE MARK NO. MANUFACTURER & MODEL NO. LOCATION SERVICE UNIT SIZE PRIMARY AIR INLET SIZE (IN) FAN ELECTRICAL REHEAT COIL MAX NC LEVELS ELECTRICAL OPER WEIGHT (LBS) REMARKS MAX CFM MIN CFM CFM KW STEPS S AVAILABLE PD (IN WG) RADIATOR DISCHARGE VOLTS /PH /HZ TRANE VCEF CEILING OFF ICES 10 10 1000 300 300 11 3 0.03 25 22 3 60 480 / / 81 1 ® v 120/1/60 TRANE VCEF CEILING SALES 16 16 3000 1000 1000 30 3 0.02 22 22 480 / / 60 3 121 1 O ® © NOTES: Q CONTROL OF VAV BOX SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH EXISTING TRANE CONTROL SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH OWNER FOR EXACT REQUIREMENT. EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE MARK NO. MANUFACTURER & MODEL NO. SERVICE LOCATION TYPE CFM ESP (IN WG) QTY. DRIVE MOTOR OPER WEIGHT (LBS) REMARKS WATTS VOLTS /PH /HZ EF BROAN QTRE 110 RESTROOM CEILING BATHROOM ROOM 100 0.1 1 DIRECT 37 120/1/60 20 000 i EF BROAN QTRE 110 RESTROOM CEILING BATHROOM ROOM 100 0.1 1 DIRECT 37 120/1/60 20 000 2 NOTES: 0 INTERLOCK WITH LIGHT SWITCH. 0 FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE BACKDRAFT DAMPER. 0 PIPING MATERIAL LEGEND DOMESTIC WATER SS, VENT AND STORM PIPING UNDERGROUND PIPING UNDERGROUND PIPING 2" AND SMALLER -SOFT DRAWN COPPER, TYPE K, NO JOINTS BELOW FLOOR 2 -1/2" AND LARGER -HARD DRAWN COPPER, TYPE K SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON PIPING, HUB AND SPIGOT TYPE ABOVE GROUND PIPING ABOVE GROUND PIPING 1/2" AND LARGER - HARD DRAWN COPPER, TYPE L 1 -1 /2" AND SMALLER - HARD DWV COPPER DRAINAGE TUBE 2" AND LARGER - SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON PIPING HUB AND SPIGOT TYPE, HUBLESS SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON, PVC PIPE, SCHEDULE 40, SOCKET TYPE DWV PATTERN (WHERE PERMITTED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION). PIPE SIZE GPM FT /SEC MAX FU 1/2" 2.3 2.9 3 3/4" 5.5 3.8 7 1" 12 4.5 16 1-1/4" 20 5.2 30 1-1/2" 30 6.0 54 2" 70 7.5 225 NOTES: MAX VELOCITY IN WATER PIPE 8 FT /SEC. FOR COLD WATER. MAX VELOCITY IN WATER PIPE 5 FT /SEC. FOR HOT WATER. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY AND COORDINATE EXACT STREET PRESSURE AND NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (PRV) ON CUSTOMER SIDE OF WATER METER IF THE STREET PRESSURE EXCEEDS 80 PSI, PRV TO BE SET AT 60 PSI. THE FOLLOWING CHART IS USED TO SIZE THE TYPE L COPPER, COLD WATER PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH CPC APPENDIX A AT 4.0 P.S.I. / 100 FT. LOSS Carter:: Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 A 03 -12 -08 TENANT CHANGES NO. AR 2 20E3 Pte:. • • DRAWN BY: DL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COPYRIGHT 0 2003 CARTER & BURGS, INC. at &t I EXPIRES 03/15/08 I DATE ISSUES /REVISIONS - 11 -30 -07 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DESCRIPTION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN SOUTHCENTER 344 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 DESIGNED BY: KL CHECKED BY: KL APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.039.0001 NONE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SCHEDULES M -600